diff --git a/bundles/grammar/XQuery-40.ebnf b/bundles/grammar/XQuery-40.ebnf
index a6d62d8..63d2664 100644
--- a/bundles/grammar/XQuery-40.ebnf
+++ b/bundles/grammar/XQuery-40.ebnf
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/* XQuery 4.0: An XML Query Language
* version https://qt4cg.org/specifications/xquery-40/
- * extracted from https://qt4cg.org/specifications/xquery-40/xquery-40.html on Tue Aug 26, 2025, 12:54 (UTC+02)
+ * extracted from https://qt4cg.org/specifications/xquery-40/xquery-40.html on Tue Sep 16, 2025, 21:52 (UTC+02)
* with references to https://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/ resolved and inlined
* with references to https://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml-names/ resolved and inlined
* reordered into depth-first order
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ PositionalArgumentList
LookupExpr
::= PostfixExpr Lookup
MethodCall
- ::= PostfixExpr '?>' NCName PositionalArgumentList
+ ::= PostfixExpr '=?>' NCName PositionalArgumentList
FilterExprAM
::= PostfixExpr '?[' Expr ']'
AxisStep ::= ( AbbreviatedStep | FullStep ) Predicate*
diff --git a/bundles/grammar/function-catalog.xml b/bundles/grammar/function-catalog.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73a983c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bundles/grammar/function-catalog.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,35785 @@
+
+
+
+ <PurchaseOrder> <line-item>
+ <description>Large widget</description> <price>8.95</price>
+ <quantity>5.0</quantity> </line-item> <line-item>
+ <description>Small widget</description> <price>3.99</price>
+ <quantity>2.0</quantity> </line-item> <line-item>
+ <description>Tiny widget</description> <price>1.49</price>a
+ <quantity>805</quantity> </line-item>
+ </PurchaseOrder>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
This record type represents the components of a URI.
+
+
+
+
The original URI. This element is returned by fn:parse-uri,
+ but ignored by fn:build-uri.
+
+
+
+
+
The URI scheme (e.g., “https” or “file”).
+
+
+
+
+
The URI is an absolute URI.
+
+
+
+
+
Whether the URI is hierarchical or not.
+
+
+
+
+
The authority portion of the URI (e.g., “example.com:8080”).
+
+
+
+
Any userinfo that was passed as part of the authority.
+
+
+
The host passed as part of the authority (e.g., “example.com”).
+
+
+
The port passed as part of the authority (e.g., “8080”).
+
+
+
The path portion of the URI.
+
+
+
Any query string.
+
+
+
Any fragment identifier.
+
+
+
Parsed and unescaped path segments.
+
+
+
Parsed and unescaped query key-value pairs.
+
+
+
The path of the URI, treated as a filepath.
+
+
+
+
+
+
This record type represents the properties of a simple or complex type in a schema.
+
+
+
+
The name of the type. Empty in the case of an anonymous type. Corresponds to
+ {name} and
+ {target namespace}
+ in the XSD component model for simple and complex type
+ components.
+
+
+
+
+
True for a simple type, false for a complex type.
+
+
+
+
+
Function item returning the base type (the type from which this type is derived by restriction
+ or extension). The function is always present, and returns an empty sequence
+ in the case of the type xs:anyType. Corresponds to the
+ {base type definition} property
+ in the XSD component model.
+
+
+
+
+
+
For an atomic type, a function item returning the primitive type from which this
+ type is ultimately derived. Corresponds to the
+ {primitive type definition} in the XSD
+ component model for simple types. Absent if the type is non atomic, or if it is
+ the simple type xs:anyAtomicType. If this is a primitive type, the
+ function item is idempotent.
+
+
+
+
+
For a simple type, one of "atomic", "list", or "union", corresponding to the
+ {variety} of the simple type in the XSD component model. For a complex type, one of
+ "empty", "simple", "element-only", or "mixed",
+ corresponding to the {content type}.{variety}
+ of the complex type in the XSD component model. The value is absent in cases where the
+ {variety} in the XSD component model is absent, for example
+ for the type xs:anySimpleType.
+
+
+
+
+
For a simple type with variety "union", a function that returns a sequence of
+ records representing the member types of the union, in order, corresponding to the
+ {member type definitions}
+ property in the XSD component model.
+ For a simple type with variety "list",
+ a function that returns a record representing the item type of the list type, corresponding to
+ the {item type definition} property in the XSD component model. In all other cases, absent.
+
+
+
+
+
For a complex type with variety "simple" (that is, a complex type with simple content),
+ a function that returns a record representing the relevant simple type, corresponding to
+ the {content type}.{simple type definition}
+ property in the XSD complex type component.
+ In all other cases, absent.
+
+
+
+
+
For a ,
+ a function item that can be called to establish whether the supplied atomic item
+ is an instance of this type. In all other cases, absent.
+
+
+
+
+
For a simple type, a function item that can be used to construct instances of this type. In the case of a named
+ type that is present in the dynamic context, the result is the same function as returned by
+ fn:function-lookup applied to the type name (with arity one).
+ For details see
+ and .
+ Constructor function items are also available for
+ anonymous types, and for types that might not be present in the dynamic context.
+ The field is absent for complex types and for the abstract types xs:anyAtomicType,
+ xs:anySimpleType, and
+ xs:NOTATION. It is also absent for all types.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
This record type is used to hold the result of the fn:load-xquery-module function.
+
+
+
+
This map (V ) contains one entry for each public
+ global variable declared in the library module. The key of the
+ entry is the name of the variable, as an xs:QName
+ value; the associated value is the value of the variable.
+
+
+
+
+
This map (F ) contains one entry for each distinct QName
+ Q that represents the name of a public and non-external
+ function declared in the library module. The key of the entry is
+ Q, as an xs:QName value; the associated value
+ is a map A. This map (A) contains one entry for
+ each arity N within the arity range of any of the function
+ declarations with the given name; its key is N, as an
+ xs:integer value, and its associated value is a function
+ item obtained as if by evaluating a named function reference
+ Q#N, using the static and dynamic context of the call on
+ fn:load-xquery-module. The function item can be invoked
+ using the rules for dynamic function invocation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
This record type is used to hold the result of the fn:parse-csv function.
+
+
+
+
This entry holds a sequence of strings containing column names.
+ The content depends on the setting of the header
+ entry in $options:
+
+
+
With "header":false() (which is the default),
+ the value of this entry is an empty sequence.
+
With "header":true(), the value is a sequence
+ of strings taken from the first row of the data. The strings have
+ leading and trailing whitespace trimmed, regardless of the value of the
+ trim-whitespace option. The sequence
+ of strings will potentially be truncated if the number-of-columns
+ option is specified, and it will potentially be reordered if the
+ filter-columns option is specified. Any strings that are
+ zero-length or duplicated are retained as-is.
+
+
If the value of the header option is a sequence
+ of strings, then the value is taken from the supplied sequence.
+
The order of names is not adjusted based on the
+ select-columns
+ option; the supplied list of names is expected to refer to columns
+ in the result, not to columns in the input.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
This entry holds a map from column names (as strings) to
+ column positions (as 1-based positive integers).
+ The content depends on the setting of the header
+ entry in $options:
+
+
+
With "header":false() (which is the default),
+ the value of this entry is an empty map.
+
With "header":true(), the map
+ contains entries based on the contents of the first row of the data.
+ The strings have
+ leading and trailing whitespace trimmed, regardless of the value of the
+ trim-whitespace option. Any string appearing in the header
+ row that is non-zero-length and is not equal (using codepoint collation) to
+ any previous string appearing in the header results in an entry
+ pairing that string to its 1-based position in the header row.
+
If the select-columns
+ option is present then the entries are adjusted (or removed) to
+ reflect their position in the adjusted data rows.
+
+
+
+
+
If the value of the header option is a
+ sequence of strings, then the map contains entries based on the supplied value.
+ Any string appearing in the option value that is non-zero-length and
+ is not equal (using codepoint collation) to
+ any previous string results in an entry
+ pairing that string to its 1-based position in the sequence.
+
+
The allocation of column numbers is not adjusted based on the
+ select-columns
+ option; the supplied list of names is expected to refer to columns
+ in the result, not to columns in the input.
+
+
+
+
+
+
This entry is a sequence of arrays of strings, holding the parsed
+ rows of the CSV data. The format is the same as the result of the
+ fn:csv-to-arrays function, except that the first row
+ is omitted in the case where the header
+ option is true. If there are no data rows in the CSV, the
+ value will be an empty sequence.
+
+
+
A function providing ready access to a given field in a given
+ row. The get function has signature:
+ function($row as xs:positiveInteger, $column as (xs:positiveInteger | xs:string)) as xs:string
+
The function takes two arguments: the first is an
+ integer giving the row number (1-based), the second
+ identifies a column either by its name or by its 1-based
+ position.
+
+
Except in error cases (described below),
+ the function call $csv?get($R, $C), where $C
+ is an integer, returns the value of $csv?rows[$R] => array:get($C, ""),
+ and the function call $csv?get($R, $K), where $K
+ is a string, returns the value of $csv?get($R, $csv?column-index($K)).
A dynamic error occurs if the
+ supplied $key is a string and does not occur in the map of column
+ names.
+
+
+
+
+
The function returns a field in the result.
+
The first argument $row selects a row within the sequence of rows
+ returned as rows by position (one-based). If the value is out of range for the number
+ of rows returned, the get function returns a zero-length
+ string.
+
The second argument $col may be either an integer or a string.
+
If $col is an integer then it selects a field within the
+ selected row by position (one-based). If the value is out of range for the number
+ of fields in the selected row, the get function returns a zero-length
+ string.
+
If $col is a string, the string is mapped to an integer using the
+ map in the returned column-index. If the string is not present
+ in this map, then an error is raised . The resulting
+ integer is then used as if it were supplied as $col directly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
This record type is used to represent the result of a call on
+ the fn:random-number-generator function.
+
+
+
An xs:double greater than or equal
+ to zero (0.0e0), and less than one (1.0e0).
+
+
+
+
A zero-arity function that can be called to return another random number
+ generator.
+
The properties of this function are as follows:
+
+
+
name: absent
+
+
+
parameter names: ()
+
+
+
signature: () => random-number-generator-record
+
+
+
non-local variable bindings: none
+
+
+
implementation: implementation-dependent
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
A function with arity 1 (one), which takes an arbitrary sequence
+ as its argument, and returns a random permutation of that sequence.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.).
+
If $node is the empty sequence, the empty sequence is returned.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the result of the dm:node-name accessor as
+ defined in (see ).
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error .
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type node()?,
+ type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
For element and attribute nodes, the name of the node is returned as an
+ xs:QName, retaining the prefix, namespace URI, and local part.
+
For processing instructions, the name of the node is returned as an
+ xs:QName in which the prefix and namespace URI are absent.
+
For a namespace node, the function returns an empty sequence if the node represents the
+ default namespace; otherwise it returns an xs:QName in which prefix and
+ namespace URI are absent and the local
+ part is the namespace prefix being bound.
+
For all other kinds of node, the function returns the empty sequence.
If J is a , the result is in
+ the form jnode(T), where T is the result of
+ applying the type-of function to the ·content· property of J.
+
+
+
If J is an atomic item, the result is a string chosen as follows:
+
+
Let T be the type denoted by the type annotation of J.
+
If T is an anonymous type, set T to the base type of T, and
+ repeat until a type is reached that is not anonymous.
+
If the name of T is in the namespace http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema,
+ return the string "xs:local" where local is the local part of the
+ name of T.
+
Otherwise, return the name of T in the form of a
+ URIQualifiedName (that is, "Q{uri}local",
+ or "Q{}local" if the name is in no namespace).
+
+
+
If J is a function item:
+
+
If J is an array, return "array(*)".
+
If J is a map, return "map(*)".
+
Otherwise, return "function(*)".
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
If the $value argument is omitted and the context value is absent, the function raises
+ type error .
+
+
+
+
In general, an item matches more than one type, and there are cases where there is no single matching type that
+ is more specific than all the others. This is especially true with functions, maps, and arrays. This function therefore
+ selects one of the types that matches the item, which is not necessarily the most specific type.
+
+
This function should not be used as a substitute for an instance of test. The precise type annotation
+ of the result of an expression is not always predictable, because processors are free to deliver a more specific type
+ than is mandated by the specification. For example, if $n is of type xs:positiveInteger,
+ then the result of abs($n) is guaranteed to be an instance of xs:integer, but an
+ implementation might reasonably return the supplied value unchanged: that is, a value whose actual type
+ annotation is xs:positiveInteger. Similarly the type annotation of the value returned by
+ position() might be xs:long rather than xs:integer.
+
+
Implementations should, however, refrain from exposing types that are purely internal.
+ For example, an implementation might have an optimized internal representation for strings consisting entirely
+ of ASCII characters, or for single-character strings; if this is the case then the type annotation returned by this function
+ should be a user-visible supertype such as xs:string.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.). The
+ behavior of the function if the argument is omitted is exactly the same as if the
+ context value had been passed as the argument.
+
If $node is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise the function returns the result of the dm:nilled accessor as
+ defined in (see ).
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type node()?, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
If $node is not an element node, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
If $node is an untyped element node, the function returns false.
+
In practice, the function returns true only for an element node that has
+ the attribute xsi:nil="true" and that is successfully validated against a
+ schema that defines the element to be nillable; the detailed rules, however, are defined
+ in .
Returns the value of $value represented as an xs:string.
+
+
+
In the zero-argument version of the function, $value defaults to the context
+ value. That is, calling fn:string() is equivalent to calling
+ fn:string(.).
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the zero-length
+ string.
+
+
If $value is an ,
+ the function returns the string value of the node, as obtained using the
+ dm:string-value accessor defined in (see ).
+
+
If $value is a ,
+ the function returns the result of string(jnode-content($value)).
+ This will fail in the case where jnode-content($value) is a map or an array.
+
+
If $value is an atomic item, the function returns the result of the expression $value cast
+ as xs:string (see ).
+
+
In all other cases, a dynamic error occurs (see below).
+
+
+
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $value is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error .
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type item()?, type error .
+
+
+
A type error is raised if
+ $value is a function item (this includes maps and arrays).
+
+
+
Every node has a string value, even an element with element-only
+ content (which has no typed value). Moreover, casting an atomic item to a string always
+ succeeds. Functions, maps, and arrays have no string value, so these
+ satisfy the type signature but cause failure. Applying the string
+ function to a JNode succeeds if the JNode wraps a simple value such as a string, number,
+ or boolean, or if it wraps an XNode, but it fails in the case where the JNode wraps a map
+ or an array.
Returns the result of atomizing a sequence. This process flattens arrays, and replaces
+ nodes by their typed values.
+
+
+
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.). The
+ behavior of the function if the argument is omitted is exactly the same as if the
+ context value had been passed as the argument.
+
The result of fn:data is the sequence of atomic items produced by
+ applying the following rules to each item in $input:
+
+
+
If the item is an atomic item, it is appended to the result sequence.
+
+
+
If the item is an ,
+ the typed value of the node is appended to the result
+ sequence. The typed value is a sequence of zero or more atomic items:
+ specifically, the result of the dm:typed-value accessor as defined in
+ (See ).
+
+
+
If the item is a ,
+ the atomized value of its ·content· property is appended to
+ the result sequence.
+
+
+
If the item is an array, the result of applying fn:data to
+ each member of the array, in order, is appended to the result sequence.
+
+
+
+
+
A type error is raised if an item in the
+ sequence $input is a node that does not have a typed value.
+
A type error is raised if an item in
+ the sequence $input is a function item other than
+ an array.
+
A type error is raised
+ if $input is omitted and the context value is
+ absent.
+
+
+
The process of applying the fn:data function to a sequence is referred to
+ as atomization. In many cases an explicit call on fn:data is
+ not required, because atomization is invoked implicitly when a node or sequence of nodes
+ is supplied in a context where an atomic item or sequence of atomic items is
+ required.
+
The result of atomizing an empty sequence is an empty sequence.
+
The result of atomizing an empty array is an empty sequence.
The zero-argument version of the function returns the base URI of the context node: it
+ is equivalent to calling fn:base-uri(.).
+
The single-argument version of the function behaves as follows:
+
+
If $node is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
+
Otherwise, the function returns the value of the dm:base-uri accessor
+ applied to the node $node. This accessor is defined, for each kind of
+ node, in the XDM specification (See ).
+
+
As explained in XDM, document, element and processing-instruction nodes have a
+ base-uri property which may be empty. The base-uri property for all other node kinds is
+ the empty sequence. The dm:base-uri accessor returns the base-uri property of a node if
+ it exists and is non-empty; otherwise it returns the result of applying the dm:base-uri
+ accessor to its parent, recursively. If the node does not have a parent, or if the
+ recursive ascent up the ancestor chain encounters a parentless node whose base-uri
+ property is empty, the empty sequence is returned. In the case of namespace nodes,
+ however, the result is always an empty sequence — it does not depend on the base URI of
+ the parent element.
+
+
+
See also fn:static-base-uri.
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type node()?, type error .
Returns the URI of a resource where a document can be found, if available.
+
+
+
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.). The
+ behavior of the function if the argument is omitted is exactly the same as if the
+ context value had been passed as the argument.
+
If $node is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
If $node is not a document node, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the value of the document-uri accessor
+ applied to $node, as defined in (See
+ ).
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type node()?, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
In the 3.1 version of this specification, it was mandated that two distinct documents could
+ not have the same document-uri property: more specifically, it was guaranteed that for any document node
+ $D, either document-uri($D) would be absent, or doc(document-uri($D))
+ would return $D.
+
+
For various reasons, this constraint has proved impractical. Different parts of an application
+ may read the same external resource in different ways, for example with or without validation or
+ whitespace stripping, leading to different document nodes derived from the same external
+ resource having the same document-uri property. In addition, the specification
+ explicitly allows implementations, at user request, to relax the requirements for determinism
+ of resource access functions, which makes it possible for multiple calls of functions such as
+ fn:doc, fn:json-doc, or fn:collection to return
+ different results for the same supplied URI.
+
+
Although the uniqueness of the document-uri property is no longer
+ an absolute constraint, it is still desirable that implementations should where possible
+ respect the principle that URIs are usable as identifiers for resources.
+
+
In the case of a document node $D returned by the fn:doc
+ function, it will generally be the case that fn:document-uri($D) returns a URI $U
+ such that a call on fn:doc($U) in the same dynamic context will return the same document
+ node $D. The URI $U will not necessarily be the same URI that was originally
+ passed to the fn:doc function, since several URIs may identify the same resource.
+
+
+
It is recommended that implementations of fn:collection
+ should ensure that any documents included in the returned collection, if they have a non-empty
+ fn:document-uri property, should be such that a call on fn:doc supplying this URI
+ returns the same document node.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The constraints on the result of the function have been relaxed.
Calling the fn:error function raises an application-defined error.
+
+
+
This function never returns a value. Instead it always raises an error. The effect of
+ the error is identical to the effect of dynamic errors raised implicitly, for example
+ when an incorrect argument is supplied to a function.
+
The parameters to the fn:error function supply information that is
+ associated with the error condition and that is made available to a caller that asks for
+ information about the error. The error may be caught either by the host language (using
+ a try/catch construct in XSLT or XQuery, for example), or by the calling application or
+ external processing environment. The way in which error information is returned to the
+ external processing environment is implementation-dependent.
+
+
There are three pieces of information that may be associated with an error.
+
+
+
The $code is an error code that distinguishes this error from others.
+ It is an xs:QName; the namespace URI conventionally identifies the
+ component, subsystem, or authority responsible for defining the meaning of the
+ error code, while the local part identifies the specific error condition. The
+ namespace URI http://www.w3.org/2005/xqt-errors is used for errors
+ defined in this specification; other namespace URIs may be used for errors defined
+ by the application.
+
If the external processing environment expects the error code to be returned as a
+ URI or a string rather than as an xs:QName, then an error code with
+ namespace URI NS and local part LP will be returned in
+ the form NS#LP. The namespace URI part of the error code should
+ therefore not include a fragment identifier.
+
If no value is supplied for the $code argument, or if the value supplied
+ is an empty sequence,
+ the effective value of the error code is fn:QName('http://www.w3.org/2005/xqt-errors', 'err:FOER0000').
+
+
+
The $description is a natural-language description of the error
+ condition.
+
If no value is supplied for the $description
+ argument, or if the value supplied
+ is an empty sequence, then the
+ effective value of the description is implementation-dependent.
+
+
+
The $value is an arbitrary value used to convey additional
+ information about the error, and may be used in any way the application
+ chooses.
+
If no value is supplied for the $value
+ argument or if the value supplied
+ is an empty sequence, then the
+ effective value of the error object is implementation-dependent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
This function always raises a dynamic error. By default, it raises
+
+
+
The value of the $description parameter may need to be localized.
+
Since the function never returns a value, the declared return type of item()*
+ is a convenient fiction. It is relevant insofar as a function item such as error#1
+ may (as a consequence of function coercion) be supplied in contexts where a function with a more specific
+ return type is required.
+
Any QName may be used as an error code; there are no reserved names or namespaces. The
+ error is always classified as a dynamic error, even if the error code used is one that
+ is normally used for static errors or type errors.
+
+
+
+
+ error()
+
+ This returns the URI
+ http://www.w3.org/2005/xqt-errors#FOER0000 (or the corresponding
+ xs:QName) to the external processing environment, unless the error
+ is caught using a try/catch construct in the host language.
+
+
+
+
+ error(
+ QName('http://www.example.com/HR', 'myerr:toohighsal'),
+ 'Salary is too high'
+)
+
+ This returns http://www.example.com/HR#toohighsal and the
+ xs:string
+ "Salary is too high" (or the corresponding
+ xs:QName) to the external processing environment, unless the error
+ is caught using a try/catch construct in the host language.
+
+
+
+
+
+
All three arguments are now optional, and each argument can be set
+ to an empty sequence. Previously if $description was supplied, it could not be empty.
Provides an execution trace intended to be used in debugging queries.
+
+
+
The function returns $input, unchanged.
+
In addition, the values of $input, typically serialized and converted
+ to an xs:string, and $label (if supplied
+ and non-empty) may
+ be output to an destination.
+
Any serialization of the implementation’s trace output must not raise an error.
+ This can be achieved (for example) by using a serialization method that can handle
+ arbitrary input, such as the adaptive output method (see
+ ).
+
The format of the trace output and its order are
+ . Therefore, the order in which the output
+ appears is not predictable. This also means that if dynamic errors occur
+ (whether or not they are caught using try/catch), it may be unpredictable whether
+ any output is reported before the error occurs.
+
+
+
If the trace information is unrelated to a specific value,
+ fn:message can be used instead.
+
+
+
+
Consider a situation in which a user wants to investigate the actual value passed to
+ a function. Assume that in a particular execution, $v is an
+ xs:decimal with value 124.84.
+ Writing fn:trace($v, 'the value of $v is:') will return $v.
+ The processor may output "124.84" and
+ "the value of $v is:" to an destination.
+
+
+
The following two XPath expressions are identical, but only the second provides trace
+ feedback to the user:
+
+
+
//book[xs:decimal(@price) gt 100]
+
+
+
//book[xs:decimal(@price) gt 100] => trace('books more expensive than €100:')
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The $label argument can now be set
+ to an empty sequence. Previously if $label was supplied, it could not be empty.
Outputs trace information and discards the result.
+
+
+
Similar to fn:trace, the values of $input,
+ typically serialized and converted to an xs:string, and $label
+ (if supplied and non-empty) may be output to an
+ destination.
+
In contrast to fn:trace, the function returns an empty sequence.
+
Any serialization of the implementation’s log output must not raise an error.
+ This can e.g. be achieved by using a serialization method that can handle arbitrary
+ input, such as the .
+
The format of the log output and its order are
+ . Therefore, the order in which the output
+ appears is not predictable. This also means that if dynamic errors occur
+ (whether or not they are caught using try/catch), it may be unpredictable whether
+ any output is logged before the error occurs.
+
+
+
The function can be used for debugging. It can also be helpful in productive
+ environments, e.g. to store dynamic input and evaluations to log files.
+
+
+
+
The following two XPath expressions are identical, but only the second logs any
+ feedback:
+
+
+
//book[xs:decimal(@price) lt 1000]
+
+
+
//book[if (xs:decimal(@price) lt 1000) then true() else message(@price, @title || ' is unexpectedly expensive: ')]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
New in 4.0
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the + operator when
+ applied to two numeric values
+
+
Returns the arithmetic sum of its operands: ($arg1 + $arg2).
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
+
+
For xs:float or xs:double values, if one of the operands is a
+ zero or a finite number and the other is INF or -INF,
+ INF or -INF is returned. If both operands are
+ INF, INF is returned. If both operands are
+ -INF, -INF is returned. If one of the operands is
+ INF and the other is -INF, NaN is
+ returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the - operator when
+ applied to two numeric values.
+
+
Returns the arithmetic difference of its operands: ($arg1 - $arg2).
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
+
+
For xs:float or xs:double values, if one of the operands is a
+ zero or a finite number and the other is INF or -INF, an
+ infinity of the appropriate sign is returned. If both operands are INF or
+ -INF, NaN is returned. If one of the operands is
+ INF and the other is -INF, an infinity of the appropriate
+ sign is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the * operator when
+ applied to two numeric values.
+
+
Returns the arithmetic product of its operands: ($arg1 * $arg2).
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
+
+
For xs:float or xs:double values, if one of the operands is a
+ zero and the other is an infinity, NaN is returned. If one of the operands
+ is a non-zero number and the other is an infinity, an infinity with the appropriate sign
+ is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the div operator when
+ applied to two numeric values.
+
+
Returns the arithmetic quotient of its operands: ($arg1 div $arg2).
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
As a special case, if the types of both $arg1 and $arg2 are
+ xs:integer, then the return type is xs:decimal.
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised for xs:decimal
+ and xs:integer operands, if the divisor is (positive or negative) zero.
+
+
+
For xs:float and xs:double operands, floating point division
+ is performed as specified in . A positive number divided by
+ positive zero returns INF. A negative number divided by positive zero
+ returns -INF. Division by negative zero returns -INF and
+ INF, respectively. Positive or negative zero divided by positive or
+ negative zero returns NaN. Also, INF or -INF
+ divided by INF or -INF returns NaN.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the idiv operator when
+ applied to two numeric values.
+
+
Performs an integer division.
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
+
If $arg2 is INF or -INF, and $arg1
+ is not INF or -INF, then the result is zero.
+
+
Otherwise, subject to limits of precision and overflow/underflow conditions, the result
+ is the largest (furthest from zero) xs:integer value $N such
+ that the following expression is true:
+
+ abs($N * $arg2) le abs($arg1) and
+compare($N * $arg2, 0) eq compare($arg1, 0).
+
+
The second term in this condition ensures that the result has the correct sign.
+
+
The implementation may adopt a different algorithm provided that it is equivalent to
+ this formulation in all cases where implementation-dependent or implementation-defined behavior does not affect the outcome, for example,
+ the implementation-defined precision of the result of xs:decimal
+ division.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the divisor is (positive
+ or negative) zero.
+
A dynamic error is raised if either operand is
+ NaN or if $arg1 is INF or
+ -INF.
+
+
+
Except in situations involving errors, loss of precision, or overflow/underflow, the
+ result of $a idiv $b is the same as ($a div $b) cast as
+ xs:integer.
+
The semantics of this function are different from integer division as defined in
+ programming languages such as Java and C++.
Returns the remainder resulting from dividing $arg1, the dividend, by
+ $arg2, the divisor.
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
The operation a mod b for operands that are xs:integer or
+ xs:decimal, or types derived from them, produces a result such that
+ (a idiv b) * b + (a mod b) is equal to a and the magnitude of
+ the result is always less than the magnitude of b. This identity holds even
+ in the special case that the dividend is the negative integer of largest possible
+ magnitude for its type and the divisor is -1 (the remainder is 0). It follows from this
+ rule that the sign of the result is the sign of the dividend.
+
+
For xs:float and xs:double operands the following rules
+ apply:
+
+
+
If either operand is NaN, the result is NaN.
+
+
+
If the dividend is positive or negative infinity, or the divisor is positive or
+ negative zero (0), or both, the result is NaN.
+
+
+
If the dividend is finite and the divisor is an infinity, the result equals the
+ dividend.
+
+
+
If the dividend is positive or negative zero and the divisor is finite, the result
+ is the same as the dividend.
+
+
+
In the remaining cases, where neither positive or negative infinity, nor positive
+ or negative zero, nor NaN is involved, the result obeys (a idiv
+ b)*b+(a mod b) = a.
+
+ Division is truncating division, analogous to integer division, not rounding division i.e. additional digits are truncated,
+ not rounded to the required precision.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised for xs:integer
+ and xs:decimal operands, if $arg2 is zero.
Returns its operand with the sign unchanged: (+ $arg).
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
The returned value is equal to $arg, and is an instance of
+ xs:integer, xs:decimal, xs:double, or
+ xs:float depending on the type of $arg.
+
+
+
Because coercion rules are applied in the normal way, the unary
+ + operator can be used to force conversion of an untyped node to a
+ number: the result of +@price is the same as xs:double(@price)
+ if the type of @price is xs:untypedAtomic.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the unary - operator when
+ applied to a numeric value.
+
+
Returns its operand with the sign reversed: -$arg.
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
The returned value is an instance of xs:integer, xs:decimal,
+ xs:double, or xs:float depending on the type of
+ $arg.
+
For xs:integer and xs:decimal arguments, 0 and
+ 0.0 return 0 and 0.0, respectively. For
+ xs:float and xs:double arguments, NaN returns
+ NaN, 0.0E0 returns -0.0E0 and vice versa.
+ INF returns -INF. -INF returns
+ INF.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of
+ the eq operator when applied to two numeric values, and is also used in defining the
+ semantics of ne, le and ge.
+
+
Returns true if and only if the value of $arg1 is equal to the value of
+ $arg2.
+
+
+
General rules: see and .
+
+
+
For xs:float and xs:double values, positive zero and negative
+ zero compare equal. INF equals INF and -INF
+ equals -INF. If $arg1 or $arg2 is
+ NaN, the function returns false.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the
+ lt operator when applied to two numeric values, and is also used in defining the
+ semantics of le, gt, and ge.
+
+
Returns true if and only if $arg1 is numerically less than
+ $arg2.
+
+
+
General rules: see and .
+
+
+
For xs:float and xs:double values, positive infinity is
+ greater than all other non-NaN values; negative infinity is less than all
+ other non-NaN values. Positive and negative zero compare equal.
+ If $arg1 or $arg2 is
+ NaN, the function returns false.
If $value is negative the function returns -$value, otherwise it
+ returns $value.
+
For the four types xs:float,
+ xs:double, xs:decimal and xs:integer, it is
+ guaranteed that if the type of $value is an instance of type T then
+ the result will also be an instance of T. The result may
+ also be an instance of a type derived from one of these four by restriction. For example, if
+ $value is an instance of xs:positiveInteger then the value of
+ $value
+ may be returned unchanged.
+
For xs:float and xs:double arguments, if the argument is
+ positive zero or negative zero, then positive zero is returned. If the argument is
+ positive or negative infinity, positive infinity is returned.
The function returns the smallest (closest to negative infinity) number with no
+ fractional part that is not less than $value.
+
For the four types xs:float,
+ xs:double, xs:decimal and xs:integer, it is
+ guaranteed that if the type of $value is an instance of type T then
+ the result will also be an instance of T. The result may
+ also be an instance of a type derived from one of these four by restriction. For example, if
+ $value is an instance of xs:decimal then the result may
+ be an instance of xs:integer.
+
For xs:float and xs:double arguments, if the argument is
+ positive zero, then positive zero is returned. If the argument is negative zero, then
+ negative zero is returned. If the argument is less than zero and greater than -1,
+ negative zero is returned. If the argument is positive or negative infinity,
+ the value of the argument is returned.
The function returns the largest (closest to positive infinity) number with no
+ fractional part that is not greater than $value.
+
For the four types xs:float,
+ xs:double, xs:decimal and xs:integer, it is
+ guaranteed that if the type of $value is an instance of type T then
+ the result will also be an instance of T. The result may
+ also be an instance of a type derived from one of these four by restriction. For example, if
+ $value is an instance of xs:decimal then the result may
+ be an instance of xs:integer.
+
For xs:float and xs:double arguments, if the argument is
+ positive zero, then positive zero is returned. If the argument is negative zero, then
+ negative zero is returned. If the argument is positive or negative infinity,
+ the value of the argument is returned.
Rounds a value to a specified number of decimal places, with control over how the rounding
+ takes place.
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
The function returns a value that is close to $value
+ and that is a multiple of ten to the power of minus
+ $precision. The default value of $precision
+ is zero, in which case the function returns a whole number (but not necessarily
+ an xs:integer).
+
+
The detailed way in which rounding is performed depends on the value of
+ $mode, as follows. Here L
+ means the highest multiple of ten to the power
+ of minus $precision that is less than or equal to $value,
+ U means the lowest multiple of ten to the power
+ of minus $precision that is greater than or equal to $value,
+ N means the multiple of ten to the power
+ of minus $precision that is numerically closest to $value,
+ and midway means that $value is equal to the arithmetic
+ mean of L and U.
+
+
+
Rounding Modes
+
+
+
Rounding Mode
+
Meaning
+
+
+
+
+
'floor'
+
Returns L.
+
+
+
'ceiling'
+
Returns U.
+
+
+
'toward-zero'
+
Returns L if $value is positive, otherwise U.
+
+
+
'away-from-zero'
+
Returns U if $value is positive, otherwise L
+
+
+
'half-to-floor'
+
Returns N, unless midway, in which case L.
+
+
+
'half-to-ceiling'
+
Returns N, unless midway, in which case U. This is the default.
+
+
+
'half-toward-zero'
+
Returns N, unless midway, in which case it
+ returns L if $value is positive, otherwise U.
+
+
+
'half-away-from-zero'
+
Returns N, unless midway, in which case it
+ returns U if $value is positive, otherwise L.
+
+
+
'half-to-even'
+
Returns N, unless midway, in which case it
+ returns whichever of L and U has a last significant
+ digit that is even.
+
+
+
+
+
+
For the four types xs:float,
+ xs:double, xs:decimal and xs:integer, it is
+ guaranteed that if the type of $value is an instance of type T then
+ the result will also be an instance of T. The result may
+ also be an instance of a type derived from one of these four by restriction. For example, if
+ $value is an instance of xs:decimal and $precision is
+ less than one, then the result may
+ be an instance of xs:integer.
+
If the second argument is omitted or is an empty sequence,
+ the function produces the same result as when
+ $precision = 0 (that is, it rounds to a whole number).
+
When $value is of type xs:float and xs:double:
+
+
+
If $value is NaN, positive or negative zero, or positive or negative
+ infinity, then the result is the same as the argument.
+
+
+
For other values, the argument is cast to xs:decimal using an
+ implementation of xs:decimal that imposes no limits on the number of
+ digits that can be represented. The function is applied to this
+ xs:decimal value, and the resulting xs:decimal is
+ cast back to xs:float or xs:double as appropriate to
+ form the function result. If the resulting xs:decimal value is zero,
+ then positive or negative zero is returned according to the sign of
+ $value.
+
+
+
+
There may be limits on the precision
+ available. If the requested $precision is outside this range, it should
+ be adjusted to the nearest value supported by the implementation.
+
+
+
+
This function is typically used with a non-zero $precision in financial
+ applications where the argument is of type xs:decimal. For arguments of
+ type xs:float and xs:double the results may be
+ counter-intuitive. For example, consider round(35.425e0, 2). The result is
+ not 35.43, as might be expected, but 35.42.
+ This is because the xs:double written as 35.425e0
+ has an exact value equal to 35.42499999999..., which is closer to
+ 35.42 than to 35.43.
+
The call round($v, 0, "floor") is equivalent to floor($v).
+
The call round($v, 0, "ceiling") is equivalent to ceiling($v).
+
The call round($v, $p, "half-to-even") is equivalent to round-half-to-even($v, $p).
Rounds a value to a specified number of decimal places, rounding to make the last digit
+ even if two such values are equally near.
+
+
+
General rules: see .
+
The function returns the nearest (that is, numerically closest) value to
+ $value that is a multiple of ten to the power of minus
+ $precision. If two such values are equally near (e.g. if the fractional
+ part in $value is exactly .500...), the function returns the one whose least
+ significant digit is even.
+
For the four types xs:float,
+ xs:double, xs:decimal and xs:integer, it is
+ guaranteed that if the type of $value is an instance of type T then
+ the result will also be an instance of T. The result may
+ also be an instance of a type derived from one of these four by restriction. For example, if
+ $value is an instance of xs:decimal and $precision
+ is less than one, then the result may
+ be an instance of xs:integer.
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence,
+ the function produces the same result as the two-argument version with
+ $precision = 0.
+
For arguments of type xs:float and xs:double:
+
+
+
If the argument is NaN, positive or negative zero, or positive or
+ negative infinity, then the result is the same as the argument.
+
+
+
In all other cases, the argument is cast to xs:decimal using an
+ implementation of xs:decimal that imposes no limits on the number of digits that
+ can be represented. The function is applied to this xs:decimal value,
+ and the resulting xs:decimal is cast back to xs:float or
+ xs:double as appropriate to form the function result. If the
+ resulting xs:decimal value is zero, then positive or negative zero is
+ returned according to the sign of the original argument.
+
+
+
+
There may be limits on the precision
+ available. If the requested $precision is outside this range, it should
+ be adjusted to the nearest value supported by the implementation.
+
+
+
+
This function is typically used in financial applications where the argument is of type
+ xs:decimal. For arguments of type xs:float and
+ xs:double the results may be counter-intuitive. For example, consider
+ round-half-to-even(xs:float(150.015), 2).
+ The result is not 150.02 as might be expected, but 150.01.
+ This is because the conversion of the
+ xs:float value represented by the literal 150.015 to an
+ xs:decimal produces the xs:decimal
+ value 150.014999389..., which is closer to
+ 150.01 than to 150.02.
+
From 4.0, the effect of this function can also be achieved by
+ calling fn:round with the third argument set to "half-to-even".
Divides one xs:decimal by another to a defined precision, returning
+ both the quotient and the remainder.
+
+
+
The function returns a record with two fields:
+
+
+
quotient is the xs:decimal value
+ furthest from zero such that:
+
+
quotient is an exact multiple of ten to the power
+ of minus $precision;
+
the absolute value of quotient
+ multipled by $divisor is less than or equal to the absolute
+ value of $value;
+
the sign of quotient is the same as the sign
+ of op:numeric-divide($value, $divisor).
+
+
+
+
remainder is the exact result of subtracting quotient
+ multiplied by $divisor from $value.
+
+
+
+
There may be limits on the precision
+ available. If the requested $precision is outside this range, it should
+ be adjusted to the nearest value supported by the implementation.
Formats an integer according to a given picture string, using the conventions of a given
+ natural language if specified.
+
+
+
If $value is an empty sequence, the function returns a zero-length
+ string.
+
In all other cases, the $picture argument describes the format in which
+ $value is output.
+
The rules that follow describe how non-negative numbers are output. If the value of
+ $value is negative, the rules below are applied to the absolute value of
+ $value, and a minus sign is prepended to the result.
+
+
The value of $picture consists of the following, in order:
+
+
An optional radix, which is an integer in the range 2 to 36, written using ASCII
+ digits (0-9) without any leading zero;
+
A circumflex (^), which is present if the radix is present, and absent otherwise.
+
A circumflex is recognized as marking the presence of a radix only
+ if (a) it is immediately preceded by an integer
+ in the range 2 to 36, and (b) it is
+ followed (somewhere within the primary format token) by an "X"
+ or "x". In other cases, the circumflex is treated as a grouping separator.
+ For example, the picture 9^000 outputs the number
+ 2345 as "2^345", whereas 9^XXX outputs "3185".
+ This rule is to ensure backwards compatibility.
+
+
A primary format token. This is always present and
+ must not be zero-length.
+
An optional format modifier.
+
If the string contains one or more
+ semicolons then the last semicolon is taken as terminating the primary
+ format token, and everything that follows is taken as the format modifier; if the string
+ contains no semicolon then
+ the format modifier is taken to be absent (which is equivalent to supplying a
+ zero-length string).
+
+
+
+
If a radix is present, then the primary format token must follow the
+ rules for a digit-pattern.
+
+
+
The primary format token is classified as one of the following:
+
+
+
A digit-pattern made up of optional-digit-signs,
+ mandatory-digit-signs, and grouping-separator-signs.
+
+
+
+
The optional-digit-sign is the character #.
+
+
+
If the radix is absent, then
+ a mandatory-digit-sign is a character in Unicode category Nd. All
+ mandatory-digit-signs within the format token
+ must be from the same digit family, where a digit
+ family is a sequence of ten consecutive characters in Unicode category Nd,
+ having digit values 0 through 9.
+ Within the format token, these digits are
+ interchangeable: a three-digit number may thus be indicated equivalently by
+ 000, 001, or 999.
+
If the primary format token contains at least one Unicode digit,
+ then the primary format token is taken
+ as a decimal digit pattern, and in this case it must match the
+ regular expression ^((\p{Nd}|#|[^\p{N}\p{L}])+?)$. If it contains a
+ digit but does not match this pattern, a dynamic error is raised .
+
+
+
If the radix (call it R) is
+ present (including the case where an explicit radix of 10 is used), then
+ the character used as the mandatory-digit-sign is either "x"
+ or "X". If any mandatory-digit-sign is upper-case "X", then all
+ mandatory-digit-signs must be upper-case "X". The digit family
+ used in the output comprises the first R characters of the
+ alphabet 0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz, but using upper-case
+ letters in place of lower-case if an upper-case "X" is used
+ as the mandatory-digit-sign.
+
In this case the primary format token must match the
+ regular expression ^(([Xx#]|[^\p{N}\p{L}])+?)$
+
+
+
a grouping-separator-sign is a non-alphanumeric character, that
+ is a character whose Unicode category is
+ other than Nd, Nl, No, Lu, Ll,
+ Lt, Lm or Lo.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
If a semicolon is to be used as a grouping separator, then the primary format
+ token as a whole must be followed by another semicolon, to ensure that the
+ grouping separator is not mistaken as a separator between the primary format
+ token and the format modifier.
+
+
+
+
There must be at least one mandatory-digit-sign.
+ There may be zero or more optional-digit-signs, and (if present) these
+ must precede all mandatory-digit-signs. There may
+ be zero or more grouping-separator-signs. A
+ grouping-separator-sign
+ must not appear at the start or end of the
+ digit-pattern, nor adjacent to another
+ grouping-separator-sign.
+
+
The corresponding output is a number in the specified radix, using this digit family, with
+ at least as many digits as there are mandatory-digit-signs in the
+ format token. Thus:
+
+
A format token 1 generates the sequence 0 1
+ 2 ... 10 11 12 ...
+
A format token 01 (or equivalently,
+ 00 or 99) generates the sequence 00 01 02 ...
+ 09 10 11 12 ... 99 100 101
+
A format token of U+0661
+ generates the sequence ١ then ٢
+ then ٣ ...
+
A format token of 16^xx generates the sequence 00 01 02 03
+ ... 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10 11 ...
+
A format token of 16^X generates the sequence 0 1 2 3
+ ... 8 9 A B C D E F 10 11 ...
+
+
+
The grouping-separator-signs are handled as follows:
+
+
+
+
The position of
+ grouping separators within the format token, counting backwards from the last
+ digit, indicates the position of grouping separators to appear within the
+ formatted number, and the character used as the grouping-separator-sign
+ within the format token indicates the character to be used as the corresponding
+ grouping separator in the formatted number.
+
+
+
+
More specifically, the position of a grouping separator is
+ the number of optional-digit-signs and mandatory-digit-signs appearing
+ between the grouping separator and the right-hand end of the primary format token.
+
+
+
Grouping separators are defined to be regular if the following conditions apply:
+
+
+
There is at least one grouping separator.
+
+
+
Every grouping separator is the same character (call it C).
+
+
+
There is a positive integer G (the grouping size) such that:
+
+
+
The position of every grouping separator is an integer multiple of G, and
+
+
+
Every positive integer multiple of G that is less than the number of
+ optional-digit-signs and mandatory-digit-signs in the primary format token
+ is the position of a grouping separator.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The grouping separator template is a (possibly infinite) set of (position, character) pairs.
+
+
+
If grouping separators are regular, then the grouping separator template contains one pair of the form (n×G, C)
+ for every positive integer n where G is the grouping size and C is the grouping character.
+
+
+
Otherwise (when grouping separators are not regular), the grouping separator template contains one pair of the form
+ (P, C) for every grouping separator found in the primary formatting token, where C is the grouping
+ separator character and P is its position.
+
+
+
+
If there are no grouping separators, then the grouping separator template is an empty set.
+
+
+
+
+
+
The number is formatted as follows:
+
+
+
+
Let S/1 be the result of formatting the supplied number
+ in the appropriate radix:
+ for radix 10 this will be the value obtained by casting
+ it to xs:string.
+
+
+
Let S/2 be the result of padding S/1 on the left with as many leading zeroes
+ as are needed to ensure that it contains at least as many digits as the number of mandatory-digit-signs
+ in the primary format token.
+
+
+
Let S/3 be the result of replacing all decimal digits (0-9) in S/2 with the corresponding
+ digits from the selected digit family. (This has no effect when the selected digit family uses ASCII digits (0-9),
+ which will always be the case if a radix is specified.)
+
+
+
Let S/4 be the result of inserting grouping separators into S/3: for every (position
+ P, character C) pair in the grouping separator template where P is less than the number
+ of digits in S/3, insert character C into S/3 at position P, counting from
+ the right-hand end.
+
+
+
Let S/5 be the result of converting S/4 into ordinal form, if an ordinal modifier
+ is present, as described below.
+
+
+
The result of the function is then S/5.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The format token A, which generates the sequence A B C ... Z AA
+ AB AC....
+
+
+
The format token a, which generates the sequence a b c ... z aa
+ ab ac....
+
+
+
The format token i, which generates the sequence i ii iii iv v
+ vi vii viii ix x ....
+
+
+
The format token I, which generates the sequence I II III IV V
+ VI VII VIII IX X ....
+
+
+
The format token w, which generates numbers written as lower-case
+ words, for example in English, one two three four ...
+
+
+
+
The format token W, which generates numbers written as upper-case
+ words, for example in English, ONE TWO THREE FOUR ...
+
+
+
+
The format token Ww, which generates numbers written as title-case
+ words, for example in English, One Two Three Four ...
+
+
+
+
Any other format token, which indicates a numbering sequence in which that token
+ represents the number 1 (one) (but see the note below).
+
+ It is implementation-defined which
+ numbering sequences, additional to those listed above, are supported. If an
+ implementation does not support a numbering sequence represented by the given
+ token, it must use a format token of 1.
+
+
In some traditional numbering sequences additional signs are added to denote
+ that the letters should be interpreted as numbers, for example, in ancient Greek
+ U+0374 and sometimes U+0375. These should not be
+ included in the format token.
+
+
+
+
+
For all format tokens other than a digit-pattern, there
+ may be implementation-defined lower and upper bounds on the range of numbers that
+ can be formatted using this format token; indeed, for some numbering sequences there may
+ be intrinsic limits. For example, the format token U+2460 has a range imposed by the Unicode character repertoire — zero to 20
+ in Unicode versions prior to 3.2, or zero to 50 in subsequent versions. For the numbering
+ sequences described above any upper bound imposed by the implementation must
+ not be less than 1000 (one thousand) and any lower bound must not be
+ greater than 1. Numbers that fall outside this range must be
+ formatted using the format token 1.
+
The above expansions of numbering sequences for format tokens such as a and
+ i are indicative but not prescriptive. There are various conventions in
+ use for how alphabetic sequences continue when the alphabet is exhausted, and differing
+ conventions for how roman numerals are written (for example, IV versus
+ IIII as the representation of the number 4). Sometimes alphabetic
+ sequences are used that omit letters such as i and o. This
+ specification does not prescribe the detail of any sequence other than those sequences
+ consisting entirely of decimal digits.
+
Many numbering sequences are language-sensitive. This applies especially to the sequence
+ selected by the tokens w, W and Ww. It also
+ applies to other sequences, for example different languages using the Cyrillic alphabet
+ use different sequences of characters, each starting with the letter U+0410 . In such cases, the $language argument specifies which
+ language conventions are to be used. If the argument is specified, the value
+ should be either an empty sequence or a value that would be valid
+ for the xml:lang attribute (see ). Note that this
+ permits the identification of sublanguages based on country codes (from ISO 3166-1) as
+ well as identification of dialects and regions within a country.
+
The set of languages for which numbering is supported is implementation-defined. If the $language argument is absent, or is
+ set to an empty sequence, or is invalid, or is not a language supported by the
+ implementation, then the number is formatted using the default language from the dynamic
+ context.
+
The format modifier must be a string that matches the regular
+ expression ^([co](\(.+\))?)?[at]?$. That is, if it is present it must
+ consist of one or more of the following, in order:
+
+
+
either c or o, optionally followed by a sequence of
+ characters enclosed between parentheses, to indicate cardinal or ordinal numbering
+ respectively, the default being cardinal numbering
+
+
+
either a or t, to indicate alphabetic or traditional
+ numbering respectively, the default being implementation-defined.
+
+
+
If the o modifier is present, this indicates a request to output ordinal
+ numbers rather than cardinal numbers. For example, in English, when used with the format
+ token 1, this outputs the sequence 1st 2nd 3rd 4th ..., and
+ when used with the format token w outputs the sequence first second
+ third fourth ....
+
The string of characters between the parentheses, if present, is used to select between
+ other possible variations of cardinal or ordinal numbering sequences. The interpretation
+ of this string is implementation-defined. No error occurs if the implementation does not
+ define any interpretation for the defined string.
+
+
+
It is implementation-defined what
+ combinations of values of the format token, the language, and the cardinal/ordinal
+ modifier are supported. If ordinal numbering is not supported for the combination of the
+ format token, the language, and the string appearing in parentheses, the request is
+ ignored and cardinal numbers are generated instead.
+
+
The use of the a or t modifier disambiguates between numbering
+ sequences that use letters. In many languages there are two commonly used numbering
+ sequences that use letters. One numbering sequence assigns numeric values to letters in
+ alphabetic sequence, and the other assigns numeric values to each letter in some other
+ manner traditional in that language. In English, these would correspond to the numbering
+ sequences specified by the format tokens a and i. In some
+ languages, the first member of each sequence is the same, and so the format token alone
+ would be ambiguous. In the absence of the a or t modifier, the
+ default is implementation-defined.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the format token is
+ invalid, that is, if it violates any mandatory rules (indicated by an emphasized
+ must or required keyword in the above rules).
+ For example, the error is raised if the primary format token contains a digit but does
+ not match the required regular expression.
+
+
+
+
+
Note the careful distinction between conditions that are errors and conditions where
+ fallback occurs. The principle is that an error in the syntax of the format picture will
+ be reported by all processors, while a construct that is recognized by some
+ implementations but not others will never result in an error, but will instead cause a
+ fallback representation of the integer to be used.
+
+
+
The following notes apply when a digit-pattern is used:
+
+
+
If grouping-separator-signs
+ appear at regular intervals within the format token, then the sequence is extrapolated to
+ the left, so grouping separators will be used in the formatted number at every
+ multiple of N. For example, if the format token is 0'000
+ then the number one million will be formatted as 1'000'000, while the
+ number fifteen will be formatted as 0'015.
+
+
+
The only purpose of optional-digit-signs is to mark the position of
+ grouping-separator-signs. For example, if the format token is
+ #'##0 then the number one million will be formatted as
+ 1'000'000, while the number fifteen will be formatted as
+ 15. A grouping separator is included in the formatted number only
+ if there is a digit to its left, which will only be the case if either (a) the
+ number is large enough to require that digit, or (b) the number of
+ mandatory-digit-signs in the format token requires insignificant
+ leading zeros to be present.
+
+
+
Grouping separators are not designed for effects such as
+ formatting a US telephone number as (365)123-9876. In general they are not
+ suitable for such purposes because (a) only single characters are allowed, and (b) they
+ cannot appear at the beginning or end of the number.
+
+
+
Numbers will never be truncated. Given the digit-pattern
+ 01, the number three hundred will be output as 300,
+ despite the absence of any optional-digit-sign.
+
+
+
+
+
+
The following notes apply when ordinal numbering is selected using the o modifier.
+
In some languages, the form of numbers (especially ordinal numbers) varies depending
+ on the grammatical context: they may have different genders and may decline with the
+ noun that they qualify. In such cases the string appearing in parentheses after the
+ letter c or o may be used to indicate the variation of the
+ cardinal or ordinal number required.
+
+
The way in which the variation is indicated will depend on the conventions of the language.
+
+
For inflected languages that vary the ending of the word, the approach recommended
+ in the previous version of this specification was to indicate the required ending,
+ preceded by a hyphen: for example in German, appropriate values might be
+ o(-e), o(-er), o(-es), o(-en).
+
+
Another approach, which might usefully be adopted by an implementation based on the
+ open-source ICU localization library , or any other library making use of the
+ Unicode Common Locale Data Repository , is to allow the value in parentheses
+ to be the name of a registered numbering rule set for the language in question,
+ conventionally prefixed with a percent sign: for example,
+ o(%spellout-ordinal-masculine), or c(%spellout-cardinal-year).
+
+
+
+
+
The following notes apply when the primary format token is neither a digit-pattern
+ nor one of the seven other defined format tokens (A, a, i, I, w, W, Ww), but is an arbitrary token
+ representing the number 1:
+
Unexpected results may occur for traditional numbering. For example, in an
+ implementation that supports traditional numbering system in Greek, the example
+ format-integer(19, "α;t") might return δπιιιι or
+ ιθ, depending upon whether the ancient acrophonic or late antique
+ alphabetic system is supported.
+
Unexpected results may also occur for alphabetic numbering. For example, in an
+ implementation that supports alphabetic numbering system in Greek, someone
+ writing format-integer(19, "α;a") might expect the nineteenth Greek
+ letter, U+03C4, but the implementation might return the eighteenth one,
+ U+03C3, because the latter is the nineteenth item in the sequence of
+ lowercase Greek letters in Unicode (the sequence is interrupted because of the final
+ form of the sigma, U+03C2). Because Greek never had a final capital sigma,
+ Unicode has marked U+03A2, the eighteenth codepoint in the sequence of Greek capital
+ letters, as reserved, to ensure that every Greek uppercase letter is always 32 codepoints
+ less than its lowercase counterpart. Therefore, someone writing
+ format-integer(18, "Α;a") might expect the eighteenth Greek capital letter,
+ U+03A3, but an implementation might return U+03A2,
+ the eighteenth position
+ in the sequence of Greek capital letters, but unassigned to any character.
Returns a string containing a number formatted according to a given picture string
+ and decimal format.
+
+
+
The function formats $value as a string using the picture string specified by the
+ $picture argument and a decimal format.
+
The $value argument may be of any numeric data type
+ (xs:double, xs:float, xs:decimal, or their
+ subtypes including xs:integer). Note that if an xs:decimal is
+ supplied, it is not automatically converted to an xs:double, as such
+ conversion can involve a loss of precision.
+
If the supplied value of the $value argument is an empty sequence, the
+ function behaves as if the supplied value were the xs:double value
+ NaN.
+
If $options is absent, or if it is supplied as an empty sequence or an empty
+ map, then the number is formatted using the properties of the unnamed
+ decimal format in the static context.
+
For backwards compatibility reasons, the decimal format can be supplied as
+ an instance of xs:string. If the value of the $options
+ argument is an xs:string, then its value
+ must be a string which after removal of leading
+ and trailing whitespace is in the form of an EQName
+ as defined in the XPath 4.0 grammar, that is one of the following:
+
+
+
A lexical QName, which is expanded using the statically known namespaces.
+ The default namespace is not used (no prefix means no namespace).
+
+
+
A URIQualifiedName using the syntax Q{uri}local,
+ where the URI can be zero-length to indicate a name in no namespace.
+
+
+
The effective value of the $options argument is then the map
+ { 'format-name': $FN } where $FN is the
+ xs:QName result of expanding this EQName.
+
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows.
+ The apply. The detailed rules
+ for the interpretation of each option appear later.
+
In the table, the type xs:string (: matching '.' :)
+ represents a single-character string, that is, a restriction of xs:string
+ with the facet pattern=".", while the type
+ xs:string (: matching '.|.:.*' :) indicates a string
+ that is either a single character, or a single character followed by U+003A
+ followed by an arbitrary string. Such a property identifies two values: a single
+ character called the marker, which is used to represent the property
+ in the picture string; and an arbitrary string called the rendition
+ which is used to represent in the property in the result string. In the absence of the colon
+ the single character value is used both as the marker and the rendition.
+
The default value for absent options (other than
+ format-name) is taken from a decimal format in the static context; the default
+ values shown in the table are the values used if no specific value is assigned in the
+ static context.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The name of a decimal format in the static context; if absent, the unnamed
+ decimal format in the static context is used. An xs:NCName
+ represents the local part of an xs:QName in no namespace.
+
+ (xs:NCName | xs:QName)?
+ ()
+
+
+ The marker used to represent the decimal point
+ in the picture string, and the rendition of the decimal point
+ in the formatted number.
+ xs:string (: matching '.|.:.*' :)
+ "."
+
+
+ The marker used to separate groups of digits
+ in the picture string, and the rendition
+ of the grouping separator in the formatted number.
+ xs:string (: matching '.|.:.*' :)
+ ","
+
+
+ The marker used to separate the mantissa from the exponent
+ in scientific notation in the picture
+ string, and the rendition of the exponent separator
+ in the formatted number.
+ xs:string (: matching '.|.:.*' :)
+ "e"
+
+
+ The string used to represent the value positive or negative infinity
+ in the formatted number.
+ xs:string
+ "Infinity"
+
+
+ The string used as a minus sign in the formatted number if
+ there is no subpicture for formatting negative numbers.
+ xs:string
+ "-"
+
+
+ The string used to represent the value NaN
+ in the formatted number.
+ xs:string
+ "NaN"
+
+
+ The marker used to indicate the presence of a percent sign
+ in the picture string, and the rendition of the percent sign
+ in the formatted number.
+ xs:string (: matching '.|.:.*' :)
+ "%"
+
+
+ marker used to indicate the presence of a per-mille sign
+ in the picture string, and the rendition of the per-mille sign
+ in the formatted number.
+ xs:string (: matching '.|.:.*' :)
+ "‰" (0x2030)
+
+
+ Defines the characters used in the picture string to represent a mandatory digit:
+ for example, if the zero-digit is 0 then any of the
+ digits 0 to 9 may be used (interchangeably)
+ in the picture string to represent a mandatory digit,
+ and in the formatted number the characters 0 to 9
+ will be used to represent the digits zero to nine. The value must be
+ a character in Unicode category Nd with decimal digit value 0 (zero).
+
+ xs:string (: matching '.' :)
+ "0"
+
+
+ The character used in the picture string to represent
+ an optional digit.
+
+ xs:string (: matching '.' :)
+ "#"
+
+
+ The character used in the picture string to separate the positive
+ and negative subpictures.
+
+ xs:string (: matching '.' :)
+ ";"
+
+
+
+
+
A base decimal format is established as follows:
+
+
+
If the format-name option is present, then
+ the decimal format in the static context identified by this name.
+
Otherwise, the unnamed decimal format in the static context.
+
+
+
The base decimal format is then modified using the other entries in the
+ supplied $options map.
+
+
+
+
The evaluation of the fn:format-number function takes place in two
+ phases, an analysis phase described in and a
+ formatting phase described in .
+
+
The analysis phase takes as its inputs the picture
+ string and the variables derived from the relevant decimal format in the
+ static context, and produces as its output a number of variables with defined values.
+ The formatting phase takes as its inputs the number to be formatted and the variables
+ produced by the analysis phase, and produces as its output a string containing a
+ formatted representation of the number.
+
+
The result of the function is the formatted string representation of the supplied
+ number.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised
+ if
+ the $options argument is supplied as an xs:string
+ that is neither a valid lexical QName nor a
+ valid URIQualifiedName, or if it uses a prefix that is not found in the
+ statically known namespaces; or if the static context does not contain a declaration of
+ a decimal format with a matching expanded QName; or if $options?format-name
+ is present and the static context does
+ not contain a declaration of a decimal format whose name matches $options?format-name.
+ If the processor is able to detect the
+ error statically (for example, when the argument is supplied as a string literal), then
+ the processor may optionally signal this as a static error.
+
A dynamic error is raised if a value of
+ $format is not valid for the associated property, or if the properties
+ of the decimal format resulting from a supplied $options
+ map do not have distinct values.
+
+
+
A string is an ordered sequence of characters, and this specification
+ uses terms such as “left” and “right”, “preceding” and “following” in relation to this ordering,
+ irrespective of the position of the characters when visually rendered on some output medium.
+ Both in the picture string and in the result string, digits with higher significance (that is,
+ representing higher powers of ten) always precede digits with lower significance, even when
+ the rendered text flow is from right to left.
+
In previous versions of XSLT and XQuery, decimal formats were typically defined in the
+ static context using custom declarations (<xsl:decimal-format> in XSLT,
+ declare decimal-format in XQuery) and then selected by name in a call on
+ fn:format-number. This mechanism remains available, but in 4.0,
+ it may be more convenient to dispense with these
+ declarations, and instead to define a decimal format as a map bound to a global
+ variable, which can be referenced in the $options argument of the
+ fn:format-number call.
+
+
+
+
+
The following examples assume a default decimal format in which the chosen digits are
+ the ASCII digits 0-9, the decimal separator is ., the grouping separator is ,,
+ the minus-sign is -, and the percent-sign is %.
The decimal format name can now be supplied
+ as a value of type xs:QName,
+ as an alternative to supplying a lexical QName as an instance of xs:string.
+
+
Decimal format parameters
+ can now be supplied directly as a map in the third argument, rather
+ than referencing a format defined in the static context.
+
+
For selected properties including percent and exponent-separator,
+ it is now possible to specify a single-character marker to be used in the picture string,
+ together with a multi-character rendition to be used in the formatted output.
Converts a string to an integer, recognizing any radix in the range 2 to 36.
+
+
+
If $value is an empty sequence, the result is an empty sequence.
+
+
The supplied $radix must be in the range 2 to 36 inclusive.
+
The string $value is preprocessed by stripping all whitespace characters (including internal whitespace)
+ and underscore characters.
+
After this process, the supplied value
+ must consist of an optional sign (+ or -)
+ followed by a sequence of one or more generalized digits drawn from the first $radix characters
+ in the alphabet 0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz; upper-case alphabetics
+ A-Z may be used in place of their lower-case equivalents.
+
The value of a generalized digit corresponds to its position in this alphabet.
A dynamic error is raised
+ if $radix is not in the range 2 to 36.
+
A dynamic error is raised
+ if, after stripping whitespace and underscores and the optional leading sign,
+ $value is a zero-length string,
+ or if it contains a character
+ that is not among the first $radix characters in the
+ alphabet 0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz, or the
+ upper-case equivalent of such a character.
+
A dynamic error is raised
+ if the value of the resulting integer exceeds the implementation-dependent
+ limit on the size of an xs:integer.
+
+
+
+
When $radix takes its default value of 10,
+ the function delivers the same result as casting $value
+ (after removal of whitespace and underscores) to xs:integer.
+
If underscores or whitespace in the input need to be rejected, then
+ the string should first be validated, perhaps using fn:matches.
+
If other characters may legitimately appear in the input, for example
+ a leading 0x, then this must first be removed by pre-processing the input.
+
If the input uses a different family of digits, then the value should first
+ be converted to the required digits using fn:translate.
+
A string in the lexical space of xs:hexBinary will always
+ be an acceptable input, provided it is not too long. So, for example, the expression
+ "1DE=" => xs:base64Binary() => xs:hexBinary() => xs:string() => parse-integer(16)
+ can be used to convert the Base 64 value 1DE= to the integer 54321, via the
+ hexadecimal string D431.
Alphabetic base-26 numbering systems (hexavigesimal) can be parsed via translation.
+ Note, enumerating systems that do not assign a symbol to zero (e.g., spreadsheet
+ columns) must be preprocessed in a different fashion.
Returns the value of ex where x is the argument value.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the mathematical constant e raised to the power of
+ $value, as defined in the specification of
+ the exp function applied to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
The treatment of overflow and underflow is defined in .
Returns the value of 10x, where x is the supplied argument value.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is ten raised to the power of $value, as defined in the
+ specification of the exp10 function applied
+ to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
The treatment of overflow and underflow is defined in .
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the natural logarithm of $value, as defined in the
+ specification of the log function applied
+ to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
The treatment of divideByZero and invalidOperation exceptions
+ is defined in . The effect is that if the argument is
+ zero, the result is -INF, and if it is negative, the result is NaN.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the base-10 logarithm of $value, as defined in the
+ specification of the log10 function applied
+ to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
The treatment of divideByZero and invalidOperation exceptions
+ is defined in . The effect is that if the argument is
+ zero, the result is -INF, and if it is negative, the result is NaN.
Returns the non-negative square root of the argument.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the mathematical non-negative square root of $value
+ as defined in the specification of the
+ squareRoot function applied to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
+
The treatment of the invalidOperation exception is defined in . The effect is that if the argument is less than zero, the result
+ is NaN.
+
+
If $value is positive or negative zero, positive infinity, or
+ NaN, then the result is $value. (Negative zero is the only
+ case where the result can have negative sign)
Returns the result of raising the first argument to the power of the second.
+
+
+
If $x is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
If $y is an instance of xs:integer, the result is
+ $x raised to the power of $y as defined in the specification of the pown function applied to a
+ 64-bit binary floating point value and an integer.
+
Otherwise $y is cast to an xs:double,
+ and the result is $x raised to the power of
+ $y as defined in the specification of the
+ pow function applied to two 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
+
The treatment of the divideByZero and invalidOperation
+ exceptions is defined in . Some of the consequences are
+ illustrated in the examples below.
Returns the sine of the argument. The argument is an angle in radians.
+
+
+
If $radians is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
+
Otherwise the result is the sine of $radians (which is treated as an angle in
+ radians) as defined in the specification of the
+ sin function applied to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
+
The treatment of the invalidOperation and underflow exceptions
+ is defined in .
+
If $radians is positive or negative zero, the result is
+ $radians.
+
If $radians is positive or negative infinity, or NaN,
+ then the result is NaN.
+
Otherwise the result is always in the range -1.0e0 to +1.0e0
Returns the cosine of the argument. The argument is an angle in radians.
+
+
+
If $radians is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
If $radians is positive or negative infinity, or NaN,
+ then the result is NaN.
+
Otherwise the result is the cosine of $radians (which is treated as an angle in
+ radians) as defined in the specification of the
+ cos function applied to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
The treatment of the invalidOperation exception is defined in .
+
If $radians is positive or negative zero, the result is
+ $radians.
+
If $radiansis positive or negative infinity, or NaN,
+ then the result is NaN.
+
Otherwise the result is always in the range -1.0e0 to +1.0e0
Returns the tangent of the argument. The argument is an angle in radians.
+
+
+
If $radians is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the tangent of $radians (which is treated as an angle
+ in radians) as defined in the specification of the
+ tan function applied to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
+
The treatment of the invalidOperation and underflow exceptions
+ is defined in .
+
If $radians is positive or negative infinity, or NaN,
+ then the result is NaN.
+
+
+
+
+ math:tan(())
+ ()
+
+
+ math:tan(0)
+ 0.0e0
+
+
+ math:tan(-0.0e0)
+ -0.0e0
+
+
+ math:tan(math:pi() div 4)
+ 1.0e0
+
+
+ math:tan(-math:pi() div 4)
+ -1.0e0
+
+
+ 1 div math:tan(math:pi() div 2)
+ 0.0e0
+ Mathematically, tan(π/2) is positive infinity. But because math:pi() div 2
+ returns an approximation, the result of math:tan(math:pi() div 2) will be a large
+ but finite number.
+
+
+ 1 div math:tan(-math:pi() div 2)
+ -0.0e0
+ Mathematically, tan(-π/2) is negative infinity. But because -math:pi() div 2
+ returns an approximation, the result of math:tan(-math:pi() div 2) will be a large
+ but finite negative number.
+
+
+ math:tan(math:pi())
+ 0.0e0
+
+
+ math:tan(xs:double('NaN'))
+ xs:double('NaN')
+
+
+ math:tan(xs:double('INF'))
+ xs:double('NaN')
+
+
+ math:tan(xs:double('-INF'))
+ xs:double('NaN')
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the arc sine of the argument.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the arc sine of $value as defined in the specification of the
+ asin function applied to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+ The result is in the range -π/2 to +π/2 radians.
+
+
+
The treatment of the invalidOperation and underflow exceptions
+ is defined in .
+
If $value is positive or negative zero, the result is $value.
+
If $value is NaN, or if its absolute value is greater than one,
+ then the result is NaN.
+
In other cases, the result is an xs:double value representing an angle
+ θ in radians in the range -math:pi() div 2 <=
+ θ <= math:pi() div 2.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the arc cosine of $value, as defined in the specification of the
+ acos function applied to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+ The result is in the range zero to +π radians.
+
+
+
The treatment of the invalidOperation exception is defined in .
+
If $value is NaN, or if its absolute value is greater than one,
+ then the result is NaN.
+
In other cases, the result is an xs:double value representing an angle
+ θ in radians in the range 0 <= θ <=
+ math:pi().
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the arc tangent of $value, as defined
+ in the specification of the
+ atan function applied to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+ The result is in the range -π/2
+ to +π/2 radians.
+
+
+
The treatment of the underflow exception is defined in .
+
If $value is positive or negative zero, the result is $value.
+
If $value is NaN then the result is NaN.
+
In other cases, the result is an xs:double value representing an angle
+ θ in radians in the range -math:pi() div 2 <=
+ θ <= math:pi() div 2.
Returns the angle in radians subtended at the origin by the point on a plane with
+ coordinates (x, y) and the positive x-axis.
+
+
+
The result is the value of atan2(y, x) as defined in the specification of the atan2 function applied to
+ 64-bit binary floating point values. The result is in the range -π
+ to +π radians.
+
+
+
The treatment of the underflow exception is defined in . The following rules apply when the values are finite and non-zero,
+ (subject to rules for overflow, underflow and approximation).
+
If either argument is NaN then the result is NaN.
+
If $x is positive, then the value of
+ atan2($y, $x) is atan($y div $x).
+
If $x is negative, then:
+
+
If $y is positive, then the value of atan2($y, $x) is
+ atan($y div $x) + π.
+
If $y is negative, then the value of atan2($y, $x) is
+ atan($y div $x) - π.
+
+
Some results for special values of the arguments are shown in the examples below.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the hyperbolic sine of $value as defined in the
+ specification of the sinh function applied
+ to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
The treatment of the overflow and underflow exceptions
+ is defined in .
+
If $value is positive or negative zero, the result is
+ $value.
+
If $value is positive or negative infinity, or NaN,
+ the result is NaN.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the hyperbolic cosine of $value as defined in the
+ specification of the cosh function applied
+ to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
The treatment of the overflow exception
+ is defined in .
+
If $value is positive or negative zero, the result is
+ 1.
+
If $value is positive or negative infinity,
+ the result is INF.
+
If $value is NaN,
+ the result is NaN.
+
In other cases, the result is an xs:double in the range
+ +1.0 to INF.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
Otherwise the result is the hyperbolic tangent of $value as defined in the
+ specification of the tanh function applied
+ to 64-bit binary floating point values.
+
+
+
The treatment of the underflow exception
+ is defined in .
+
If $value is positive or negative zero, the result is
+ $value.
+
If $value is positive infinity, the result is +1.0.
+
If $value is negative infinity, the result is -1.0.
+
In other cases, the result is an xs:double in the range
+ -1.0 to +1.0.
Returns an xs:string whose characters have supplied codepoints.
+
+
+
The function returns the string made up from the characters whose Unicode codepoints are
+ supplied in $values. This will be the zero-length string if $values
+ is the empty sequence.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if any of the codepoints in
+ $values is not a
+ permitted character.
It is no longer automatically an error if the input
+ contains a codepoint that is not valid in XML. Instead, the codepoint
+ must be a . The set of permitted
+ characters is , but it is
+ recommended that all Unicode characters should
+ be accepted.
Returns -1, 0, or 1, depending on whether
+ the first value is less than, equal to, or greater than the second value.
+
+
+
Compares two atomic items $value1 and $value2 for order, and
+ returns the integer value -1, 0, or 1,
+ depending on whether $value1 is less than, equal to, or greater than
+ $value2, respectively.
+
This function differs from the operators lt, eq,
+ and gt in that decimal values are not converted to doubles. This means that
+ the comparison is fully transitive, which makes it safe for use in sorting algorithms.
+ It is used to underpin sorting in XQuery 4.0 and XSLT 4.0, and is also available as a
+ free-standing function in its own right.
+
If either $value1 or $value2 is the empty sequence,
+ the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the result is determined as follows:
+
+
+
If $value1 is an instance of xs:string,
+ xs:anyURI or xs:untypedAtomic, and if
+ $value2 is an instance of xs:string, xs:anyURI
+ or xs:untypedAtomic, the values are compared as strings, and the
+ result reflects the order according to the rules of the collation that is used.
+
The collation is determined according to the rules in
+ .
+
When used with the default collation,
+ the function defines the semantics of the eq, ne,
+ gt, lt, le and ge
+ operators on xs:string values.
+
+
+
If both $value1 and $value2 are instances of
+ xs:numeric, the function relies on a total order, which is
+ defined as follows:
+
+
A value $f of type xs:float is in all cases equal
+ to the value xs:double($f). The remaining rules therefore only consider
+ instances of xs:double and xs:decimal.
+
NaN is equal to itself and less than any other value.
+
Negative infinity is equal to itself and less than any other
+ value except NaN.
+
Positive infinity is equal to itself and greater than any other
+ value.
+
Negative zero is equal to positive zero.
+
Other xs:double and xs:decimal values (that is,
+ values other than the infinities, NaN, and negative zero) are ordered
+ according to their mathematical magnitude, the comparison being done without any
+ rounding or loss of precision. This effect can be achieved by converting
+ xs:double values to xs:decimal using an implementation
+ of xs:decimal that imposes no limits on precision or scale, or an
+ implementation whose limits are such that all xs:double values can
+ be represented precisely.
+
+
+
+
If both $value1 and $value2 are instances of
+ xs:boolean, then:
+
+
-1 is returned if
+ op:boolean-less-than($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
0 is returned if
+ op:boolean-equal($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
1 is returned otherwise.
+
+
+
+
If $value1 is an instance of xs:hexBinary or
+ xs:base64Binary, and if $value2 is an instance of
+ xs:hexBinary or xs:base64Binary, then:
+
+
-1 is returned if
+ op:binary-less-than($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
0 is returned if
+ op:binary-equal($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
1 is returned otherwise.
+
+
+
+
If both $value1 and $value2 are instances of
+ xs:date, then:
+
+
-1 is returned if
+ op:date-less-than($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
0 is returned if
+ op:date-equal($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
1 is returned otherwise.
+
+
+
+
If both $value1 and $value2 are instances of
+ xs:time, then:
+
+
-1 is returned if
+ op:time-less-than($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
0 is returned if
+ op:time-equal($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
1 is returned otherwise.
+
+
+
+
If both $value1 and $value2 are instances of
+ xs:dateTime, then:
+
+
-1 is returned if
+ op:dateTime-less-than($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
0 is returned if
+ op:dateTime-equal($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
1 is returned otherwise.
+
+
+
+
If both $value1 and $value2 are instances of
+ xs:dayTimeDuration, then:
+
+
-1 is returned if
+ op:dayTimeDuration-less-than($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
0 is returned if
+ op:duration-equal($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
1 is returned otherwise.
+
+
+
+
If both $value1 and $value2 are instances of
+ xs:yearMonthDuration, then:
+
+
-1 is returned if
+ op:yearMonthDuration-less-than($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
0 is returned if
+ op:duration-equal($value1, $value2) returns true.
+
+
1 is returned otherwise.
+
+
+
+
For any other combination of types, a type error
+ is raised.
+
+
+
+
+
For numeric values, consider the xs:double value written as
+ 0.1e0 and the xs:decimal value written as 0.1:
+ The mathematical magnitude of this xs:double value is
+ 0.1000000000000000055511151231257827021181583404541015625.
+ Therefore, compare(0.1e0, 0.1) returns +1. By contrast,
+ 0.1e0 lt 0.1 is false and 0.1e0 eq 0.1
+ is true, because those expressions convert the xs:decimal value
+ 0.1 to the xs:double value 0.1e0
+ before the comparison.
+
Although operations such as sorting and the fn:min and fn:max
+ functions invoke fn:compare to perform numeric comparison, these functions
+ in some cases treat NaN differently.
Returns true if two strings are equal, considered codepoint-by-codepoint.
+
+
+
If either argument is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns true or false depending on
+ whether $value1 is equal to
+ $value2, according to the Unicode codepoint collation
+ (http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/codepoint).
+
+
+
+
This function allows xs:anyURI values to be compared without having to
+ specify the Unicode codepoint collation.
+
+
+
+
+ codepoint-equal("abcd", "abcd")
+ true()
+
+
+ codepoint-equal("abcd", "abcd ")
+ false()
+
+
+ codepoint-equal("", "")
+ true()
+
+
+ codepoint-equal("", ())
+ ()
+
+
+ codepoint-equal((), ())
+ ()
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The two-argument form of
+ this function defines the semantics of the || operator.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+ variadic
+
+
+
Returns the concatenation of the arguments, treated as sequences of strings.
+
+
+
Unlike all other functions, this function is defined to be variadic, as indicated by the
+ ellipsis in the function signature.
+ Conceptually, there is an infinite set of functions with different numbers of arguments (minimum arity zero,
+ maximum arity unbounded):
+
+
+
concat() returns a zero-length string, "".
+
concat("a") returns "a".
+
concat("a", "b") returns "ab".
+
concat("a", "b", "c") returns "abc".
+
concat("a", "b", "c", "d") returns "abcd".
+
and so on.
+
+
+
It is equally possible to supply a single argument containing a sequence of strings:
+
+
+
concat(()) returns a zero-length string, "".
+
concat(("a")) returns "a".
+
concat(("a", "b")) returns "ab".
+
concat(("a", "b", "c")) returns "abc".
+
concat(("a", "b", "c", "d")) returns "abcd".
+
and so on.
+
+
+
More generally, any argument can be a sequence of strings:
A static call on the fn:concat function must use positional arguments,
+ it cannot use keywords.
+
+
Each of the parameters has the required type
+ xs:anyAtomicType*. The coercion rules ensure that each supplied argument is first converted to
+ a sequence of atomic items by applying atomization. These sequences are then combined (by
+ sequence concatenation)
+ into a single sequence, and each item in the combined sequence
+ is converted to a string using the fn:string function. The strings are then concatenated
+ with no separator.
+
+
+
+
If XPath 1.0 compatibility mode is set to true in the static context of a
+ static function call to fn:concat, then each supplied argument
+ $v is first reduced to a single
+ string, the result of the expression xs:string($v[1]). This is special-case
+ processing for the fn:concat function, it is not something
+ that follows from the general rules for calling variadic functions. This reflects the fact that
+ fn:concat had custom behavior in XPath 1.0. This rule applies only to
+ static function calls.
+
+
A named function reference can be used to create a function item with any arity: for example
+ concat#3 returns a function item that takes three arguments, which it concatenates.
+ Similarly partial function application can be used to construct a function that concatenates fixed and
+ variable values: for example concat('[', ?, ']') returns a function item that takes a single
+ argument and wraps the string value of this argument in square brackets. Similarly,
+ concat(?, '-', ?) returns a function item of arity two; it returns the string values of
+ the two arguments separated by a hyphen.
+
+
+
+
As mentioned in Unicode normalization is not automatically
+ applied to the result of fn:concat. If a normalized result is required,
+ fn:normalize-unicode can be applied to the xs:string
+ returned by fn:concat. The following XQuery:
+
+let $v1 := "I plan to go to Mu"
+let $v2 := "?nchen in September"
+return concat($v1, $v2)
+
where the ? represents either the actual Unicode character U+0308
+ or the numeric character reference ̈, will return:
+
"I plan to go to Mu?nchen in September"
+
where the ? again represents either the actual Unicode character U+0308
+ or the numeric character reference ̈.
+ It is worth noting that the returned value is not normalized in NFC; however, it is normalized in NFD.
+
However, the following XQuery:
+
+let $v1 := "I plan to go to Mu"
+let $v2 := "?nchen in September"
+return normalize-unicode(concat($v1, $v2))
+
where ? represents either the actual Unicode character U+0308
+ or the numeric character reference ̈, will return:
+
"I plan to go to München in September"
+
This returned result is normalized in NFC.
+
Alternatives to the fn:concat function include the concatenation operator
+ || (for example $x || '-' || $y), the use of string templates
+ (for example `{ $x }-{ $y }`), and the fn:string-join function.
The function can now take any number of arguments (previously it had to be two or more), and
+ the arguments can be sequences of strings rather than single strings.
Returns a string created by concatenating the items in a sequence, with a defined
+ separator between adjacent items.
+
+
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the effect is the same as
+ calling the two-argument version with $separator set to a zero-length
+ string.
+
The coercion rules ensure that the supplied $values argument is first converted to
+ a sequence of atomic items by applying atomization.
+
The function then returns an xs:string created by casting each item
+ in the atomized sequence to an xs:string,
+ and then concatenating the result strings in order,
+ using the value of $separator as a
+ separator between adjacent strings. If $separator is the zero-length
+ string, then the items in $values are concatenated without a separator.
+
+
+
+
If $values is the empty sequence, the function returns the
+ zero-length string.
Returns the part of $value beginning at the position
+ indicated by $start and continuing for the number of characters indicated by $length.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns
+ the zero-length string.
+
Otherwise, the function returns a string comprising those characters of $value whose index position (counting
+ from one) is greater than or equal to $start (rounded to an
+ integer), and (if $length is specified
+ and non-empty) less than the sum of
+ $start and $length (both rounded to integers).
+
The characters returned do not extend beyond $value. If
+ $start is zero or negative, only those characters in positions greater
+ than zero are returned.
+
More specifically, the three argument version of the function returns the characters in
+ $value whose position $p satisfies:
The two argument version of the function assumes that $length is infinite
+ and thus returns the characters in
+ $value whose position $p satisfies:
+
+ fn:round($start) <= $p
+
+
In the above computations, the rules for op:numeric-less-thanand
+ op:numeric-greater-than apply.
+
+
+
The first character of a string is located at position 1, not position 0.
+
The second and third arguments allow xs:double values (rather than
+ requiring xs:integer) in order to achieve compatibility with XPath 1.0.
+
A surrogate pair counts as one character, not two.
+
The consequences of supplying values such as NaN or positive or negative
+ infinity for the $start or $length arguments follow from the
+ above rules, and are not always intuitive.
+
+
+
+
+ substring("motor car", 6)
+ " car"
+ Characters starting at position 6 to the end of
+ $sourceString are selected.
+
+
+
+
+
+ substring("metadata", 4, 3)
+ "ada"
+ Characters at positions greater than or equal to 4 and less than 7 are
+ selected.
+
+
+
+
+ substring("12345", 1.5, 2.6)
+ "234"
+ Characters at positions greater than or equal to 2 and less than 5 are
+ selected.
+
+
+
+
+ substring("12345", 0, 3)
+ "12"
+ Characters at positions greater than or equal to 0 and less than 3 are
+ selected. Since the first position is 1, these are the characters at positions 1
+ and 2.
+
+
+
+
+ substring("12345", 5, -3)
+ ""
+ Characters at positions greater than or equal to 5 and less than 2 are
+ selected.
+
+
+
+
+ substring("12345", -3, 5)
+ "1"
+ Characters at positions greater than or equal to -3 and less than 2
+ are selected. Since the first position is 1, this is the character at position
+ 1.
+
+
+
+
+ substring("12345", 0 div 0E0, 3)
+ ""
+ Since 0 div 0E0 returns NaN, and
+ NaN compared to any other number returns false, no
+ characters are selected.
+
+
+
+
+ substring("12345", 1, 0 div 0E0)
+ ""
+ As above.
+
+
+
+
+ substring((), 1, 3)
+ ""
+
+
+
+
+ substring("12345", -42, 1 div 0E0)
+ "12345"
+ Characters at positions greater than or equal to -42 and less than
+ INF are selected.
+
+
+
+
+ substring("12345", -1 div 0E0, 1 div 0E0)
+ ""
+ Since the value of -INF + INF is NaN, no
+ characters are selected.
+
+
+
+
+
+
The third argument can now be supplied as an empty sequence.
The function returns an xs:integer equal to the length in characters of $value.
+
Calling the zero-argument version of the function is equivalent to calling
+ fn:string-length(fn:string(.)).
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the
+ xs:integer value 0.
+
+
+
If $value is not specified and the context value is absent, a type error is raised: .
+
As a consequence of the rules given above, a type error is raised
+ if the context value
+ cannot be atomized, or if the result of atomizing the context value is a sequence
+ containing more than one atomic item.
+
+
+
Unlike some programming languages, a codepoint
+ greater than 65535 counts as one character, not two.
+
There are situations where fn:string-length() has a different effect
+ from fn:string-length(.). For example, if the context value
+ is an attribute node typed as an xs:integer with the string value 000001,
+ then fn:string-length() returns 6
+ (the length of the string value of the node), while
+ fn:string-length(.) raises a type error (because the result of atomization
+ is not an xs:string).
+
+
+
+
+ string-length(
+ "Harp not on that string, madam; that is past."
+)
+ 45
+
+
+
+
+ "ᾧ" => string-length()
+ 1
+
+
+
+
+ "ᾧ" => normalize-unicode("NFD") => string-length()
+ 4
+ For strings that consist of a base character with combining characters, each combining character is length 1.
+
+
+
+
+ string-length(())
+ 0
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-dependent
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns $value with leading and trailing whitespace removed, and
+ sequences of internal whitespace reduced to a single space character.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the
+ zero-length string.
+
The function returns a string constructed by stripping leading and trailing whitespace
+ from $value, and replacing sequences of one or more adjacent
+ whitespace characters with a single space, U+0020.
+
The whitespace characters are defined in the metasymbol S (Production 3) of .
+
+
If no argument is supplied, then $value defaults to the string value
+ (calculated using fn:string) of the context value (.).
+
+
+
+
If no argument is supplied and the context value is
+ absent, a type error is raised
+ .
+
As a consequence of the rules given above, a type error is raised
+ if the context value
+ cannot be atomized, or if the result of atomizing the context value is a sequence
+ containing more than one atomic item.
+
+
+
The definition of whitespace is unchanged in . It is repeated here
+ for convenience:
Returns $value after applying Unicode normalization.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the
+ zero-length string.
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument version with $form set to the string
+ "NFC".
+
Otherwise, the function returns $value normalized according to
+ the rules of the normalization form identified by the value of
+ $form.
+
The effective value of $form is the value of the expression
+ fn:upper-case(fn:normalize-space($form)).
+
+
+
+
If the effective value of $form is NFC,
+ then the function returns $value converted to Unicode
+ Normalization Form C (NFC).
+
+
+
If the effective value of $form is NFD,
+ then the function returns $value converted to Unicode
+ Normalization Form D (NFD).
+
+
+
If the effective value of $form is NFKC,
+ then the function returns $value in Unicode Normalization
+ Form KC (NFKC).
+
+
+
If the effective value of $form is NFKD,
+ then the function returns $value converted to Unicode
+ Normalization Form KD (NFKD).
+
+
+
If the effective value of $form is
+ FULLY-NORMALIZED, then the function returns
+ $value converted to fully normalized form.
+
+
+
If the effective value of $form is the zero-length
+ string, no normalization is performed and $value is returned.
+
+
+
Normalization forms NFC, NFD, NFKC, and NFKD, and the algorithms to be used for
+ converting a string to each of these forms, are defined in .
+
The motivation for normalization form FULLY-NORMALIZED is explained in . However, as that specification did not progress beyond
+ working draft status, the normative specification is as follows:
+
+
+
A string is fully-normalized if (a) it is in normalization form NFC
+ as defined in , and (b) it does not start
+ with a composing character.
+
+
+
A composing character is a character that is one or both of the following:
+
+
+
the second character in the canonical decomposition mapping of some
+ character that is not listed in the Composition Exclusion Table defined in
+ ;
+
+
+
of non-zero canonical combining class (as defined in ).
+
+
+
+
+
+
A string is converted to FULLY-NORMALIZED form as follows:
+
+
+
if the first character in the string is a composing character, prepend a
+ single space (x20);
+
+
+
convert the resulting string to normalization form NFC.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Conforming implementations must support normalization form NFC and
+ may support normalization forms NFD, NFKC, NFKD, and
+ FULLY-NORMALIZED. They may also support other normalization forms
+ with implementation-defined semantics.
+
It is implementation-defined which
+ version of Unicode (and therefore, of the normalization algorithms and their underlying
+ data) is supported by the implementation. See for
+ details of the stability policy regarding changes to the normalization rules in future
+ versions of Unicode. If the input string contains codepoints that are unassigned in the
+ relevant version of Unicode, or for which no normalization rules are defined, the
+ fn:normalize-unicode function leaves such codepoints unchanged. If the
+ implementation supports the requested normalization form then it must
+ be able to handle every input string without raising an error.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the
+ effective value of the $form argument is not one of the values
+ supported by the implementation.
If $value is the empty sequence, the zero-length string is
+ returned.
+
Otherwise, the function returns $value after translating every
+ character to its upper-case correspondent as
+ defined in the appropriate case mappings section in the Unicode standard . For versions of Unicode beginning with the 2.1.8 update, only
+ locale-insensitive case mappings should be applied. Beginning with version 3.2.0 (and
+ likely future versions) of Unicode, precise mappings are described in default case
+ operations, which are full case mappings in the absence of tailoring for particular
+ languages and environments. Every lower-case character that does not have an upper-case
+ correspondent, as well as every upper-case character, is included in the returned value
+ in its original form.
+
+
+
Case mappings may change the length of a string. In general, the
+ fn:upper-case and fn:lower-case functions are not inverses
+ of each other: fn:lower-case(fn:upper-case($s)) is not guaranteed to
+ return $s, nor is fn:upper-case(fn:lower-case($s)). The
+ character U+0131 (used in Turkish)
+ is perhaps the most prominent
+ lower-case letter which will not round-trip. The character U+0130
+
+ is the most prominent upper-case letter which will not round trip; there are others,
+ such as U+1E9E, which was introduced in Unicode 5.1.
+
These functions may not always be linguistically appropriate (e.g. Turkish i without
+ dot) or appropriate for the application (e.g. titlecase). In cases such as Turkish, a
+ simple translation should be used first.
+
Because the function is not sensitive to locale, results will not always match user
+ expectations. In Quebec, for example, the standard uppercase equivalent of è is È,
+ while in metropolitan France it is more commonly E; only one of these is supported by
+ the functions as defined.
+
Many characters of class Ll lack uppercase equivalents in the Unicode case mapping
+ tables; many characters of class Lu lack lowercase equivalents.
If t$value is the empty sequence, the zero-length string is
+ returned.
+
Otherwise, the function returns $value after translating every
+ character to its lower-case correspondent as
+ defined in the appropriate case mappings section in the Unicode standard . For versions of Unicode beginning with the 2.1.8 update, only
+ locale-insensitive case mappings should be applied. Beginning with version 3.2.0 (and
+ likely future versions) of Unicode, precise mappings are described in default case
+ operations, which are full case mappings in the absence of tailoring for particular
+ languages and environments. Every upper-case character that does not have a lower-case
+ correspondent, as well as every lower-case character, is included in the returned value
+ in its original form.
+
+
+
Case mappings may change the length of a string. In general, the
+ fn:upper-case and fn:lower-case functions are not inverses
+ of each other: fn:lower-case(fn:upper-case($s)) is not guaranteed to
+ return $s, nor is fn:upper-case(fn:lower-case($s)). The
+ character U+0131 (used in Turkish)
+ is perhaps the most prominent
+ lower-case letter which will not round-trip. The character U+0130
+
+ is the most prominent upper-case letter which will not round trip; there are others,
+ such as U+1E9E, which was introduced in Unicode 5.1.
+
These functions may not always be linguistically appropriate (e.g. Turkish i without
+ dot) or appropriate for the application (e.g. titlecase). In cases such as Turkish, a
+ simple translation should be used first.
+
Because the function is not sensitive to locale, results will not always match user
+ expectations. In Quebec, for example, the standard uppercase equivalent of è is È,
+ while in metropolitan France it is more commonly E; only one of these is supported by
+ the functions as defined.
+
Many characters of class Ll lack uppercase equivalents in the Unicode case mapping
+ tables; many characters of class Lu lack lowercase equivalents.
Returns $value modified by replacing or removing individual
+ characters.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the
+ zero-length string.
+
Otherwise, the function returns a result string constructed by processing each character in $value, in order,
+ according to the following rules:
+
+
+
If the character does not appear in $replace then it
+ is added to the result string unchanged.
+
+
+
If the character first appears in $replace at some
+ position M, where the value of $with is
+ M or more characters in length, then the character at position
+ M in $with is added to the result string.
+
+
+
If the character first appears in $replace at some
+ position M, where $with is less than
+ M characters in length, then the character is omitted from the
+ result string.
+
+
+
+
+
If $replace is the zero-length string then the function returns
+ $value unchanged.
+
If a character occurs more than once in $replace, then the first
+ occurrence determines the action taken.
+
If $with is longer than $replace, the excess
+ characters are ignored.
Returns the results of a specified hash, checksum, or
+ cyclic redundancy check function applied to the input.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
If $value is an instance of xs:string, it is converted to a sequence
+ of octets on the basis of UTF-8 encoding. If $value is an instance of
+ xs:base64Binary or xs:hexBinary, it is converted to a sequence of
+ octets.
+
The $algorithm argument, if present, determines the algorithm to be used to
+ calculate a checksum, hash, or cyclic redundancy check. If empty or absent,
+ MD5 will be used. The effective value of the algorithm is determined by
+ passing the value through fn:upper-case(fn:normalize-space()).
+
Conforming implementations must support the following
+ options and the functions referred to by them:
+
+
MD5: the MD5 Message-Digest algorithm, defined by (update to ).
+
SHA-1: the SHA-1 algorithm, defined by .
+
SHA-256: the SHA-256 algorithm, defined by .
+
BLAKE3: the BLAKE3 algorithm defined by .
+
CRC-32: the CRC-32 algorithm, defined by . It delivers a 32 bit unsigned integer, which this function
+ returns as a 4-octet xs:hexBinary value representing this integer in
+ big-endian order (that is, most significant byte first).
+
Some libraries, notably System.IO.Hashing.Crc32 in .NET, return
+ the result in little-endian order.
+
+
Conforming implementations may support other checksum and
+ hash functions with implementation-defined semantics.
+ The $options argument, if present, defines additional parameters
+ controlling how the process is conducted.
+
The function returns as xs:hexBinary the octets returned by passing
+ $value as an octet sequence through the selected algorithm.
+ The process is followed even if the input octet sequence is empty.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the effective value of the
+ option algorithm is not one of the values supported by the implementation.
+
+
+
It is common for secure algorithms to be cryptographically broken, as has happened to
+ the algorithms MD5, SHA-1, and SHA-256.
+ And the CRC-32 algorithm is not intended for cryptographic purposes.
+ Developers are responsible for ensuring that the algorithm chosen meets any expected
+ security protocols, if relevant.
+
The BLAKE3 algorithm is included in the list of hashing algorithms
+ because at the time of writing it appears to be a promising candidate as a secure and
+ fast algorithm that shows signs of gaining widespread support.
+ However, this is a fast moving field and the community group recognizes that this
+ decision might eventually not stand the test of time.
+ As the technology evolves in the future, implementations are free to drop support
+ for this algorithm and substitute another that appears to better meet requirements.
+
Additional security practices, such as salting, may be applied as a preprocessing step,
+ or fn:hash() can be incorporated into more complex functions.
+
In most cases, the xs:hexBinary output of the function will be sought in
+ string form. Because of serialization rules, casting to a string renders the hash in
+ uppercase, and rendering in lowercase (as adopted by and
+ ) requires further adjustment.
Encodes reserved characters in a string that is intended to be used in the path segment
+ of a URI.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the zero-length
+ string.
+
This function applies the URI escaping rules defined in section 2 of to the xs:string supplied as $value. The
+ effect of the function is to escape reserved characters. Each such character in the
+ string is replaced with its percent-encoded form as described in .
+
Since recommends that, for consistency, URI producers and
+ normalizers should use uppercase hexadecimal digits for all percent-encodings, this
+ function must always generate hexadecimal values using the upper-case letters A-F.
+
+
+
All characters are escaped except those identified as “unreserved” by , that is the upper- and lower-case letters A to Z,
+ the digits 0 to 9, HYPHEN-MINUS (-),
+ LOW LINE (_), FULL STOP (.), and TILDE (~).
+
This function escapes URI delimiters and therefore cannot be used indiscriminately to
+ encode “invalid” characters in a path segment.
+
This function is invertible but not idempotent. This is because a string containing a
+ percent character will be modified by applying the function: for example
+ 100% becomes 100%25, while 100%25 becomes
+ 100%2525.
+
+
+
+
+ encode-for-uri(
+ "http://example.com/00/Weather/CA/Los%20Angeles#ocean"
+)
+ "http%3A%2F%2Fexample.com%2F00%2FWeather%2FCA%2FLos%2520Angeles%23ocean"
+ This is probably not what the user intended because all of the
+ delimiters have been encoded.
+
+
+
+
+ concat(
+ "http://example.com/",
+ encode-for-uri("~bébé")
+)
+ "http://example.com/~b%C3%A9b%C3%A9"
+
+
+
+
+ concat(
+ "http://example.com/",
+ encode-for-uri("100% organic")
+)
+ "http://example.com/100%25%20organic"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Decodes URI-escaped characters in a string.
+
+
+
This function returns the original representation of a URI-escaped string.
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the zero-length
+ string.
+
Otherwise, the value is first converted to a sequence of octets. Each plus sign
+ (+) is replaced with the octet representing a space character
+ (x20), and any substring that matches the regular expression
+ %[a-fA-F0-9][a-fA-F0-9] is replaced with an octet for the two-digit
+ hexadecimal number that follows the percent sign. Characters that are not part of
+ such a substring are replaced with the octets of their UTF-8 encoding.
+ For example, "A%42+C" results in the octets x41,
+ x42, x20, x43, and "💡" yields
+ xF0, x9F, x92, and xA1.
+
If % is followed by up to two characters that are not hexadecimal digits,
+ these characters are replaced by octets xEF, xBF,
+ and xBD, that is, the UTF-8 encoding of the Unicode replacement character
+ (U+FFFD). For example, the incomplete or invalid percent-encoded strings
+ "%", "%X", "%AX", and "%XA" are all
+ replaced with these octets. For the string "%1X!", the octets xEF,
+ xBF, xBD, and x21 are returned.
+
Next, the resulting octets are interpreted as UTF-8. For example,
+ x41, x42, x20, and x43
+ becomes "AB C", and xF0, x9F,
+ x92, and xA1 becomes "💡".
+
If an invalid UTF-8 octet sequence is encountered, the octets that have
+ successfully been parsed are replaced with a Unicode replacement character.
+ Examples:
+
+
The single octet xF0 is converted to "�".
+
The octets xF0, x9F, x92, and
+ x41 are converted to "�A":
+ The bit pattern of the first octet indicates that the UTF-8 character comprises
+ four octets. As the fourth octet is invalid, a Unicode replacement character is
+ added for the first three octets, and the fourth (invalid) octet is parsed as a
+ new character.
+
Similarly, the octets xF0, xF0, x9F,
+ x92, and xA1 are converted to "�💡":
+ The second octet is invalid, but it becomes valid when being parsed as the
+ first octet of the remaining UTF-8 sequence.
+
+
Similarly, a UTF-8 octet sequence that represents a codepoint that is not a
+ valid XML character is replaced with a Unicode replacement character.
+ For example, x00 becomes "�".
Converts a string containing an IRI into a URI according to the rules of .
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the zero-length
+ string.
+
Otherwise, the function converts $value into a URI according to
+ the rules given in Section 3.1 of by percent-encoding characters
+ that are allowed in an IRI but not in a URI. If $value contains a character
+ that is invalid in an IRI, such as the space character (see note below), the invalid
+ character is replaced by its percent-encoded form as described in before the conversion is performed.
+
Since recommends that, for consistency, URI producers and
+ normalizers should use uppercase hexadecimal digits for all percent-encodings, this
+ function must always generate hexadecimal values using the upper-case letters A-F.
+
+
+
The function is idempotent but not invertible. Both the inputs My Documents
+ and My%20Documents will be converted to the output
+ My%20Documents.
+
This function does not check whether $iri is a valid IRI. It treats it as
+ an string and operates on the characters in the string.
+
+
The following printable ASCII characters are invalid in an IRI: <, >,
+ ", , {, }, |,
+ \, ^, and `. Since these
+ characters should not appear in an IRI, if they do appear in $iri they will
+ be percent-encoded. In addition, characters outside the range U+0020 to U+007E will be
+ percent-encoded because they are invalid in a URI.
+
+
Since this function does not escape the character U+0025 and this character is not
+ allowed in data within a URI, users wishing to convert character strings (such as file
+ names) that include % to a URI should manually escape %
+ by replacing it with %25.
+
Escapes a URI in the same way that HTML user agents handle attribute values expected to
+ contain URIs.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the zero-length
+ string.
+
Otherwise, the function escapes all characters except
+ printable characters of the US-ASCII coded character set, specifically the codepoints between 32 and 126 (decimal) inclusive. Each
+ character in $value to be escaped is replaced by an escape sequence, which is
+ formed by encoding the character as a sequence of octets in UTF-8, and then representing
+ each of these octets in the form %HH, where HH is the hexadecimal representation of the
+ octet. This function must always generate hexadecimal values using the upper-case
+ letters A-F.
+
+
+
The behavior of this function corresponds to the recommended handling of non-ASCII
+ characters in URI attribute values as described in Appendix
+ B.2.1.
Returns true if the string $value contains $substring as a
+ substring, taking collations into account.
+
+
+
If $value or $substring is the empty sequence, or
+ contains only ignorable collation units, it is interpreted as the zero-length
+ string.
+
If $substring is the zero-length string, then the function returns
+ true.
+
If $value is the zero-length string, the function returns
+ false.
+
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in .
+
The function returns an xs:boolean indicating whether or not
+ $value contains (at the beginning, at the end, or anywhere within) at
+ least one sequence of collation units that provides a to the
+ collation units in $substring, according to the collation that is
+ used.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error may be raised if the specified collation does not support collation units.
+
+
+
+
The collation used in some of these examples, $coll, is a
+ collation in which both - and * are ignorable collation units.
+
“Ignorable collation unit” is equivalent to “ignorable collation element” in .
+
+
+
+ contains("tattoo", "t")
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ contains("tattoo", "ttt")
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+ contains("", ())
+ true()
+ The first rule is applied, followed by the second
+ rule.
+
+
+
+"http://www.w3.org/2013/collation/UCA?lang=en;alternate=blanked;strength=primary"
+
+
+ contains(
+ "abcdefghi",
+ "-d-e-f-",
+ $coll
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ contains(
+ "a*b*c*d*e*f*g*h*i*",
+ "d-ef-",
+ $coll
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ contains(
+ "abcd***e---f*--*ghi",
+ "def",
+ $coll
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ contains(
+ (),
+ "--***-*---",
+ $coll
+)
+ true()
+ The second argument contains only ignorable collation units and is
+ equivalent to the zero-length string.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if the string $value contains $substring as a leading
+ substring, taking collations into account.
+
+
+
If $value or $substring is the empty sequence, or
+ contains only ignorable collation units, it is interpreted as the zero-length
+ string.
+
If $substring is the zero-length string, then the function returns
+ true. If $value is the zero-length string and
+ $substring is not the zero-length string, then the function returns
+ false.
+
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in .
+
The function returns an xs:boolean indicating whether or not
+ $value starts with a sequence of collation units that provides a
+ to the collation units of $substring according to the
+ collation that is used.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error may be raised if the specified collation does not support collation units.
+
+
+
+
The collation used in some of these examples, $coll, is a
+ collation in which both - and * are ignorable collation units.
+
“Ignorable collation unit” is equivalent to “ignorable collation element” in .
Returns true if the string $value contains $substring as a trailing
+ substring, taking collations into account.
+
+
+
If $value or $substring is the empty sequence, or
+ contains only ignorable collation units, it is interpreted as the zero-length
+ string.
+
If $substring is the zero-length string, then the function returns
+ true. If $value is the zero-length string and
+ the value of $substring is not the zero-length string, then the function returns
+ false.
+
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in .
+
The function returns an xs:boolean indicating whether or not
+ $value ends with a sequence of collation units that provides a
+ to the collation units of $substring according to the
+ collation that is used.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error may be raised if the specified collation does not support collation units.
+
+
+
+
The collation used in some of these examples, $coll, is a
+ collation in which both - and * are ignorable collation units.
+
“Ignorable collation unit” is equivalent to “ignorable collation element” in .
Returns the part of $value that precedes the first occurrence of
+ $substring, taking collations into account.
+
+
+
If $value or $substring is the empty sequence, or
+ contains only ignorable collation units, it is interpreted as the zero-length
+ string.
+
If $substring is the zero-length string, then the function returns
+ the zero-length string.
+
If $value does not contain a string that is equal to
+ $substring, then the function returns the zero-length string.
+
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in .
+
The function returns the substring of $value that precedes in
+ $value the first occurrence of a sequence of collation units
+ that provides a to the collation units of $substring
+ according to the collation that is used.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error may be raised if the specified collation does not support collation units.
+
+
+
+
The collation used in some of these examples, $coll, is a
+ collation in which both - and * are ignorable collation units.
+
“Ignorable collation unit” is equivalent to “ignorable collation element” in .
Returns the part of $value that follows the first occurrence of
+ $substring, taking collations into account.
+
+
+
If $value or $substring is the empty sequence, or
+ contains only ignorable collation units, it is interpreted as the zero-length
+ string.
+
If $substring is the zero-length string, then the function returns
+ the value of $value.
+
If $value does not contain a string that is equal to
+ $substring, then the function returns the zero-length string.
+
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in .
+
The function returns the substring of $value that follows in
+ $value the first occurrence of a sequence of collation units
+ that provides a to the collation units of $substring
+ according to the collation that is used.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error may be raised if
+ the specified collation does not support collation units.
+
+
+
+
The collation used in some of these examples, $coll, is a
+ collation in which both - and * are ignorable collation units.
+
“Ignorable collation unit” is equivalent to “ignorable collation element” in .
Returns true if the supplied string matches a given regular expression.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, it is interpreted as the zero-length
+ string.
+
If the $flags argument is omitted or if it is an empty sequence,
+ the effect is the same as setting $flags to a zero-length string.
+ Flags are defined in .
+
The function returns true if the set of obtained
+ by matching $value against the regular expression $pattern,
+ with the associated $flags, is non-empty. Otherwise, the function returns false.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if
+ $pattern is invalid according to the rules described in .
+
A dynamic error is raised if
+ $flags is invalid according to the rules described in .
+
+
+
Unless the metacharacters ^ and $ are used as anchors, the
+ string is considered to match the pattern if any substring matches the pattern. But if
+ anchors are used, the anchors must match the start/end of the string (in string mode),
+ or the start/end of a line (in multi-line mode).
+
This is different from the behavior of patterns in , where
+ regular expressions are implicitly anchored.
+
Regular expression matching is defined on the basis of Unicode codepoints; it takes no
+ account of collations.
+
It is valid for the regular expression to match a zero-length segment of $value.
+ For example, the result of the expression matches($s, "") is always true, regardless
+ of the value of $s.
Returns a string produced from the input string by replacing any segments that match a
+ given regular expression with a supplied replacement string,
+ provided either literally, or by invoking a supplied function.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, it is interpreted as the zero-length
+ string.
+
If the $flags argument is omitted or if it is an empty sequence,
+ the effect is the same as setting $flags to a zero-length string.
+ Flags are defined in .
+
The string $value is matched against the regular expression $pattern,
+ using the supplied $flags, to obtain a set of .
+ A replacement string R for each
+ of these segments (say M) is determined by the value of the
+ $replacement argument, by applying the first
+ of the following rules that applies:
+
+
+
If $replacement is absent or empty, R is a zero-length
+ string.
+
+
+
If $replacement is a function item F, then
+ R is obtained by calling F, and then applying the
+ function fn:string to the result.
+
The first argument to F is the string to be replaced,
+ provided as xs:untypedAtomic.
+
The second argument to F provides the captured
+ groups as an xs:untypedAtomic sequence.
+ The Nth item in this sequence is the string value of the segment captured by
+ the Nth capturing subexpression. If the
+ Nth capturing subexpression was not matched, the Nth item
+ will be the zero-length string.
+
Note that the rules for function coercion mean that the function actually
+ supplied for F may be an arity-1 function: the
+ second argument does not need to be declared if it is not used.
+
+
+
If $replacement is a string and the
+ q flag is present, R is the value
+ of $replacement.
+
+
Otherwise, the value of $replacement is processed as follows.
+
Within the supplied $replacement string, a variable marker $N (where
+ N is an unsigned integer) may
+ be used to refer to the Nth captured group associated with M.
+ The replacement string R is obtained by replacing each of these variable markers
+ with the string value of the relevant captured group.
+ The variable marker $0 refers to the substring captured by the regular expression as a
+ whole.
+
A literal $ character within the
+ replacement string must be written as \$, and a literal \
+ character must be written as \\.
+
More specifically, the rules are as follows, where S is the number of
+ capturing subexpressions in the regular expression, and N is the
+ decimal number formed by taking all the digits that consecutively follow the
+ $ character in $replacement:
+
+
+
+
If N=0, then the variable is replaced by the string value of M.
+
+
+
If 1<=N<=S, then the variable marker is
+ replaced by the string value of the Nth captured group associated
+ with M. If the
+ Nth parenthesized sub-expression was not matched, then the
+ variable marker is replaced by the zero-length string.
+
+
+
If S<N<=9, then the variable marker is
+ replaced by the zero-length string.
+
+
+
Otherwise (if N>S and
+ N>9), the last digit of N is taken to
+ be a literal character to be included “as is” in the replacement string, and the
+ rules are reapplied using the number N formed by stripping off this
+ last digit.
+
+
For example, if the replacement string is
+ "$23"
+ and there are 5 substrings, the result contains the value of the substring that
+ matches the second capturing subexpression, followed by the digit
+ 3.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The function returns the xs:string that is obtained by replacing each
+ of the of $value with
+ the corresponding value of R.
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $pattern is invalid according to the rules described in section .
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $flags is invalid according to the rules described in section .
+
+
In the absence of the q flag,
+ a dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $replacement contains a dollar sign ($) character that is not
+ immediately followed by a digit 0-9 and not immediately preceded by a
+ backslash (\).
+
In the absence of the q flag,
+ a dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $replacement contains a backslash (\) character that is not part of a
+ \\ pair, unless it is immediately followed by a dollar sign ($)
+ character.
+
A dynamic error is raised if both the $replacement
+ and $action arguments are supplied, and neither is an empty sequence.
+
+
+
If the input string contains no substring that matches the regular
+ expression, the result of the function is a single string identical to the input
+ string.
+
If two overlapping substrings of $value both match the
+ $pattern, then only the first one (that is, the one whose first character comes first in the $value string) is
+ replaced.
+
If two alternatives within the pattern both match at the same position in the
+ $input, then the match that is chosen is the one matched by the first
+ alternative. For example:
The rules for allow a zero-length matching
+ segment to immediately follow a non-zero-length matching segment (they are not considered to
+ overlap). This means, for example, that the regular expression .*
+ will typically produce two matches: one matching segment containing all the characters in the
+ input string, and a second zero-length matching seqment at the end position of the string.
Returns a sequence of strings constructed by splitting the input wherever a separator is
+ found; the separator is any substring that matches a given regular expression.
+
+
+
The following rules apply when the $pattern argument is omitted,
+ or is set to an empty sequence:
+
+
The function splits the supplied string at whitespace boundaries.
+
More specifically, calling fn:tokenize($value)or fn:tokenize($value, ())
+ is equivalent to calling fn:tokenize(fn:normalize-space($value), ' ')) where the second argument
+ is a single space character (x20).
+
The $flags argument is ignored.
+
+
The following rules apply when the $pattern argument is supplied as a single string:
+
+
If the $flags argument is omitted or if it is an empty sequence,
+ the effect is the same as setting $flags to a zero-length string.
+ Flags are defined in .
+
If $value is the empty sequence, or if $value is the
+ zero-length string, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
The function returns a sequence of strings formed by breaking the $value
+ string into a sequence of strings, treating any substring that matches
+ $pattern as a separator. The separators themselves are not returned.
+
+
More specifically:
+
+
Let M0 be the sequence of
+ that results from matching $value against $pattern in the presence
+ of $flags.
+
Unless the first segment in M0 is zero-length and starts at the first
+ of $value, prepend a zero-length segment that starts at the start of $value:
+ call the result M1.
+
Unless the last segment in M1 is zero-length and starts at the last
+ of $value (that is, the character position after the last character), append a zero-length
+ segment that starts at the last character position of $value. Call the result M2.
+
For each pair of adjacent segments in M2 (say, S/n and S/n+1),
+ construct a string (possibly zero-length) that is the substring of $value containing all characters
+ that follow S/n and that precede S/n+1. Return this sequence of strings, in order.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $pattern is invalid according to the rules described in section .
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $flags is invalid according to the rules described in section .
+
+
+
+
+
If the input string is not zero length, and no separators are found in
+ the input string, the result of the function is a single string identical to the input
+ string.
+
For the one-argument form of the function:
+
+
The function has a similar effect to
+ the two-argument form with \s+ as the separator pattern, except that the one-argument
+ form strips leading and trailing whitespace, whereas the two-argument form delivers an extra
+ zero-length token if leading or trailing whitespace is present.
+
The separator used is any sequence
+ of tab (U+0009), newline (U+000A), carriage return
+ (U+000D) or space (U+0020) characters. This is the same as the
+ separator recognized by list-valued attributes as defined in XSD.
+ It is not the same as the separator recognized by list-valued attributes in HTML5,
+ which also treats form-feed (U+000C) as whitespace. If it is necessary
+ to treat form-feed as a separator, an explicit separator pattern should be used.
+
+
For the two-argument form of the function:
+
+
The function returns no information about the separators that were found
+ in the string. If this information is required, the fn:analyze-string function
+ can be used instead. Alternatively, zero-width assertions can be used to identify separators.
+ For example, using the regular expression (?<=,) will start a new token after every comma,
+ including the comma as part of the previous token.
+
If a separator occurs at the start of $value, and is not zero-length, the result
+ sequence will start with a zero-length string. Similarly, zero-length strings will also occur in
+ the result sequence if a non-zero-length separator occurs at the end of $value,
+ or if two adjacent substrings match the supplied $pattern.
+
If two alternatives within the supplied $pattern both match at the same
+ position in the $value string, then the match that is chosen is the first.
+ For example:
The pattern may match zero-length segments of the input string. For example, the
+ expression tokenize("Do not eat", "\b") returns the sequence
+ "Do", " ", "not", " ", "eat".
+
A string may be split into individual characters (producing the same effect as the
+ fn:characters function) by using the empty regular expression
+ (for example, tokenize("xyz", ""),
+ or any other regular expression such as .?? that matches every zero-length string, regardless
+ of position.
+
Unlike the split method in some other popular languages, however,
+ not every regular expression that matches a zero-length string produces this
+ behavior: for example the regular expression \b splits the string
+ before and after every word.
Analyzes a string using a regular expression, returning an XML structure that identifies
+ which parts of the input string matched or failed to match the regular expression, and
+ in the case of matched substrings, which substrings matched each capturing group in the
+ regular expression.
+
+
+
If the $flags argument is omitted or if it is an empty sequence,
+ the effect is the same as setting $flags to a zero-length string.
+ Flags are defined in .
+
If $value is the empty sequence the function behaves as if
+ $value were the zero-length string.
+
The function returns an element node whose local name is
+ analyze-string-result. This element and all its descendant elements have
+ the namespace URI http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions. The namespace
+ prefix is implementation-dependent. The children of this element are a
+ sequence of fn:match and fn:non-match elements. This sequence
+ is formed by breaking the $value string into a sequence of strings,
+ returning any substring that matches $pattern as the content of an
+ fn:match element, and any intervening substring as the content of an
+ fn:non-match element.
+
More specifically, the function starts by matching the regular expression against the string,
+ using the supplied $flags, to obtain the .
+ For each such segment it constructs an fn:match child, whose string value is
+ the string value of the segment. Before, between, or after these fn:match
+ elements, as required to ensure that the string value of the fn:analyze-string-result
+ element is the same as $value, it inserts fn:non-match elements.
+ The content of an fn:non-match element is always a single (non-empty) text node,
+ and two fn:non-match elements never appear as adjacent siblings.
+
+
+
+
The captured groups for each disjoint matching segment
+ are represented using fn:group or fn:lookahead-group
+ children of the corresponding fn:match element. Groups captured by a subexpression within
+ a lookahead assertion are referred to as lookahead groups; those not within a lookahead
+ assertion are called ordinary groups.
+
+
The content of a fn:match element is in general:
+
+
+
A sequence of text nodes and fn:group element children,
+ whose string-values when concatenated comprise the string value of the matching segment,
+ followed by
+
A sequence of zero or more fn:lookahead-group elements,
+ representing the lookahead groups
+
+
+
The string value of an fn:match element may be empty.
+
+
An fn:group element
+ with a nr attribute having the integer value N identifies
+ the substring captured by an ordinary group, specifically the string value of the Nth captured group.
+ For each ordinary capturing subexpression there will be at most one corresponding
+ fn:group element in each fn:match element in the
+ result.
+
+
By contrast, lookahead groups are represented by fn:lookahead-group elements,
+ which (if they appear at all) must follow all text node and fn:group element children
+ of the fn:match element. These groups may overlap the matching and non-matching substrings, and
+ indeed may overlap each other. They must appear in ascending numerical order of group number.
+ The attributes of the fn:lookahead-group element are as follows:
+
+
+
nr: the group number, based on the position of the capturing subexpression
+ that captured the group;
+
value: the string value of the segment that was captured;
+
position: the one-based start position of the segment within the input string.
+
+
+
If the function is called twice with the same arguments, it is implementation-dependent whether the two calls return the same element node
+ or distinct (but deep equal) element nodes. In this respect it is nondeterministic with respect to node identity.
+
+
The base URI of the element nodes in the result is implementation-dependent.
+
+
A schema is defined for the structure of the returned element: see .
+
+
The result of the function will always be such that validation against this schema would succeed.
+ However, it is implementation-defined whether the result is typed or untyped,
+ that is, whether the elements and attributes in the returned tree have type annotations that reflect
+ the result of validating against this schema.
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $pattern is invalid according to the rules described in section .
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $flags is invalid according to the rules described in section .
+
+
+
+
It is recommended that a processor that implements schema awareness should return typed nodes.
+ The concept of “schema awareness”, however, is a matter for host languages to define and is outside
+ the scope of the function library specification.
+
The declarations and definitions in the schema are not automatically available in
+ the static context of the fn:analyze-string call (or of any other
+ expression). The contents of the static context are host-language defined, and in some
+ host languages are implementation-defined.
+
The schema defines the outermost element, analyze-string-result, in such
+ a way that mixed content is permitted. In fact the element will only have element nodes (match
+ and non-match) as its children, never text nodes. Although this might have originally been an
+ oversight, defining the analyze-string-result element with mixed="true" allows it
+ to be atomized, which is potentially useful (the atomized value will be the original input string),
+ and the capability has therefore been retained for compatibility with the 3.0 version of this
+ specification.
+
The rules for allow a zero-length matching
+ segment to immediately follow a non-zero-length matching segment (they are not considered to
+ overlap). This means, for example, that the regular expression .*
+ will typically produce two matches: one matching segment containing all the characters in the
+ input string, and a second zero-length matching seqment at the end position of the string.
+
+
+
+
In the following examples, the result document is shown in serialized form, with
+ whitespace between the element nodes. This whitespace is not actually present in the
+ result.
+
+
+
+ analyze-string("The cat sat on the mat.", "\w+")
+
+ The
+
+ cat
+
+ sat
+
+ on
+
+ the
+
+ mat
+ .
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+ analyze-string("08-12-03", "^(\d+)\-(\d+)\-(\d+)$")
+
+
+ 08-12-03
+
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+ analyze-string("A1,C15,,D24, X50,", "([A-Z])([0-9]+)")
+
+
+ A
+ 1
+
+ ,
+
+ C
+ 15
+
+ ,,
+
+ D
+ 24
+
+ ,
+
+ X
+ 50
+
+ ,
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+ analyze-string("Chapter 5", "(Chapter|Appendix)(?=\s+([0-9]+))")
+
+
+ Chapter
+
+
+ 5
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+ analyze-string("There we go", "\b(?=\w+)")
+
+
+ There
+
+ we
+
+ go
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+
The output of the function is extended to allow the represention of
+ captured groups found within lookahead assertions.
+
+
+
It is now permitted for the regular expression to match a zero-length string.
Determines whether or not any of the supplied strings, when tokenized at whitespace boundaries, contains the supplied token,
+ under the rules of the supplied collation.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns false.
+
Leading and trailing whitespace is trimmed from $token.
+ If the trimmed value of $token
+ is a zero-length string, the function returns false.
+
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in .
+
The function returns true if and only if there is string in $value which,
+ after tokenizing at whitespace boundaries, contains a token
+ that is equal to the trimmed value of $token under
+ the rules of the selected collation.
Interior whitespace within $token will cause the function to return false,
+ unless such whitespace is ignored by the selected collation.
+
This function can be used for processing space-separated attribute values
+ (for example, the XHTML and DITA class attribute),
+ where one often needs to test for the presence
+ of a single token in a space-separated list. The function is designed to work
+ both when the attribute has been validated against an XSD list type, and when it
+ appears as a single untyped string. It differs from the
+ HTML 5 definition in that HTML 5 recognizes form feed (x0C) as a separator.
+ To reproduce the HTML token matching behavior, the HTML ASCII case-insensitive collation
+ should be used: see .
Resolves a relative IRI reference against an absolute IRI.
+
+
+
+
+
The function is defined to operate on IRI references as defined in , and the implementation must permit all arguments that are valid
+ according to that specification. In addition, the implementation may
+ accept some or all strings that conform to the rules for (absolute or relative) Legacy
+ Extended IRI references as defined in . For the purposes of this
+ section, the terms IRI and IRI reference include these extensions, insofar as the
+ implementation chooses to support them.
+
+
The following rules apply in order:
+
+
+
+
If $href is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
+
+
If $href is an absolute IRI (as defined above), then it is returned
+ unchanged.
+
+
+
If the $base argument is not supplied,
+ or is supplied as an empty sequence then:
+
+
+
If the executable base URI
+ in the dynamic context is not absent, it is used as the effective
+ value of $base.
+
+
+
Otherwise, a dynamic error is raised: .
+
+
+
+
+
The function resolves the relative IRI reference $href
+ against the base IRI $base using the algorithm defined in , adapted by treating any character
+ that would not be valid in an RFC3986 URI or relative reference in the same way that
+ RFC3986 treats unreserved characters. No percent-encoding takes place.
+
+
+
+
+
The first form of this function resolves $href against the value of the
+ base-uri property from the static context. A dynamic error is raised if the base-uri property is not initialized in the static
+ context.
+
A dynamic error is raised if $href
+ is not a valid IRI according to the rules of RFC3987, extended with an
+ implementation-defined subset of the extensions permitted in LEIRI, or if it is not a
+ suitable relative reference to use as input to the RFC3986 resolution algorithm extended
+ to handle additional unreserved characters.
+
A dynamic error is raised if $base is
+ not a valid IRI according to the rules of RFC3987, extended with an
+ implementation-defined subset of the extensions permitted in LEIRI, or if it is not a
+ suitable IRI to use as input to the chosen resolution algorithm (for example, if it is a
+ relative IRI reference or, if it is a non-hierarchic URI, or if it contains a fragment
+ identifier). In XPath 4.0, attempting
+ to resolve against an absolute URI that includes a fragment identifier is no longer
+ an error, the fragment identifier is simply ignored. A narrow reading of RFC 3986
+ might seem to forbid this, but in practice the interpretation is non-controversial
+ and the practice is widely supported.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the chosen resolution
+ algorithm fails for any other reason.
+
+
+
Resolving a URI does not dereference it. This is merely a syntactic operation on two
+ strings.
+
The algorithms in the cited RFCs include some variations that are optional or
+ recommended rather than mandatory; they also describe some common practices that are not
+ recommended, but which are permitted for backwards compatibility. Where the cited RFCs
+ permit variations in behavior, so does this specification.
+
Throughout this family of specifications, the phrase "resolving a relative URI (or IRI)
+ reference" should be understood as using the rules of this function, unless otherwise
+ stated.
+
RFC3986 defines an algorithm for resolving relative references
+ in the context of the URI syntax defined in that RFC. RFC3987 describes a modification
+ to that algorithm to make it applicable to IRIs (specifically: additional characters
+ permitted in an IRI are handled the same way that RFC3986 handles unreserved characters).
+ The LEIRI specification does not explicitly define a resolution algorithm, but suggests
+ that it should not be done by converting the LEIRI to a URI, and
+ should not involve percent-encoding. This specification fills this gap
+ by defining resolution for LEIRIs in the same way that RFC3987 defines resolution for IRIs,
+ that is by specifying that additional characters are handled as unreserved characters.
+
+
+
+
The optional second argument can now be supplied as an empty sequence.
+
+
+
+
+ false()
+ xs:boolean(0)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the eq
+ operator when applied to two xs:boolean values.
+
+
Returns true if the two arguments are the same boolean value.
+
+
+
The function returns true if both arguments are true or if
+ both arguments are false. It returns false if one of the
+ arguments is true and the other argument is false.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the lt operator when applied to two xs:boolean values. Also
+ used in the definition of the ge operator.
+
+
Returns true if the first argument is false and the second is true.
+
+
+
The function returns true if $arg1 is false and
+ $arg2 is true. Otherwise, it returns
+ false.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Computes the effective boolean value of the sequence $input.
+
+
+
The function computes the effective boolean value of a sequence, defined according to
+ the following rules. See also .
+
+
+
If $input is the empty sequence, fn:boolean returns
+ false.
+
+
+
If $input is a sequence whose first item is a
+ (a generalized node), fn:boolean returns true.
+
+
+
If $input is a singleton value of type xs:boolean or of a type
+ derived from xs:boolean, fn:boolean returns
+ $input.
+
+
+
If $input is a singleton value of type xs:untypedAtomic,
+ xs:string, xs:anyURI, or a type derived from xs:string
+ or xs:anyURI, fn:boolean returns false if the operand value has
+ zero length; otherwise it returns true.
+
+
+
If $input is a singleton value of any numeric type or a type derived
+ from a numeric type, fn:boolean returns false if the
+ operand value is NaN or is numerically equal to zero; otherwise it
+ returns true.
+
+
+
+
+
In all cases other than those listed above, fn:boolean raises a type error .
+
+
+
The result of this function is not necessarily the same as $input cast as
+ xs:boolean. For example, fn:boolean("false") returns the value
+ true whereas "false" cast as xs:boolean (which can also be
+ written xs:boolean("false")) returns false.
Returns true if the effective boolean value of $input is
+ false, or false if it is true.
+
+
+
The value of $input is first reduced to an effective boolean value by
+ applying the fn:boolean() function. The function returns true
+ if the effective boolean value is false, or false if the
+ effective boolean value is true.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines
+ the semantics of the lt operator when applied to two xs:yearMonthDuration
+ values. Also used in the definition of the ge operator.
+
+
Returns true if $arg1 is a shorter duration than $arg2.
+
+
+
If the number of months in $arg1 is numerically less than the
+ number of months in $arg2, the function returns true.
+
Otherwise, the function returns false.
+
+
+
Either or both durations may be negative.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the lt operator when applied to two xs:dayTimeDuration values.
+ Also used in the definition of the ge operator.
+
+
Returns true if $arg1 is a shorter duration than $arg2.
+
+
+
If the number of seconds in $arg1 is numerically less than the
+ number of seconds in $arg2, the function returns true.
+
Otherwise, the function returns false.
+
+
+
Either or both durations may be negative
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the eq operators when applied to two xs:duration values. Also
+ used in the definition of the ne operator.
+
+
Returns true if $arg1 and $arg2 are durations of the same
+ length.
+
+
+
If the xs:yearMonthDuration components of $arg1 and
+ $arg2 are equal and the xs:dayTimeDuration components of
+ $arg1 and $arg2 are equal, the function returns
+ true.
+
Otherwise, the function returns false.
+
The semantics of this function are:
+
+xs:yearMonthDuration($arg1) div xs:yearMonthDuration('P1M') eq
+xs:yearMonthDuration($arg2) div xs:yearMonthDuration('P1M')
+ and
+xs:dayTimeDuration($arg1) div xs:dayTimeDuration('PT1S') eq
+xs:dayTimeDuration($arg2) div xs:dayTimeDuration('PT1S')
+
+
that is, the function returns true if the months and seconds values of the
+ two durations are equal.
+
+
+
Note that this function, like any other, may be applied to arguments that are derived
+ from the types given in the function signature, including the two subtypes
+ xs:dayTimeDuration and xs:yearMonthDuration. With the
+ exception of the zero-length duration, no instance of xs:dayTimeDuration
+ can ever be equal to an instance of xs:yearMonthDuration.
Returns an xs:dayTimeDuration whose length is a given number of seconds.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:dayTimeDuration value whose length
+ in seconds is equal to $value.
+
If $value is negative then the result will be a negative duration.
+
For handling of overflow and underflow, see .
+
+
+
+
The result of seconds($n) is approximately equal to the result of
+ the expression xs:dayTimeDuration('PT1S') * $n. The equivalence is only
+ approximate, because seconds($n) uses the exact xs:decimal
+ value supplied, whereas multiplying a duration by a number first converts the number
+ to an xs:double value, which may lose precision.
+
+
+
+
+ seconds(1)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration('PT1S')
+
+
+
+
+ seconds(0.001)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration('PT0.001S')
+
+
+
+
+ seconds(60)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration('PT1M')
+
+
+
+
+ seconds(86400)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration('P1D')
+
+
+
+
+ seconds(-5400)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration('-PT1H30M')
+
+
+
+
+ xs:dateTime('1970-01-01T00:00:00Z') + 1706702400 * seconds(1)
+ xs:dateTime('2024-01-31T12:00:00Z')
+ The expression converts a Unix timestamp to an xs:dateTime value
+
+
+
+
+ (
+ xs:dateTime('2024-01-31T12:00:00Z') -
+ xs:dateTime('1970-01-01T00:00:00Z')
+) div seconds(1)
+ 1706702400
+ The expression converts an xs:dateTime value to a Unix timestamp
+
+
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer representing the years
+ component in $value. Given that a duration
+ is a ($months, $seconds) tuple, the result is the value of ($months idiv 12).
+
If $value is a negative duration then the result will be negative.
+
If $value is an xs:dayTimeDuration the function
+ returns 0.
+
+
+
+
+ years-from-duration(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y15M")
+)
+ 21
+
+
+
+
+ years-from-duration(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("-P15M")
+)
+ -1
+
+
+
+
+ years-from-duration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("-P2DT15H")
+)
+ 0
+
+
+
+
+ years-from-duration(
+ xs:duration("P1Y1000D")
+)
+ 1
+ To capture whole portions of years reflected in the
+ xs:dayTimeDuration component, it must first be converted to an
+ xs:yearMonthDuration.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the number of months in a duration.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer representing the months
+ component in $value. Given that a duration
+ is a ($months, $seconds) tuple, the result is the value of ($months mod 12).
+
If $value is a negative duration then the result will be negative.
+
If $value is an xs:dayTimeDuration the function
+ returns 0.
+
+
+
+
+ months-from-duration(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y15M")
+)
+ 3
+
+
+
+
+ months-from-duration(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("-P20Y18M")
+)
+ -6
+
+
+
+
+ months-from-duration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("-P2DT15H0M0S")
+)
+ 0
+
+
+
+
+ months-from-duration(
+ xs:duration("P1M100D")
+)
+ 1
+ To capture whole portions of months reflected in the
+ xs:dayTimeDuration component, it must first be converted to an
+ xs:yearMonthDuration.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the number of days in a duration.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer representing the days
+ component in $value. Given that a duration
+ is a ($months, $seconds) tuple, the result is ($seconds idiv 86400).
+
If $value is a negative duration then the result will be negative.
+
If $value is an xs:yearMonthDuration the function returns 0.
+
+
+
+
+ days-from-duration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT10H")
+)
+ 3
+
+
+
+
+ days-from-duration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT55H")
+)
+ 5
+
+
+
+
+ days-from-duration(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P3Y5M")
+)
+ 0
+
+
+
+
+ days-from-duration(
+ xs:duration("P1Y1D")
+)
+ 1
+ To capture days reflected in the xs:yearMonthDuration
+ component, it must first be converted to an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the number of hours in a duration.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer representing the hours
+ component in $value. Given that a duration
+ is a ($months, $seconds) tuple, the result is the value of ($seconds mod 86400) idiv 3600.
+
If $value is a negative duration then the result will be negative.
+
If $value is an xs:yearMonthDuration the function returns 0.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer representing the minutes
+ component in $value. Given that a duration
+ is a ($months, $seconds) tuple, the result is the value of ($seconds mod 3600) idiv 60.
+
If $value is a negative duration then the result will be negative.
+
If $value is an xs:yearMonthDuration the function returns 0.
+
+
+
+
+ minutes-from-duration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT10H")
+)
+ 0
+
+
+
+
+ minutes-from-duration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("-P5DT12H30M")
+)
+ -30
+
+
+
+
+ minutes-from-duration(
+ xs:duration("P1YT1M")
+)
+ 1
+ To capture minutes reflected in the xs:yearMonthDuration
+ component, it must first be converted to an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the number of seconds in a duration.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:decimal representing the seconds
+ component in $value. Given that a duration
+ is a ($months, $seconds) tuple, the result is the value of ($seconds mod 60)
+ as an xs:decimal.
+
If $value is a negative duration then the result will be negative.
+
If $value is an xs:yearMonthDuration the function returns 0.
+
+
+
+
+ seconds-from-duration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT10H12.5S")
+)
+ 12.5
+
+
+
+
+ seconds-from-duration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("-PT256S")
+)
+ -16.0
+
+
+
+
+ seconds-from-duration(
+ xs:duration("P1YT1S")
+)
+ 1
+ To capture seconds reflected in the xs:yearMonthDuration
+ component of an xs:duration, it must first be converted to an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
+
+
+
+ seconds-from-duration(
+ xs:duration("P1YT1S")
+)
+ 1
+ To capture seconds reflected in the xs:yearMonthDuration
+ component, it must first be converted to an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the
+ + operator when applied to two xs:yearMonthDuration values.
+
+
Returns the result of adding two xs:yearMonthDuration values.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of adding $arg1 to $arg2.
+ The result will be an xs:yearMonthDuration whose
+ length in months is equal to the length in months of $arg1 plus the length
+ in months of $arg2.
+
For handling of overflow, see .
+
+
+
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
+
+
+
+
+ op:add-yearMonthDurations(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P2Y11M"),
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P3Y3M")
+)
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P6Y2M")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the
+ - operator when applied to two xs:yearMonthDuration values.
+
+
Returns the result of subtracting one xs:yearMonthDuration value from
+ another.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of subtracting $arg2 from
+ $arg1. The result will be an xs:yearMonthDuration
+ whose length in months is equal to the length in months of $arg1 minus the
+ length in months of $arg2.
+
For handling of overflow, see .
+
+
+
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-yearMonthDurations(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P2Y11M"),
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P3Y3M")
+)
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("-P4M")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the
+ * operator when applied to an xs:yearMonthDuration and a numeric
+ value.
+
+
Returns the result of multiplying $arg1 by $arg2.
+ The result is rounded to the nearest month.
+
+
+
The result is the xs:yearMonthDuration whose length in months is equal to
+ the result of applying the fn:round function to the value obtained by
+ multiplying the length in months of $arg1 by the value of
+ $arg2.
+
If $arg2 is positive or negative zero, the result is a zero-length
+ duration. If $arg2 is positive or negative infinity, the result overflows
+ and is handled as described in .
+
For handling of overflow, underflow, and rounding, see .
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $arg2 is
+ NaN.
+
+
+
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
+
+
+
+
+ op:multiply-yearMonthDuration(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P2Y11M"),
+ 2.3
+)
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P6Y9M")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the
+ div operator when applied to an xs:yearMonthDuration and a numeric
+ value.
+
+
Returns the result of dividing $arg1 by $arg2.
+ The result is rounded to the nearest month.
+
+
+
The result is the xs:yearMonthDuration whose length in months is equal to
+ the result of applying the fn:round function to the value obtained by
+ dividing the length in months of $arg1 by the value of
+ $arg2.
+
If $arg2 is positive or negative infinity, the result is a zero-length
+ duration. If $arg2 is positive or negative zero, the result overflows and
+ is handled as described in .
+
For handling of overflow, underflow, and rounding,
+ see .
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $arg2 is
+ NaN.
+
+
+
Either operand (and therefore the result) may be negative.
+
+
+
+
+ op:divide-yearMonthDuration(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P2Y11M"),
+ 1.5
+)
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y11M")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the
+ div operator when applied to two xs:yearMonthDuration values.
+
+
Returns the ratio of two xs:yearMonthDuration values.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of dividing the length in months of $arg1
+ by the length in months of $arg2, according to the rules of the
+ op:numeric-divide function for integer operands.
+
For handling of overflow, underflow, and rounding,
+ see .
+
+
+
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The following example demonstrates how to calculate the length of an
+ xs:yearMonthDuration value in months:
+
+ op:divide-yearMonthDuration-by-yearMonthDuration(
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P3Y4M"),
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P1M")
+)
+ 40
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the +
+ operator when applied to two xs:dayTimeDuration values.
+
+
Returns the sum of two xs:dayTimeDuration values.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of adding $arg1 to
+ $arg2. The result is the xs:dayTimeDuration whose length in
+ seconds is equal to the sum of the length in seconds of the two input durations.
+
For handling of overflow, see .
+
+
+
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
+
+
+
+
+ op:add-dayTimeDurations(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT12H5M"),
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P5DT12H")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration('P8DT5M')
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the -
+ operator when applied to two xs:dayTimeDuration values.
+
+
Returns the result of subtracting one xs:dayTimeDuration from another.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of subtracting $arg2 from
+ $arg1. The result is the xs:dayTimeDuration whose
+ length in seconds is equal to the length in seconds of $arg1 minus the
+ length in seconds of $arg2.
+
For handling of overflow, see .
+
+
+
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-dayTimeDurations(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT12H"),
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P1DT10H30M")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration('P1DT1H30M')
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the *
+ operator when applied to an xs:dayTimeDuration and a numeric
+ value.
+
+
Returns the result of multiplying a xs:dayTimeDuration by a number.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of multiplying $arg1 by
+ $arg2. The result is the xs:dayTimeDuration whose length in
+ seconds is equal to the length in seconds of $arg1 multiplied by the
+ numeric value $arg2.
+
+
If $arg2 is positive or negative zero, the result is a zero-length
+ duration. If $arg2 is positive or negative infinity, the result overflows
+ and is handled as described in .
+
For handling of overflow, underflow, and rounding, see .
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $arg2 is
+ NaN.
+
+
+
Either operand (and therefore the result) may be negative.
+
+
+
+
+ op:multiply-dayTimeDuration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("PT2H10M"),
+ 2.1
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration('PT4H33M')
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the
+ div operator when applied to two xs:dayTimeDuration values.
+
+
Returns the result of multiplying a xs:dayTimeDuration by a number.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of dividing $arg1 by
+ $arg2. The result is the xs:dayTimeDuration whose length in
+ seconds is equal to the length in seconds of $arg1 divided by the numeric
+ value $arg2.
+
If $arg2 is positive or negative infinity, the result is a zero-length
+ duration. If $arg2 is positive or negative zero, the result overflows and
+ is handled as described in .
+
+
For handling of overflow, underflow, and rounding, see .
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $arg2 is
+ NaN.
+
+
+
Either operand (and therefore the result) may be negative.
+
+
+
+
+ op:divide-dayTimeDuration(
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P1DT2H30M10.5S"),
+ 1.5
+)
+ xs:duration("PT17H40M7S")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the
+ div operator when applied to two xs:dayTimeDuration values.
+
+
Returns the ratio of two xs:dayTimeDuration values, as a decimal
+ number.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of dividing $arg1 by
+ $arg2. The result is the xs:dayTimeDuration whose length in
+ seconds is equal to the length in seconds of $arg1 divided by the length in
+ seconds of $arg2. The calculation is performed by applying
+ op:numeric-divide to the two xs:decimal operands.
+
For handling of overflow, underflow, and rounding,
+ see .
+
+
+
Either operand (and therefore the result) may be negative.
Returns an xs:dateTime value created by combining an xs:date
+ and an xs:time.
+
+
+
If either $date or $time is the empty sequence the function
+ returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:dateTime whose date component is
+ equal to $date and whose time component is equal to $time.
+
The timezone of the result is computed as follows:
+
+
+
If neither argument has a timezone, the result has no timezone.
+
+
+
If exactly one of the arguments has a timezone, or if both arguments have the same
+ timezone, the result has this timezone.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the two arguments both
+ have timezones and the timezones are different.
+
+
+
+
+ dateTime(
+ xs:date("1999-12-31"),
+ xs:time("12:00:00")
+)
+ xs:dateTime("1999-12-31T12:00:00")
+
+
+
+
+ dateTime(
+ xs:date("1999-12-31"),
+ xs:time("24:00:00")
+)
+ xs:dateTime("1999-12-31T00:00:00")
+ This is because "24:00:00" is an alternate lexical form
+ for "00:00:00"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns a dateTime value for a Unix time.
+
+
+
The function returns a dateTime value in UTC timezone for the Unix time specified
+ by $value in milliseconds. If the value is absent or an empty sequence,
+ 0 is used. The Unix time is defined in .
+
If the implementation supports data types from XSD 1.1 then the returned value will be
+ an instance of xs:dateTimeStamp. Otherwise, the only guarantees are that it
+ will be an instance of xs:dateTime and will have a timezone component.
Calculate the Unix time associated with a xs:dateTime value:
+ let $value := current-dateTime()
+return ($value - unix-dateTime()) div seconds(0.001)
+
+
+
+
New in 4.0
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the eq operator when applied to two xs:dateTime values. Also
+ used in the definition of the ne, le and ge operators.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if the two supplied xs:dateTime values refer to the same
+ instant in time.
+
+
+
If either $arg1 or $arg2 has no timezone component, the
+ effective value of the argument is obtained by substituting the implicit timezone from
+ the dynamic evaluation context.
+
The function then returns true if and only if the effective value of
+ $arg1 is equal to the effective value of $arg2 according to
+ the algorithm defined in section 3.2.7.4 of
+ Order relation on dateTime for xs:dateTime values with
+ timezones. Otherwise the function returns false.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00
Returns true if the first argument represents an earlier instant in time
+ than the second argument.
+
+
+
If either $arg1 or $arg2 has no timezone component, the
+ effective value of the argument is obtained by substituting the implicit timezone from
+ the dynamic evaluation context.
+
The function then returns true if and only if the effective value of
+ $arg1 is less than the effective value of $arg2 according
+ to the algorithm defined in section 3.2.7.4 of
+ Order relation on dateTime for xs:dateTime values with
+ timezones. Otherwise the function returns false.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the eq operator when applied to two xs:date values. Also used
+ in the definition of the ne, le and ge operators.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if and only if the starting instants of the two supplied
+ xs:date values are the same.
+
+
+
The starting instant of an xs:date is the xs:dateTime at time
+ 00:00:00 on that date.
+
The function returns the result of the expression:
+ op:dateTime-equal(xs:dateTime($arg1), xs:dateTime($arg2))
+
+
+
+
+ op:date-equal(
+ xs:date("2004-12-25Z"),
+ xs:date("2004-12-25+07:00")
+)
+ false()
+ The starting instants are
+ xs:dateTime("2004-12-25T00:00:00Z") and
+ xs:dateTime("2004-12-25T00:00:00+07:00"). These are normalized to
+ xs:dateTime("2004-12-25T00:00:00Z") and
+ xs:dateTime("2004-12-24T17:00:00Z").
+
+
+
+
+ op:date-equal(
+ xs:date("2004-12-25-12:00"),
+ xs:date("2004-12-26+12:00")
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics
+ of the lt operator when applied to two xs:date values. Also used in the
+ definition of the ge operator.
+
+
Returns true if and only if the starting instant of $arg1 is
+ less than the starting instant of $arg2. Returns false
+ otherwise.
+
+
+
The starting instant of an xs:date is the xs:dateTime at time
+ 00:00:00 on that date.
+
The function returns the result of the expression:
+ op:dateTime-less-than(xs:dateTime($arg1), xs:dateTime($arg2))
+
+
+
+
+ op:date-less-than(
+ xs:date("2004-12-25Z"),
+ xs:date("2004-12-25-05:00")
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ op:date-less-than(
+ xs:date("2004-12-25-12:00"),
+ xs:date("2004-12-26+12:00")
+)
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the eq operator when applied to two xs:time values. Also used
+ in the definition of the ne, le and ge operators.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if the two xs:time values represent the same
+ instant in time, when treated as being times on the same date, before adjusting the
+ timezone.
+
+
+
Each of the supplied xs:time values is expanded to an
+ xs:dateTime value by associating the time with an arbitrary date. The
+ function returns the result of comparing these two xs:dateTime values using
+ op:dateTime-equal.
+
The result of the function is thus the same as the value of the expression:
Assume that the date components from the reference xs:dateTime
+ correspond to 1972-12-31.
+
+
+
+ op:time-equal(
+ xs:time("08:00:00+09:00"),
+ xs:time("17:00:00-06:00")
+)
+ false()
+ Using the reference date components
+ the starting instants are 1972-12-31T08:00:00+09:00 and
+ 1972-12-31T17:00:00-06:00, respectively, and normalize to
+ 1972-12-30T23:00:00Z and 1972-12-31T23:00:00Z.
+
+
+
+
+
+ op:time-equal(
+ xs:time("21:30:00+10:30"),
+ xs:time("06:00:00-05:00")
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ op:time-equal(
+ xs:time("24:00:00+01:00"),
+ xs:time("00:00:00+01:00")
+)
+ true()
+ This not the result one might expect. For xs:dateTime
+ values, a time of 24:00:00 is equivalent to 00:00:00 on
+ the following day. For xs:time, the normalization from
+ 24:00:00 to 00:00:00 happens before the
+ xs:time is converted into an xs:dateTime for the
+ purpose of the equality comparison. For xs:time, any operation on
+ 24:00:00 produces the same result as the same operation on
+ 00:00:00 because these are two different lexical representations
+ of the same value.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics
+ of the lt operator when applied to two xs:time values. Also used in the
+ definition of the ge operator.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if the first xs:time value represents an earlier
+ instant in time than the second, when both are treated as being times on the same date,
+ before adjusting the timezone.
+
+
+
Each of the supplied xs:time values is expanded to an
+ xs:dateTime value by associating the time with an arbitrary date. The
+ function returns the result of comparing these two xs:dateTime values using
+ op:dateTime-less-than.
+
The result of the function is thus the same as the value of the expression:
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00.
+
+
+
+ op:time-less-than(
+ xs:time("12:00:00"),
+ xs:time("23:00:00+06:00")
+)
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+ op:time-less-than(
+ xs:time("11:00:00"),
+ xs:time("17:00:00Z")
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ op:time-less-than(
+ xs:time("23:59:59"),
+ xs:time("24:00:00")
+)
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the eq operator when applied to two xs:gYearMonth values. Also
+ used in the definition of the ne operator.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if the two xs:gYearMonth values have the same starting
+ instant.
+
+
+
The starting instants of $arg1 and $arg2 are calculated by
+ supplying the missing components of $arg1 and $arg2 from the
+ xs:dateTime template xxxx-xx-01T00:00:00. The function
+ returns the result of comparing these two starting instants using
+ op:dateTime-equal.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00.
+
+
+
op:gYearMonth-equal(xs:gYearMonth("1986-02"), xs:gYearMonth("1986-03"))
+ returns false(). The starting instants are
+ 1986-02-01T00:00:00-05:00 and 1986-03-01T00:00:00,
+ respectively.
+
+
+
op:gYearMonth-equal(xs:gYearMonth("1978-03"), xs:gYearMonth("1986-03Z"))
+ returns false(). The starting instants are
+ 1978-03-01T00:00:00-05:00 and 1986-03-01T00:00:00Z,
+ respectively.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics
+ of the eq operator when applied to two xs:gYear values. Also used in the
+ definition of the ne operator.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if the two xs:gYear values have the same starting instant.
+
+
+
The starting instants of $arg1 and $arg2 are calculated by
+ supplying the missing components of $arg1 and $arg2 from the
+ xs:dateTime template xxxx-01-01T00:00:00. The function
+ returns the result of comparing these two starting instants using
+ op:dateTime-equal.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00. Assume, also, that the xs:dateTime template is
+ xxxx-01-01T00:00:00.
+
+
+
op:gYear-equal(xs:gYear("2005-12:00"), xs:gYear("2005+12:00")) returns
+ false(). The starting instants are
+ 2005-01-01T00:00:00-12:00 and 2005-01-01T00:00:00+12:00,
+ respectively, and normalize to 2005-01-01T12:00:00Z and
+ 2004-12-31T12:00:00Z.
+
+
+
+ op:gYear-equal(
+ xs:gYear("1976-05:00"),
+ xs:gYear("1976")
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the eq operator when applied to two xs:gMonthDay values. Also
+ used in the definition of the ne operator.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if the two xs:gMonthDay values have the same starting instant,
+ when considered as days in the same year.
+
+
+
The starting instants of $arg1 and $arg2 are calculated by
+ supplying the missing components of $arg1 and $arg2 from the
+ xs:dateTime template 1972-xx-xxT00:00:00 or an equivalent.
+ The function returns the result of comparing these two starting instants using
+ op:dateTime-equal.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00. Assume for the purposes of illustration that the
+ xs:dateTime template used is 1972-xx-xxT00:00:00 (this
+ does not affect the result).
+
+
+
+ op:gMonthDay-equal(
+ xs:gMonthDay("--12-25-14:00"),
+ xs:gMonthDay("--12-26+10:00")
+)
+ true()
+ The starting instants are 1972-12-25T00:00:00-14:00 and
+ 1972-12-26T00:00:00+10:00, respectively, and normalize to
+ 1972-12-25T14:00:00Z and 1972-12-25T14:00:00Z.
+
+
+
+
+
+ op:gMonthDay-equal(
+ xs:gMonthDay("--12-25"),
+ xs:gMonthDay("--12-26Z")
+)
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the eq operator when applied to two xs:gMonth values. Also used
+ in the definition of the ne operator.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if the two xs:gMonth values have the same starting instant,
+ when considered as months in the same year.
+
+
+
The starting instants of $arg1 and $arg2 are calculated by
+ supplying the missing components of $arg1 and $arg2 from the
+ xs:dateTime template 1972-xx-01T00:00:00 or an equivalent.
+ The function returns the result of comparing these two starting instants using
+ op:dateTime-equal.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00. Assume, also, that the xs:dateTime template
+ chosen is 1972-xx-01T00:00:00.
+
+
+
+ op:gMonth-equal(
+ xs:gMonth("--12-14:00"),
+ xs:gMonth("--12+10:00")
+)
+ false()
+ The starting instants are 1972-12-01T00:00:00-14:00 and
+ 1972-12-01T00:00:00+10:00, respectively, and normalize to
+ 1972-11-30T14:00:00Z and 1972-12-01T14:00:00Z.
+
+
+
+
+
+ op:gMonth-equal(
+ xs:gMonth("--12"),
+ xs:gMonth("--12Z")
+)
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics
+ of the eq operator when applied to two xs:gDay values. Also used in the
+ definition of the ne operator.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if the two xs:gDay values have the same starting instant, when
+ considered as days in the same month of the same year.
+
+
+
The starting instants of $arg1 and $arg2 are calculated by
+ supplying the missing components of $arg1 and $arg2 from the
+ xs:dateTime template 1972-12-xxT00:00:00 or an equivalent.
+ The function returns the result of comparing these two starting instants using
+ op:dateTime-equal.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00. Assume, also, that the xs:dateTime template is
+ 1972-12-xxT00:00:00.
If $value is the empty sequence, or if the year component is absent,
+ the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer representing the year
+ component in $value. The result may be negative.
+
+
+
Ignoring complications that arise with midnight on the last day
+ of the year, the year returned is the same numeric value that appears in the lexical
+ representation, which for negative years means the meaning may vary depending on whether
+ XSD 1.0 or XSD 1.1 conventions are in use.
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-dateTime(
+ xs:dateTime("1999-05-31T13:20:00-05:00")
+)
+ 1999
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-dateTime(
+ xs:dateTime("1999-05-31T21:30:00-05:00")
+)
+ 1999
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-dateTime(
+ xs:dateTime("1999-12-31T19:20:00")
+)
+ 1999
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-dateTime(
+ xs:dateTime("1999-12-31T24:00:00")
+)
+ 2000
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-dateTime(
+ xs:dateTime("-0002-06-06T00:00:00")
+)
+ -2
+ The result is the same whether XSD 1.0 or 1.1 is in use, despite
+ the absence of a year 0 in the XSD 1.0 value space.
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-dateTime(
+ xs:gYearMonth("2007-05Z")
+)
+ 2007
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-dateTime(
+ xs:time("12:30:00")
+)
+ ()
+
+
+
+
+
+
The function has been extended to handle other Gregorian types such as xs:gYearMonth.
If $value is the empty sequence, or if it contains no minutes
+ component, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer value between 0
+ and 59, both inclusive, representing the minute component in the local value of
+ $value.
If $value is the empty sequence, or if it contains no seconds
+ component, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:decimal value greater than or equal
+ to zero and less than 60, representing the seconds and fractional seconds in $value.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the timezone component of $value, if any. If
+ $value has a timezone component, then the result is an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration that indicates deviation from UTC; its value may
+ range from +14:00 to -14:00 hours, both inclusive. If $value has no timezone
+ component, the result is the empty sequence.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer representing the year in the
+ local value of $value. The value may be negative.
+
+
+
The year returned is the same numeric value that appears in the lexical
+ representation, which for negative years means the meaning may vary depending on whether
+ XSD 1.0 or XSD 1.1 conventions are in use.
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-date(
+ xs:date("1999-05-31")
+)
+ 1999
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-date(
+ xs:date("2000-01-01+05:00")
+)
+ 2000
+
+
+
+
+ year-from-date(
+ xs:date("-0002-06-01")
+)
+ -2
+ The result is the same whether XSD 1.0 or 1.1 is in use, despite
+ the absence of a year 0 in the XSD 1.0 value space.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the month component of an xs:date.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer between
+ 1 and 12, both
+ inclusive, representing the month component in the local value of $value.
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the timezone component of $value, if any. If
+ $value has a timezone component, then the result is an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration that indicates deviation from UTC; its value may
+ range from +14:00 to -14:00 hours, both inclusive. If $value has no timezone
+ component, the result is the empty sequence.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer between
+ 0 and 23, both
+ inclusive, representing the value of the hours component in the local value of
+ $value.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer value between 0
+ and 59, both inclusive, representing the value of the minutes component
+ in the local value of $value.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:decimal value greater than or equal
+ to zero and less than 60, representing the seconds and fractional seconds in the local
+ value of $value.
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the timezone component of $value, if any. If
+ $value has a timezone component, then the result is an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration that indicates deviation from UTC; its value may
+ range from +14:00 to -14:00 hours, both inclusive. If $value has no timezone
+ component, the result is the empty sequence.
Adjusts an xs:dateTime value to a specific timezone, or to no timezone at
+ all.
+
+
+
If $timezone is not specified, then the effective value of
+ $timezone is the value of the implicit timezone in the dynamic
+ context.
+
If $value is the empty sequence, then the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
If $value does not have a timezone component and $timezone is
+ the empty sequence, then the result is $value.
+
If $value does not have a timezone component and $timezone is
+ not the empty sequence, then the result is $value with $timezone
+ as the timezone component.
+
If $value has a timezone component and $timezone is the empty
+ sequence, then the result is the local value of $value without its timezone
+ component.
+
If $value has a timezone component and $timezone is not the
+ empty sequence, then the result is the xs:dateTime value that is equal to
+ $value and that has a timezone component equal to
+ $timezone.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $timezone
+ is less than -PT14H or greater than PT14H or is not an
+ integral number of minutes.
+
+
+
+
Assume the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone of -05:00
+ (-PT5H0M).
Adjusts an xs:date value to a specific timezone, or to no timezone at all;
+ the result is the date in the target timezone that contains the starting instant of the
+ supplied date.
+
+
+
If $timezone is not specified, then the effective value of
+ $timezone is the value of the implicit timezone in the dynamic
+ context.
+
If $value is the empty sequence, then the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
If $value does not have a timezone component and $timezone is
+ the empty sequence, then the result is $value.
+
If $value does not have a timezone component and $timezone is
+ not the empty sequence, then the result is $value with $timezone
+ as the timezone component.
+
If $value has a timezone component and $timezone is the empty
+ sequence, then the result is the local value of $value without its timezone
+ component.
+
If $value has a timezone component and $timezone is not the
+ empty sequence, then:
+
+
+
Let $dt be the value of fn:dateTime($arg,
+ xs:time('00:00:00')).
+
+
+
Let $adt be the value of fn:adjust-dateTime-to-timezone($dt,
+ $timezone)
+
+
+
The function returns the value of xs:date($adt)
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $timezone
+ is less than -PT14H or greater than PT14H or is not an
+ integral number of minutes.
+
+
+
+
Assume the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone of -05:00
+ (-PT5H0M).
Adjusts an xs:time value to a specific timezone, or to no timezone at
+ all.
+
+
+
If $timezone is not specified, then the effective value of
+ $timezone is the value of the implicit timezone in the dynamic
+ context.
+
If $value is the empty sequence, then the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
If $value does not have a timezone component and $timezone is
+ the empty sequence, then the result is $value.
+
If $value does not have a timezone component and $timezone is
+ not the empty sequence, then the result is $value with $timezone
+ as the timezone component.
+
If $value has a timezone component and $timezone is the empty
+ sequence, then the result is the localized value of $value without its
+ timezone component.
+
If $value has a timezone component and $timezone is not the
+ empty sequence, then:
+
+
+
Let $dt be the xs:dateTime value
+ fn:dateTime(xs:date('1972-12-31'), $value).
+
+
+
Let $adt be the value of fn:adjust-dateTime-to-timezone($dt,
+ $timezone)
+
+
+
+
The function returns the xs:time value
+ xs:time($adt).
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $timezone
+ is less than -PT14H or greater than PT14H or if does not
+ contain an integral number of minutes.
+
+
+
+
Assume the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone of -05:00
+ (-PT5H0M).
Returns the timezone offset from UTC that is in conventional use at a given place and time.
+
+
+
This function uses a database of civil timezones (including daylight savings time) to return
+ the timezone offset for a given date/time and place. For example, the timezone offset for New York
+ on 31 December 2024 would be -PT5H.
+
If the $place argument is omitted or empty then the
+ from the dynamic context is used.
+
If the supplied $value has no timezone then the implicit timezone from the dynamic
+ context is used. This is unrelated to the timezone applicable to the requested $place.
+
The intended use of the $place argument is to identify
+ the place where an event
+represented by the $value argument took place or will take place.
+ The value must be an IANA timezone name as defined in the IANA timezone database .
+ Examples are "America/New_York" and "Europe/Rome".
+
+
The result of the function is the civil timezone offset applicable to the given date/time
+ and place, as determined by the IANA timezone database or an alternative authoritative source.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if no timezone information is available for the given date/time and place.
+ This includes the case where the given place is not present in the timezone database,
+ and also the case where the information available for that place does not cover a sufficient range
+ of dates.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the -
+ operator when applied to two xs:dateTime values.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns an xs:dayTimeDuration representing the amount of elapsed time
+ between the instants arg2 and arg1.
+
+
+
If either $arg1 or $arg2 do not contain an explicit timezone
+ then, for the purpose of the operation, the implicit timezone provided by the dynamic
+ context (See .) is
+ assumed to be present as part of the value.
+
The function returns the elapsed time between the date/time instant arg2
+ and the date/time instant arg1, computed according to the algorithm given
+ in Appendix E of , and expressed as a
+ xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
If the normalized value of $arg1 precedes in time the normalized value of
+ $arg2, then the returned value is a negative duration.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00.
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-dateTimes(
+ xs:dateTime("2000-10-30T06:12:00"),
+ xs:dateTime("1999-11-28T09:00:00Z")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P337DT2H12M")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the - operator
+ when applied to two xs:date values.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:dayTimeDuration that corresponds to the elapsed time between
+ the starting instant of $arg2 and the starting instant of
+ $arg2.
+
+
+
If either $arg1 or $arg2 do not contain an explicit timezone
+ then, for the purpose of the operation, the implicit timezone provided by the dynamic
+ context (See .) is
+ assumed to be present as part of the value.
+
The starting instant of an xs:date is the xs:dateTime at
+ 00:00:00 on that date.
+
The function returns the result of subtracting the two starting instants using
+ op:subtract-dateTimes.
+
If the starting instant of $arg1 precedes in time the starting instant of
+ $arg2, then the returned value is a negative duration.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ Z.
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-dates(
+ xs:date("2000-10-30"),
+ xs:date("1999-11-28")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P337D")
+ The normalized values of the two starting instants are { 2000,
+ 10, 30, 0, 0, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") } and { 1999, 11, 28, 0, 0, 0,
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") }.
+
+
+
+
Now assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ +05:00.
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-dates(
+ xs:date("2000-10-30"),
+ xs:date("1999-11-28Z")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P336DT19H")
+ The normalized values of the two starting instants are { 2000,
+ 10, 29, 19, 0, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") } and { 1999, 11, 28, 0, 0, 0,
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") }.
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-dates(
+ xs:date("2000-10-15-05:00"),
+ xs:date("2000-10-10+02:00")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P5DT7H")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of the - operator
+ when applied to two xs:time values.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:dayTimeDuration that corresponds to the elapsed time between
+ the values of $arg2 and $arg1 treated as times on the same
+ date.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of the expression:
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone value of
+ -05:00. Assume, also, that the date components of the reference
+ xs:dateTime correspond to "1972-12-31".
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-times(
+ xs:time("11:12:00Z"),
+ xs:time("04:00:00")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("PT2H12M")
+ This is obtained by subtracting from the xs:dateTime
+ value { 1972, 12, 31, 11, 12, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") } the xs:dateTime
+ value { 1972, 12, 31, 9, 0, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") }.
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-times(
+ xs:time("11:00:00-05:00"),
+ xs:time("21:30:00+05:30")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S")
+ The two xs:dateTime values are { 1972, 12, 31, 11,
+ 0, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("-PT5H") } and { 1972, 12, 31, 21, 30, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT5H30M") }. These
+ normalize to { 1972, 12, 31, 16, 0, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") }
+ and { 1972, 12, 31, 16, 0, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") }.
+
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-times(
+ xs:time("17:00:00-06:00"),
+ xs:time("08:00:00+09:00")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P1D")
+ The two normalized xs:dateTime values are { 1972,
+ 12, 31, 23, 0, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") } and { 1972, 12, 30, 23, 0, 0,
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") }.
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-times(
+ xs:time("24:00:00"),
+ xs:time("23:59:59")
+)
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("-PT23H59M59S")
+ The two normalized xs:dateTime values are { 1972,
+ 12, 31, 0, 0, 0, () } and { 1972, 12, 31, 23, 59, 59.0,
+ () }.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the + operator when applied to an xs:dateTime and an
+ xs:yearMonthDuration value.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:dateTime that is a given duration after a specified
+ xs:dateTime (or before, if the duration is negative).
+
+
+
The function returns the result of adding $arg2 to the value of
+ $arg1 using the algorithm described in Appendix E of , disregarding the rule about leap seconds. If $arg2
+ is negative, then the result xs:dateTime precedes $arg1.
+
The result has the same timezone as $arg1. If $arg1 has no
+ timezone, the result has no timezone.
+
+
+
+
+ op:add-yearMonthDuration-to-dateTime(
+ xs:dateTime("2000-10-30T11:12:00"),
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y2M")
+)
+ xs:dateTime("2001-12-30T11:12:00")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics
+ of the + operator when applied to an xs:dateTime and an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration value.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:dateTime that is a given duration after a specified
+ xs:dateTime (or before, if the duration is negative).
+
+
+
The function returns the result of adding $arg2 to the value of
+ $arg1 using the algorithm described in Appendix E of , disregarding the rule about leap seconds. If $arg2
+ is negative, then the result xs:dateTime precedes $arg1.
+
The result has the same timezone as $arg1. If $arg1 has no
+ timezone, the result has no timezone.
+
+
+
+
+ op:add-dayTimeDuration-to-dateTime(
+ xs:dateTime("2000-10-30T11:12:00"),
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT1H15M")
+)
+ xs:dateTime("2000-11-02T12:27:00")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the - operator when applied to an xs:dateTime and an
+ xs:yearMonthDuration value.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:dateTime that is a given duration before a specified
+ xs:dateTime (or after, if the duration is negative).
+
+
+
The function returns the xs:dateTime computed by negating
+ $arg2 and adding the result to $arg1 using the
+ function op:add-yearMonthDuration-to-dateTime.
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-yearMonthDuration-from-dateTime(
+ xs:dateTime("2000-10-30T11:12:00"),
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y2M")
+)
+ xs:dateTime("1999-08-30T11:12:00")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics
+ of the - operator when applied to an xs:dateTime an and
+ xs:dayTimeDuration values
+
+
Returns the xs:dateTime that is a given duration before a specified
+ xs:dateTime (or after, if the duration is negative).
+
+
+
The function returns the xs:dateTime computed by negating
+ $arg2 and adding the result to $arg1 using the
+ function op:add-dayTimeDuration-to-dateTime.
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-dayTimeDuration-from-dateTime(
+ xs:dateTime("2000-10-30T11:12:00"),
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT1H15M")
+)
+ xs:dateTime("2000-10-27T09:57:00")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics
+ of the + operator when applied to an xs:date and an
+ xs:yearMonthDuration value.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:date that is a given duration after a specified
+ xs:date (or before, if the duration is negative).
+
+
+
The function returns the result of casting $arg1 to an
+ xs:dateTime, adding $arg2 using the function
+ op:add-yearMonthDuration-to-dateTime, and casting the result back to an
+ xs:date.
+
+
+
+
+ op:add-yearMonthDuration-to-date(
+ xs:date("2000-10-30"),
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y2M")
+)
+ xs:date("2001-12-30")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of
+ the + operator when applied to an xs:date and an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration value.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:date that is a given duration after a specified
+ xs:date (or before, if the duration is negative).
+
+
+
The function returns the result of casting $arg1 to an
+ xs:dateTime, adding $arg2 using the function
+ op:add-dayTimeDuration-to-dateTime, and casting the result back to an
+ xs:date.
+
+
+
+
+ op:add-dayTimeDuration-to-date(
+ xs:date("2004-10-30Z"),
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT2H30M0S")
+)
+ xs:date("2004-11-01Z")
+ The starting instant of the first argument is the
+ xs:dateTime value { 2004, 10, 30, 0, 0, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") }.
+ Adding the second argument to this gives the xs:dateTime value
+ { 2004, 11, 1, 2, 30, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S") }. The time components are then
+ discarded.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics
+ of the - operator when applied to an xs:date and an
+ xs:yearMonthDuration value.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:date that is a given duration before a specified
+ xs:date (or after, if the duration is negative).
+
+
+
Returns the xs:date computed by negating $arg2 and adding the
+ result to $arg1 using the function
+ op:add-yearMonthDuration-to-date.
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-yearMonthDuration-from-date(
+ xs:date("2000-10-30"),
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y2M")
+)
+ xs:date("1999-08-30")
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-yearMonthDuration-from-date(
+ xs:date("2000-02-29Z"),
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y")
+)
+ xs:date("1999-02-28Z")
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-yearMonthDuration-from-date(
+ xs:date("2000-10-31-05:00"),
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y1M")
+)
+ xs:date("1999-09-30-05:00")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of
+ the - operator when applied to an xs:date and an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:date that is a given duration before a specified
+ xs:date (or after, if the duration is negative).
+
+
+
Returns the xs:date computed by negating $arg2 and adding the
+ result to $arg1 using the function
+ op:add-dayTimeDuration-to-date.
+
+
+
+
+ op:subtract-dayTimeDuration-from-date(
+ xs:date("2000-10-30"),
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT1H15M")
+)
+ xs:date("2000-10-26")
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of
+ the + operator when applied to an xs:time and an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration value.
+
+
Returns the xs:time value that is a given duration after a specified
+ xs:time (or before, if the duration is negative or causes wrap-around
+ past midnight)
+
+
+
First, the days component in the canonical lexical representation of $arg2
+ is set to zero (0) and the value of the resulting xs:dayTimeDuration is
+ calculated. Alternatively, the value of $arg2 modulus 86,400 is used as the
+ second argument. This value is added to the value of $arg1 converted to an
+ xs:dateTime using a reference date such as 1972-12-31, and
+ the time component of the result is returned. Note that the xs:time
+ returned may occur in a following or preceding day and may be less than
+ $arg1.
+
The result has the same timezone as $arg1. If $arg1 has no
+ timezone, the result has no timezone.
+
+
+
+
+ op:add-dayTimeDuration-to-time(
+ xs:time("11:12:00"),
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT1H15M")
+)
+ xs:time("12:27:00")
+
+
+
+
+ op:add-dayTimeDuration-to-time(
+ xs:time("23:12:00+03:00"),
+ xs:dayTimeDuration("P1DT3H15M")
+)
+ xs:time("02:27:00+03:00")
+ That is, { 0, 0, 0, 2, 27, 0, xs:dayTimeDuration("PT3H") }
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of
+ the - operator when applied to an xs:time and an
+ xs:dayTimeDuration value.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the xs:time value that is a given duration before a specified
+ xs:time (or after, if the duration is negative or causes wrap-around
+ past midnight)
+
+
+
The function returns the result of negating $arg2 and adding the result to
+ $arg1 using the function op:add-dayTimeDuration-to-time.
The input is case-insensitive: upper-case and lower-case distinctions in the above
+ grammar show the conventional usage, but otherwise have no significance.
+
If the input is an empty sequence, the result is an empty sequence.
+
The dayname, if present, is ignored.
+
The daynum, monthname, and year supply the day,
+ month, and year of the resulting xs:dateTime value. A two-digit year
+ must have 1900 added to it. A year such as 0070 is to be treated
+ as given; negative years are not permitted.
+
The hours, minutes, and seconds (including
+ fractional seconds) values supply the corresponding components of the resulting
+ xs:dateTime value; if the seconds value
+ or the fractional seconds value is absent then zero
+ is assumed.
+
If both a tzoffset and a tzname are supplied then the
+ tzname is ignored.
+
If a tzoffset is supplied then this defines the hours and minutes parts of the timezone offset:
+
+
+
If it contains a colon, this separates the hours part from the minutes part.
+
+
+
Otherwise, the grammar allows a sequence of from one to four digits. These are interpreted
+ as H, HH, HMM, or HHMM respectively, where H
+ or HH is the hours part, and MM (if present) is the minutes part.
+
+
If the minutes part is absent it defaults to 00.
+
+
+
If a tzname is supplied with no tzoffset then it is translated
+ to a timezone offset as follows:
+
+
+
+
tzname
+
Offset
+
+
+
+
+
UT, UTC, GMT
+
00:00
+
+
+
EST
+
-05:00
+
+
+
EDT
+
-04:00
+
+
+
CST
+
-06:00
+
+
+
CDT
+
-05:00
+
+
+
MST
+
-07:00
+
+
+
MDT
+
-06:00
+
+
+
PST
+
-08:00
+
+
+
PDT
+
-07:00
+
+
+
+
If neither a tzoffset nor tzname is supplied, a timezone
+ offset of 00:00 is assumed.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the input does
+ not match the grammar, or if the resulting date/time value is invalid
+ (for example, "31 February").
+
+
+
The parse-ietf-date function attempts to interpret its input as a date
+ in any of the three formats specified by HTTP .
+
+
These formats are used widely on the Internet to represent timestamps, and were
+ specified in:
+
+
(electronic mail), extended in to allow four-digit years;
+
(Usenet Messages), obsoleted by ;
+
POSIX asctime() format
+
+
(HTTP) officially uses a subset of those three formats restricted to GMT.
+
+
The grammar for this function is slightly more liberal than the RFCs (reflecting the internet tradition of being liberal in what is accepted).
+ For example the function:
+
+
+
+
Accepts a single-digit value where appropriate in place of a two-digit value with a leading zero (so
+ "Wed 1 Jun" is acceptable in place of "Wed 01 Jun",
+ and the timezone offset "-5:00" is equivalent to "-05:00")
+
+
+
Accepts one or more whitespace characters (x20, x09, x0A, x0D) wherever a single
+ space is required, and allows whitespace to be omitted where it is not required
+ for parsing
+
+
+
Accepts and ignores whitespace characters (x20, x09, x0A, x0D) at the start or end
+ of the string.
+
+
+
+
In new protocols IETF recommends the format of , which is based on a profile of
+ ISO 8601 similar to that already used in XPath and XSD, but the “approximate”
+ format described here is very widely used.
+
+
An date can be generated approximately using fn:format-dateTime with a picture
+ string of "[FNn3], [D01] [MNn3] [Y04] [H01]:[m01]:[s01] [Z0000]".
Returns an xs:QName value (that is, an expanded-QName) by taking an
+ xs:string that has the lexical form of an xs:QName (a
+ string in the form "prefix:local-name" or "local-name")
+ and resolving it using the in-scope namespaces for a given element.
+
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, returns the empty sequence.
+
More specifically, the function searches the namespace bindings of $element
+ for a binding whose name matches the prefix of $value, or the zero-length
+ string if it has no prefix, and returns an expanded-QName whose local name is taken
+ from the supplied $value, and whose namespace URI is taken from the string
+ value of the namespace binding.
+
+
If the $value has no prefix, and there is no namespace binding for
+ $element corresponding to the default (unnamed) namespace, then the
+ resulting expanded-QName has no namespace part.
+
The prefix (or absence of a prefix) in the supplied $value argument is
+ retained in the returned expanded-QName, as described in .
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $value does
+ not have the correct lexical form for an instance of xs:QName.
+
A dynamic error is raised if $value has
+ a prefix and there is no namespace binding for $element that matches this
+ prefix.
+
+
+
Sometimes the requirement is to construct an xs:QName without using the
+ default namespace. This can be achieved by writing:
If the requirement is to construct an xs:QName using the namespaces in the
+ static context, then the xs:QName constructor should be used.
+
+
+
+
Assume that the element bound to $element has a single namespace binding
+ bound to the prefix eg.
+
+
+
+
+ fn:resolve-QName("hello", $element) returns a QName with local name
+ "hello" that is in no namespace.
+
+
+
+ fn:resolve-QName("eg:myFunc", $element) returns an xs:QName
+ whose namespace URI is specified by the namespace binding corresponding to the prefix
+ "eg" and whose local name is "myFunc".
Returns an xs:QName value formed using a supplied namespace URI and lexical QName.
+
+
+
+
The namespace URI in the returned QName is taken from $uri. If
+ $uri is the zero-length string or the empty sequence, it represents
+ “no namespace”.
+
The prefix (or absence of a prefix) in $qname is retained in the
+ returned xs:QName value.
+
The local name in the result is taken from the local part of
+ $qname.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $qname
+ does not have the correct lexical form for an instance of xs:QName.
+
A dynamic error is raised if $uri
+ is the zero-length string or the empty sequence, and the value of
+ $qname contains a colon (:).
+
A dynamic error may be raised if
+ $uri is not a valid URI (XML Namespaces 1.0) or IRI (XML Namespaces
+ 1.1).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ fn:QName("http://www.example.com/example", "person") returns an
+ xs:QName with namespace URI "http://www.example.com/example",
+ local name "person" and prefix "".
+
+ fn:QName("http://www.example.com/example", "ht:person") returns an
+ xs:QName with namespace URI "http://www.example.com/example",
+ local name "person" and prefix "ht".
Returns an xs:QName value formed by parsing an EQName.
+
+
+
If $value is an empty sequence, the result is an empty sequence.
+
+
Otherwise, leading and trailing whitespace in $value is stripped.
+
If the resulting $value is castable to xs:NCName,
+ the result is fn:QName("", $value): that is, a QName in no namespace.
+
Otherwise, if the resulting $value is in the lexical space of xs:QName
+ (that is, if it is in the form prefix:local), the result is xs:QName($value).
+ Note that this result depends on the in-scope prefixes in the static context, and may result in
+ various error conditions.
+
Otherwise, if the resulting $value takes the form of an
+ XPath BracedURILiteral
+ (that is, Q{uri}local, where the uri part may be zero-length),
+ then the result is fn:QName(uri, local).
+
The rules used for parsing a within a
+ URIQualifiedName are the XPath rules,
+ not the XQuery rules (the XQuery rules require special characters such as <
+ and & to be escaped).
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised
+ if the supplied value of $value, after whitespace normalization,
+ does not match the XPath production EQName
+
A dynamic error is raised if
+ the supplied value of $value, after whitespace normalization,
+ is in the form prefix:local (with a non-absent prefix), and
+ the prefix cannot be resolved to a namespace URI using the in-scope namespace
+ bindings from the static context.
+
+
+
+
+
+ fn:parse-QName("Q{http://www.example.com/example}person") returns an
+ xs:QName with namespace URI "http://www.example.com/example",
+ local name "person" and prefix "".
+
+ fn:parse-QName("person") returns an
+ xs:QName with absent namespace URI, local
+ name "person" and prefix "".
+
+ fn:parse-QName("Q{}person") returns an
+ xs:QName with absent namespace URI, local
+ name "person" and prefix "".
+
+ fn:parse-QName("p:person") returns an
+ xs:QName with namespace URI obtained from the static context, local
+ name "person" and prefix "p"
+ (The result is the same as the QName literal #p:person).
Returns a string representation of an xs:QName in the format Q{uri}local.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, returns the empty sequence.
+
The result is a string in the format Q{uri}local, where:
+
+
uri
+ is the result of fn:string(fn:namespace-uri-from-QName($value))
+ (which will be a zero-length string if the QName is in no namespace), and
+
local is the result of
+ fn:local-name-from-QName($value).
+
+
There is no escaping of special characters in the namespace URI. If the namespace URI
+ contains curly braces, the resulting string will not be a valid
+ BracedURILiteral.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics
+ of the eq and ne operators when applied to two values of type xs:QName.
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns true if two supplied QNames have the same namespace URI and the
+ same local part.
+
+
+
The function returns true if the namespace URIs of $arg1 and
+ $arg2 are equal and the local names of $arg1 and
+ $arg2 are equal.
+
Otherwise, the function returns false.
+
The namespace URI parts are considered equal if they are both absent, or if they are both present and equal under the rules
+ of the fn:codepoint-equal function.
+
The local parts are also compared under the rules of the fn:codepoint-equal
+ function.
+
+
+
The prefix parts of $arg1 and $arg2, if any, are ignored.
Returns the in-scope namespaces of an element node, as a map.
+
+
+
The function returns a map representing the prefixes of the in-scope
+ namespaces for $element. The map contains one entry
+ for each in-scope namespace: the key of the entry is the namespace
+ prefix or a zero-length string, and the corresponding value is the namespace URI.
+
+
For namespace bindings that have a prefix, the key represents the prefix as an
+ instance of xs:NCName. For the default namespace, which has no prefix, the key is
+ the zero-length string as an instance of xs:string.
+
+
The order of entries in the returned map is .
+
+
+
+
The XML namespace is in scope for every element, so the result will always include an entry
+ with key "xml" and corresponding value http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace.
Returns the prefixes of the in-scope namespaces for an element node.
+
+
+
The function returns the result of the expression
+ map:keys(fn:in-scope-namespaces($element)) (but in no defined order).
+
+
+
+
The XML namespace is in scope for every element, so the result will always include the string "xml".
+
+
+
Reformulated in 4.0 in terms of the new
+ fn:in-scope-namespaces function; the semantics are unchanged.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of
+ the eq and ne operators when applied to two xs:hexBinary
+ or xs:base64Binary values.
+
+
Returns true if both binary values contain the same octet
+ sequence.
+
+
+
The function returns true if $value1 and $value2
+ are of the same length, measured in binary octets, and contain the same octets in the
+ same order. Otherwise, it returns false.
+
+
+
Atomic items of types xs:hexBinary
+ and xs:base64Binary are now mutually comparable.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the semantics of
+ the lt operator when applied to two xs:hexBinary or
+ xs:base64Binaryvalues. Also used in the
+ definition of the ge operator.
+
+
Returns true if the first argument is less than the second.
+
+
+
Each of the two arguments are converted to a sequence of octets, $A and
+ $B, and the first octet in each sequence, $a and
+ $b, are compared.
+
+
+
If $a is empty and $b is non-empty return true.
+
+
+
If $b is empty return false.
+
+
+
Otherwise (neither $a nor $b are empty):
+
+
If $a and $b are identical the result is obtained
+ by applying these same rules recursively to fn:tail($A) and
+ fn:tail($B).
+
+
Otherwise, if $a is less than $b,
+ treating the value of each octet as an unsigned integer in the range 0 to
+ 255, then return true, otherwise return false.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Atomic items of types xs:hexBinary
+ and xs:base64Binary are now mutually comparable.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the
+ semantics of the eq and ne operators when applied to two values of type
+ xs:NOTATION.
+
+
Returns true if the two xs:NOTATION values have the same
+ namespace URI and the same local part.
+
+
+
The function returns true if the namespace URIs of $arg1 and
+ $arg2 are equal and the local names of $arg1 and
+ $arg2 are equal.
+
Otherwise, the function returns false.
+
The namespace URI parts are considered equal if they are both absent, or if they are both present and equal under the rules
+ of the fn:codepoint-equal function.
+
The local parts are also compared under the rules of the fn:codepoint-equal
+ function.
+
+
+
The prefix parts of $arg1 and $arg2, if any, are ignored.
Returns the name of a node, as an xs:string that is either the zero-length
+ string, or has the lexical form of an xs:QName.
+
+
+
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.). The
+ behavior of the function if the argument is omitted is exactly the same as if the
+ context value had been passed as the argument.
+
If the argument is supplied and is the empty sequence, the function returns the
+ zero-length string.
+
If the node identified by $node has no name (that is, if it is a document
+ node, a comment, a text node, or a namespace node having no name), the function returns
+ the zero-length string.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the value of the expression
+ fn:string(fn:node-name($node)).
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type node()?, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
Because the result depends on the choice of namespace prefixes in the source document,
+ it is not good practice to use the result of this function for anything other than display
+ purposes. For example, the test name(.) = 'my:profile' will fail if the source
+ document uses an unexpected namespace prefix. Such a test (assuming it relates to an element node)
+ is better written as boolean(self::my:profile).
Returns the local part of the name of $node as an xs:string
+ that is either the zero-length string, or has the lexical form of an
+ xs:NCName.
+
+
+
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.). The
+ behavior of the function if the argument is omitted is exactly the same as if the
+ context value had been passed as the argument.
+
If the argument is supplied and is the empty sequence, the function returns the
+ zero-length string.
+
If the node identified by $node has no name (that is, if it is a document
+ node, a comment, a text node, or a namespace node having no name), the function returns
+ the zero-length string.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the local part of the expanded-QName of the node
+ identified by $node, as determined by the dm:node-name accessor
+ defined in . This will be an
+ xs:string whose lexical form is an xs:NCName.
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not a single node, type error .
Returns the namespace URI part of the name of $node, as an
+ xs:anyURI value.
+
+
+
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context node (.). The
+ behavior of the function if the argument is omitted is exactly the same as if the
+ context value had been passed as the argument.
+
If the node identified by $node is neither an element nor an attribute node,
+ or if it is an element or attribute node whose expanded-QName (as determined by the
+ dm:node-name accessor in the )
+ is in no namespace, then the function returns the zero-length xs:anyURI
+ value.
+
Otherwise, the result will be the namespace URI part of the expanded-QName of the node
+ identified by $node, as determined by the dm:node-name accessor
+ defined in ), returned as an
+ xs:anyURI value.
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type node()?, type error .
Returns the value indicated by $value or, if $value is not
+ specified, the context value after atomization, converted to an xs:double.
+
+
+
+
Calling the zero-argument version of the function is defined to give the same result as
+ calling the single-argument version with the context value (.). That is,
+ fn:number() is equivalent to fn:number(.), as defined by
+ the rules that follow.
+
If $value is the empty sequence or if $value cannot be converted
+ to an xs:double, the xs:double value NaN is
+ returned.
+
Otherwise, $value is converted to an xs:double following the
+ rules of . If the conversion to xs:double
+ fails, the xs:double value NaN is returned.
+
+
+
A type error is raised
+ if $value is omitted and the context value is absent.
+
As a consequence of the rules given above, a type error is raised
+ if the context value
+ cannot be atomized, or if the result of atomizing the context value is a sequence
+ containing more than one atomic item.
+
+
+
+
XSD 1.1 allows the string +INF as a representation of positive infinity;
+ XSD 1.0 does not. It is implementation-defined whether XSD 1.1 is
+ supported.
+
Generally fn:number returns NaN rather than raising a dynamic
+ error if the argument cannot be converted to xs:double. However, a type
+ error is raised in the usual way if the supplied argument cannot be atomized or if the
+ result of atomization does not match the required argument type.
This function tests whether the language of $node, or the context value if
+ the second argument is omitted, as specified by xml:lang attributes is the
+ same as, or is a sublanguage of, the language specified by $language.
+
+
+
The behavior of the function if the second argument is omitted is exactly the same as if
+ the context value (.) had been passed as the second argument.
+
The language of the argument $node, or the context value if the second
+ argument is omitted, is determined by the value of the xml:lang attribute
+ on the node, or, if the node has no such attribute, by the value of the
+ xml:lang attribute on the nearest ancestor of the node that has an
+ xml:lang attribute. If there is no such ancestor, then the function
+ returns false.
+
+
If $language is the empty sequence it is interpreted as the zero-length
+ string.
+
The relevant xml:lang attribute is determined by the value of the XPath
+ expression:
+ (ancestor-or-self::*/@xml:lang)[last()]
+
If this expression returns an empty sequence, the function returns false.
+
Otherwise, the function returns true if and only if, based on a caseless
+ default match as specified in section 3.13 of , either:
+
+
+
+ $language is equal to the string-value of the relevant
+ xml:lang attribute, or
+
+
+
+ $language is equal to some substring of the string-value of the
+ relevant xml:lang attribute that starts at the start of the
+ string-value and ends immediately before a hyphen, -
+ (HYPHEN-MINUS, #x002D).
+
+
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not a single node, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
The expression fn:lang("en") would return true if the
+ context node were any of the following four elements:
+
+
+
+ <para xml:lang="en"/>
+
+
+
+
+ <div xml:lang="en"><para>And now, and
+ forever!</para></div>
+
+
+
+
+ <para xml:lang="EN"/>
+
+
+
+
+ <para xml:lang="en-us"/>
+
+
+
+
+
+
The expression fn:lang("fr") would return false if the
+ context node were <para xml:lang="EN"/>
+
Returns a path expression that can be used to select the supplied node relative to the
+ root of its containing document.
+
+
+
The behavior of the function if the $nodeargument is omitted is exactly the same as if the
+ context value (.) had been passed as the argument.
+
If $node is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
The $options argument, if present, defines additional parameters controlling
+ how the output is formatted. The option parameter conventions apply. The options available are as follows:
+
+
+
+ A GNode, which must be an ancestor of $node. If present,
+ the returned path will be a relative path that selects $node
+ starting from the supplied origin node, rather than from the root of the
+ containing tree.
+
+ gnode()?
+ ()
+
+
+ If true, the names of element nodes in the path are represented by the
+ result of a call on the name function applied to each element. The
+ result in this case does not contain sufficient information to identify the
+ namespace URI of the element.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ A map from namespace prefixes to namespace URIs, such as might be returned
+ by the function fn:in-scope-namespaces. If a prefix is available
+ for a given URI, it is used in preference to using Q{uri}local notation.
+
+ map((xs:NCName | enum('')), xs:anyURI)?
+ ()
+
+
+ If true, the returned path includes the index positions of nodes. If
+ false, only the node names are included.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ true()
+
+
+
+
Let R be the GNode supplied in the origin option,
+ or the root GNode of the tree containing $node otherwise.
+
+
If $node is a document node, or a JNode with no parent,
+ the function returns the string "/".
+
+
Otherwise, the function returns a string that consists of a sequence of steps, one
+ for each ancestor-or-self of $node that is not an ancestor-or-self
+ of R.
+
+
If R is an XNode other than a document node and the origin option
+ is absent or empty, then this string is preceded by
+ a string notionally representing a call to the fn:root function,
+ expressed as follows:
+
+
+
If the lexical option is present with the value true,
+ then the string "fn:root()".
+
If the namespaces option is present and defines a mapping from a
+ non empty prefix P
+ to the namespace URI http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions, then
+ "P:root()"
+
If the namespaces option is present and defines a mapping from the empty string
+ to the namespace URI http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions, then
+ "root()"
The character "/", which is omitted for the first step
+ if the origin option is present;
+
A string whose form depends on the kind of node selected by that step, as
+ follows:
+
+
+
For an element node, the concatenation of:
+
+
A representation of the element name, chosen as follows:
+
+
If the lexical option is present with the value
+ true, then the result of applying the name
+ function to the element node.
+
Otherwise, if the namespaces option is present
+ and the element is in a namespace U and the namespaces option
+ includes a mapping from a prefix P to the namespace U,
+ then the string P:L, where L
+ is the local part of the element name.
+ If there is more than one such prefix, then one of them is chosen arbitrarily.
+
+
Otherwise, if the namespaces option is present
+ and the element is in a namespace U and the namespaces option
+ includes a mapping from the zero-length string to the namespace U,
+ then the local part of the element name.
+
+
Otherwise, if the namespaces option is present
+ and the element is in no namespace and the namespaces option
+ includes no mapping from the zero-length string to any namespace,
+ then the local part of the element name.
+
+
Otherwise, the string Q{U}L,
+ where U is the namespace URI of the element name or the
+ empty string if the element is in no namespace, and L is
+ the local part of the element name.
+
+
+
Unless the indexes option is present
+ with the value false,
+ a string in the form [position] where position is an
+ integer representing the one-based position of the selected node among its like-named
+ siblings.
+
+
+
+
+
For an attribute node, the concatenation of:
+
+
The character "@"
+
If the lexical option is present with the value
+ true, then the result of applying the name
+ function to the attribute node.
+
+
Otherwise, if the attribute node is in no namespace, the local part of the attribute name.
+
+
Otherwise, if the namespaces option is present, and if it includes a mapping
+ from a non-empty namespace prefix P to the namespace URI of the attribute, then
+ a string in the form P:L, where L
+ is the local part of the attribute name.
+ If there is more than one such prefix, then one of them is chosen arbitrarily.
+
+
Otherwise, the string Q{U}L,
+ where U is the namespace URI of the attribute name, and L is
+ the local part of the attribute name.
+
+
+
+
+
+
For a text node: text()[position] where
+ position is an integer representing the position
+ of the selected node among its text node siblings.
+
The suffix [position] is omitted if the indexes
+ option is present with the value false.
+
+
+
For a comment node: comment()[position] where
+ position is an integer representing the position
+ of the selected node among its comment node siblings.
+
The suffix [position] is omitted if the indexes
+ option is present with the value false.
+
+
+
For a processing-instruction node:
+ processing-instruction(local)[position]
+ where local is the name of the processing instruction
+ node and position is an integer representing the
+ position of the selected node among its like-named processing-instruction node
+ siblings.
+
The suffix [position] is omitted if the indexes
+ option is present with the value false.
+
+
+
+
For a namespace node:
+
+
+
If the namespace node has a name:
+ namespace::prefix, where
+ prefix is the local part of the name of the
+ namespace node (which represents the namespace prefix).
+
+
+
If the namespace node has no name (that is, if it represents the default
+ namespace):
+ namespace::*[Ulocal-name() = ""]
+
Here Ulocal-name() represents a call on the function
+ fn:local-name and is formatted using the same
+ conventions as the call on fn:root described earlier.
+
+
+
+
+
For a JNode where the ·content· property of the parent
+ is an array, then as the string *[N] where N
+ is the value of the ·selector· property.
+
+
For any other JNode (including the case where the ·content· property of the parent
+ is a map):
+
+
If the value is an xs:string, xs:untypedAtomic,
+ or xs:anyURI that is castable to xs:NCName, then
+ the result of casting the value to xs:NCName.
+
If the value is an xs:string, xs:untypedAtomic,
+ or xs:anyURI that is not castable to xs:NCName, then
+ then as the string get("S")
+ where S is the string value.
+
If the value is numeric, then as the string get(N)
+ where N is the result of casting the numeric value to
+ xs:string.
+
If the value is an xs:QName, then as the string
+ get(#Q{uri}local) where uri
+ and local are the namespace URI and local name parts of the QName.
+
If the value is an xs:boolean, then as the string
+ get(true()) or get(false()).
+
If the value is of any other type, then as the string
+ get(xs:T("S")) where T is the
+ local part of the most specific built-in atomic type of which the value
+ is an instance, and S is the result of casting the value to
+ xs:string.
+
+
+
TODO: Better handling of the case where the parent is neither a map nor an array,
+ for example where it is a sequence of several maps or several arrays. It's hard to
+ provide a better path for these when there is no AxisStep for selecting within
+ such values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type node()?, type error .
+
+
+
If the value of the origin option is a node that is not an ancestor
+ of $node (or in the absence of $node, the context value),
+ dynamic error .
+
+
+
+
+
Using the namespaces option to shorten the generated path is often convenient,
+ but the resulting path may be unusable if the input tree contains multiple bindings for the same prefix.
+
+
Similarly, using the lexical option is convenient if there is no need for precise
+ namespace information: it is especially suitable when the containing node tree declares no namespaces.
+
+
If the supplied argument is a map or an array, it will automatically be coerced to a JNode. This
+ however is not useful, because this will be a root JNode, yielding the path /.
+
+
+
+
+
+Freude, schöner Götterfunken,
+Tochter aus Elysium,
+Wir betreten feuertrunken,
+Himmlische, dein Heiligtum.
+
Returns true if the supplied GNode has one or more child nodes (of any kind).
+
+
+
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.).
+
Provided that the supplied argument $node matches the expected type
+ gnode()?, the result of the function call
+ fn:has-children($node) is defined to be the same as the result of the
+ expression fn:exists($node/child::gnode()).
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type gnode()?, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
If $node is an empty sequence the result is false.
+
The motivation for this function is to support streamed evaluation. According to the
+ streaming rules in , the following construct is not
+ streamable:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
This is because it makes two downward selections to read the child row
+ elements. The use of fn:has-children in the xsl:if conditional
+ is intended to circumvent this restriction.
+
Although the function was introduced to support streaming use cases, it has general
+ utility as a convenience function.
+
If the supplied argument is a map or an array, it will automatically be coerced to a JNode.
Removes duplicate GNodes and sorts the input into document order.
+
+
+
Any duplicate GNodes (that is, XNodes or JNodes) in the input
+ (based on node identity) are discarded. The remaining GNodes
+ are returned in document order.
+
+
+
Document order is (but stable) for
+ GNodes in different trees. If some GNode in tree A
+ precedes some GNode in tree B, then every GNode in A precedes
+ every GNode in B.
+
+
+
+
+
+ ')
+return distinct-ordered-nodes(($x//c, $x//b, $x//a, $x//b)) ! name()]]>
+ "a", "b", "c", "c"
+ The two $x//b expressions select the same node; one of these
+ is eliminated as a duplicate. The $x//c expression selects two nodes
+ that have distinct identity, so both are retained.
+
+
+ count() ]]>
+ 1
+ The first array member is selected by two different
+ routes; duplicate JNodes are eliminated.
+
+
+
+
+
Returns every GNode within the input sequence that is not an ancestor of another member
+ of the input sequence; the GNodes are returned in document order with duplicates
+ eliminated.
+
+
+
The effect of the function call fn:innermost($nodes) is defined to be
+ equivalent to the result of the expression:
+ $nodes except $nodes/ancestor::gnode()
+
That is, the function takes as input a sequence of GNodes, and returns every GNode within
+ the sequence that is not an ancestor of another GNode within the sequence; the GNodes are
+ returned in document order with duplicates eliminated.
+
+
+
If the supplied argument includes a map or an array, it will automatically be coerced to a JNode.
Returns every GNode within the input sequence that has no ancestor that is itself a
+ member of the input sequence; the nodes are returned in document order with duplicates
+ eliminated.
+
+
+
The effect of the function call fn:outermost($nodes) is defined to be
+ equivalent to the result of the expression:
That is, the function takes as input a sequence of GNodes, and returns every GNode within
+ the sequence that does not have another GNode within the sequence as an ancestor; the
+ GNodes are returned in document order with duplicates eliminated.
+
+
+
The formulation $nodes except $nodes/descendant::node() might appear to be
+ simpler, but does not correctly account for attribute nodes, as these are not
+ descendants of their parent element.
+
The motivation for the function was based on XSLT streaming use cases. There are cases
+ where the streaming rules allow the construct
+ outermost(//section) but do not allow //section; the
+ function can therefore be useful in cases where it is known that sections will not be
+ nested, as well as cases where the application actually wishes to process all sections
+ except those that are nested within another.
+
If the supplied argument includes a map or an array, it will automatically be coerced to a JNode.
Returns a sequence of positive integers giving the positions within the sequence
+ $input of items that are equal to $target.
+
+
+
The function returns a sequence of positive integers giving the positions within the
+ sequence $input of items that are equal to $target.
+
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in . This collation is used when string comparison is
+ required.
+
The items in the sequence $input are compared with $target under
+ the rules for the eq operator. Values of type xs:untypedAtomic
+ are compared as if they were of type xs:string. Values that cannot be
+ compared, because the eq operator is not defined for their types, are
+ considered to be distinct. If an item compares equal, then the position of that item in
+ the sequence $input is included in the result.
+
The first item in a sequence is at position 1, not position 0.
+
The result sequence is in ascending numeric order.
+
+
+
If $input is the empty sequence, or if no item in
+ $input matches $target, then the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
No error occurs if non-comparable values are encountered. So when comparing two atomic
+ items, the effective boolean value of fn:index-of($a, $b) is true if
+ $a and $b are equal, false if they are not equal or not
+ comparable.
If @a is an attribute of type xs:NMTOKENS whose string
+ value is "red green blue", and whose typed value is therefore
+ ("red", "green", "blue"), then fn:index-of(@a, "blue")
+ returns 3. This is because the function calling mechanism atomizes the
+ attribute node to produce a sequence of three xs:NMTOKEN values.
Returns the supplied GNode together with its siblings, in document order.
+
+
+
If the $node argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.).
+
+
If the value of $node is an empty sequence, the function returns an empty sequence.
+
+
If $node is a child of some parent GNode P, the function returns all the
+ children of P (including $node), in document order, as determined
+ by the value of $node/child::gnode().
+
+
Otherwise (specifically, if $node is parentless, or if it is an attribute or namespace node),
+ the function returns $node.
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type node()?, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
The result of siblings($n) (except in error cases) is the same as
+ the result of $n/(preceding-sibling::node() | following-sibling-or-self::node()).
+ It is also the same as $n/(preceding-sibling-or-self::node() | following-sibling::node())
+
As with names such as parent and child, the word sibling
+ used here as a technical term is not a precise match to its use in describing human family relationships,
+ but is chosen for convenience.
Returns the values that appear in a sequence, with duplicates eliminated.
+
+
+
The function returns the sequence that results from removing from $values all
+ but one of a set of values that are considered equal to one another.
+ Two items $J and $K in the input sequence
+ (after atomization, as required by the function signature)
+ are considered equal if fn:deep-equal($J, $K, $coll) is true,
+ where $coll is the collation selected according to the rules in . This collation is used when string comparison is
+ required.
+
+
+
The ordering of the result is as follows:
+
+
+
For any set of values that compare equal, the one that is
+ returned is the one that appears first in $values.
+
The items that are returned appear in the order of their first
+ appearance within $values.
If $values is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
Values of type xs:untypedAtomic are compared as if they were of type
+ xs:string.
+
Values that cannot be compared, because the eq operator is not defined for
+ their types, are considered to be distinct.
+
+
For xs:float and xs:double values, positive zero is equal to
+ negative zero and, although NaN does not equal itself, if $values
+ contains multiple NaN values a single NaN is returned.
+
If xs:dateTime, xs:date or xs:time values do not
+ have a timezone, they are considered to have the implicit timezone provided by the
+ dynamic context for the purpose of comparison. Note that xs:dateTime,
+ xs:date or xs:time values can compare equal even if their
+ timezones are different.
Changed in 4.0 to use transitive equality comparisons for numeric
+ values.
+
+
The order of results is now prescribed;
+ it was previously implementation-dependent.
+
Atomic items of types xs:hexBinary
+ and xs:base64Binary are now mutually comparable. In rare cases, where an
+ application uses both types and assumes they are distinct, this can represent a backwards
+ incompatibility.
Returns the values that appear in a sequence more than once.
+
+
+
The items of $values are compared against each other, according to the
+ rules of fn:distinct-values and with $coll as the collation
+ selected according to the rules in .
+
From each resulting set of values that are considered equal, one value will be
+ returned if the set contains more than one value.
+
+
Specifically, the function returns those items in $values that are
+ equal (under this definition) to exactly one item appearing earlier in the sequence
+
+
This means that the ordering of the result is as follows:
+
+
+
For any set of values that compare equal, the one that is
+ returned is the one that appears second in $values.
+
The items that are returned appear in the order of their second
+ appearance within $values.
+
+
+
+
+
+filter(
+ $values,
+ fn($item, $pos) {
+ count(
+ filter(
+ subsequence($values, 1, $pos - 1),
+ deep-equal(?, $item, $collation)
+ )
+ ) eq 1
+ }
+)
+
+
+
+
+
+ duplicate-values((1, 2, 3, 1.0, 1e0))
+ 1.0
+
+
+
+
+ duplicate-values(1 to 100)
+ ()
+
+
+
+
+ 1, '2', 2))]]>
+ xs:untypedAtomic("1")
+ The string "1" and the untyped value of the
+ element node are considered equal, whereas the string "2"
+ and the integer are considered unequal.
+
+
+
+
Returns a sequence constructed by inserting an item or a sequence of items at a given
+ position within an existing sequence.
+
+
+
The value returned by the function consists of all items of $input whose
+ 1-based position is less than $position, followed by all items of
+ $insert, followed by the remaining elements of $input, in
+ that order.
If $input is the empty sequence, $insert is returned. If
+ $insert is the empty sequence, $input is returned.
+
If $position is less than one (1), the first position, the effective value
+ of $position is one (1). If $position is greater than the
+ number of items in $input, then the effective value of
+ $position is equal to the number of items in $input plus
+ 1.
+
The value of $input is not affected by the sequence construction.
If $input is the empty sequence, the empty sequence is returned.
+
The $count argument is declared as xs:nonNegativeInteger,
+ which means that a type error occurs if it is called with a negative value.
+
If the input sequence contains nodes, these are not copied: instead, the result sequence contains
+ multiple references to the same node. So, for example, fn:count(fn:replicate(/, 6)|())
+ returns 1, because the fn:replicate call creates duplicates, and the
+ union operation eliminates them.
Inserts a separator between adjacent items in a sequence.
+
+
+
The function inserts a separator between adjacent items in a sequence.
+ The input is returned unchanged if $separator is the empty sequence
+ or if $input contains less than two items.
Returns the contiguous sequence of items in $input
+ beginning at the position indicated by $start and
+ continuing for the number of items indicated by $length.
+
+
+
In the two-argument case (or where the
+ third argument is an empty sequence), the function returns:
+ $input[round($start) le position()]
+
In the three-argument case, the function returns:
+ $input[round($start) le position()
+ and position() lt round($start) + round($length)]
+
+
+
+filter(
+ $input,
+ if (empty($length)) then (
+ fn($item, $pos) { round($start) le $pos }
+ ) else (
+ fn($item, $pos) { round($start) le $pos and $pos lt round($start) + round($length) }
+ )
+)
+
+
+
The first item of a sequence is located at position 1, not position 0.
+
If $input is the empty sequence, the empty sequence is returned.
+
+
In the two-argument case, the function returns a sequence comprising those items of
+ $input whose 1-based position
+ is greater than or equal to $start (rounded to an integer).
+ No error occurs if $start is zero or negative.
+
+
In the three-argument case, The function returns a sequence comprising those items of
+ $input whose 1-based position
+ is greater than or equal to $start (rounded to an integer), and
+ less than the sum of $start and $length (both rounded to integers).
+ No error occurs if $start is zero or negative, or if $start
+ plus $length exceeds the number of items in the sequence, or if
+ $length is negative.
+
+
+
As a consequence of the general rules, if $start is
+ -INF and $length is +INF, then
+ fn:round($start) + fn:round($length) is NaN; since
+ position() lt NaN always returns false, the result is an empty sequence.
+
+
The reason the function accepts arguments of type xs:double is that many
+ computations on untyped data return an xs:double result; and the reason for
+ the rounding rules is to compensate for any imprecision in these floating-point
+ computations.
Returns a contiguous sequence of items from $input, with the start and end
+ points located by applying predicates.
+
+
+
+
Informally, the function returns the subsequence of $input starting with the
+ first item that matches the $from predicate, and ending with the first subsequent
+ item that matches the $to predicate. If $from is not supplied, it defaults
+ to the start of $input; if $to is not supplied, it defaults to the
+ end of $input. If $from does not match any items in $input,
+ the result is the empty sequence; if $to does not match any items, all items up
+ to the last are included in the result.
The result includes both the item that matches the $from condition
+ and the item that matches the $to condition. To select a subsequence that
+ starts after the $from item, apply the fn:tail function
+ to the result. To select a subsequence that ends before the $to item,
+ apply the fn:trunk function to the result.
+
+
The predicate functions supplied to the $from and $to
+ parameters can include an integer position argument as well as the item itself.
+ This position will always be 1-based, relative to the start of $input.
+ This means it is possible to select items based on their absolute position in the
+ $input sequence, but there is no mechanism to select an end position
+ relative to the start position. If this is needed, the function can be combined with others:
+ for example, to select a subsequence of four items starting with "Barbara",
+ use $input => subsequence-where(fn { . eq "Barbara" }) => slice(end := 4).
+
+
If the requirement is to select all elements stopping before the first h2
+ element if it exists, or up to the end of the sequence otherwise, the simplest
+ solution is perhaps to write:
In the simplest case where $at is a single integer,
+ fn:items-at($input, 3) returns the same result as $input[3].
+
Compared with a simple positional filter expression, the function is useful because:
+
+
It can select items at multiple positions, and unlike fn:subsequence,
+ these do not need to be contiguous.
+
The $at expression can depend on the focus.
+
The order of the returned items can differ from their order in the $input sequence.
+
+
If any integer in $at is outside the range 1 to count($input), that integer
+ is effectively ignored: no error occurs.
+
If either of the arguments is an empty sequence, the result is an empty sequence.
+
If $at contains duplicate integers, the result also contains duplicates. No de-duplication
+ occurs. If the input sequence contains nodes, these are not copied: instead, the result
+ sequence contains multiple references to the same node.
Returns a sequence containing selected items from a supplied input sequence based on their position.
+
+
+
If $input is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
Let $S be the first of the following that applies:
+
+
If $start is absent, empty, or zero, then 1.
+
If $start is negative, then fn:count($input) + $start + 1.
+
Otherwise, $start.
+
+
Let $E be the first of the following that applies:
+
+
If $end is absent, empty, or zero, then fn:count($input).
+
If $end is negative, then fn:count($input) + $end + 1.
+
Otherwise, $end.
+
+
Let $STEP be the first of the following that applies:
+
+
If $step is absent, empty, or zero, then:
+
+
If $E ge $S, then +1
+
Otherwise -1
+
+
+
Otherwise, $step.
+
+
If $STEP is negative, the function returns
+ $input => fn:reverse() => fn:slice(-$S, -$E, -$STEP).
+
+
Otherwise the function returns the result of the expression:
+ $input[position() ge $S and position() le $E and (position() - $S) mod $STEP eq 0]
+ TBA: define formal equivalent.
+
+
+
The function is inspired by the slice operators in Javascript and Python, but it differs
+ in detail to accommodate the tradition of 1-based addressing in XPath. The end position is
+ inclusive rather than exclusive, so that in the simple case where $start and
+ $end are positive and $end > $start,
+ fn:slice($in, $start, $end)
+ returns the same result as $in[position() = $start to $end].
+
This function can be used to enhance the RangeExpression, defined
+ in , to construct a sequence
+ of integers based on steps other than 1.
Determines whether one sequence starts with another, using a supplied callback function to compare items.
+
+
+
Informally, the function returns true if $input starts with $subsequence,
+ when items are compared using the supplied (or default) $compare function.
+
+
+
+count($input) ge count($subsequence) and
+every(for-each-pair($input, $subsequence, $compare))
+
+
+
There is no requirement that the $compare function should have the traditional qualities
+ of equality comparison. The result is well-defined, for example, even if $compare is not transitive
+ or not symmetric. A return value of () from the function is treated as false.
+
+
+
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence((), ())
+ true()
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence(1 to 10, 1 to 5)
+ true()
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence(1 to 10, ())
+ true()
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence(1 to 10, 1 to 10)
+ true()
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence(1 to 10, 1)
+ true()
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence(
+ 1 to 10,
+ 101 to 105,
+ fn($x, $y) { $x mod 100 = $y mod 100 }
+)
+ true()
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence(
+ ("A", "B", "C"),
+ ("a", "b"),
+ fn($x, $y) {
+ compare(
+ $x,
+ $y,
+ "http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/html-ascii-case-insensitive"
+ ) eq 0
+ }
+)
+ true()
+
+
+ ")//p[2]
+return starts-with-subsequence(
+ $p/ancestor::*[1],
+ $p/parent::*,
+ op("is")
+)]]>
+ true()
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence(10 to 20, 1 to 5, op("gt"))
+ true()
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence(
+ ("Alpha", "Beta", "Gamma"),
+ ("A", "B"),
+ starts-with#2
+)
+ true()
+
+
+ starts-with-subsequence(
+ ("Alpha", "Beta", "Gamma", "Delta"),
+ 1 to 3,
+ fn($x, $y) { ends-with($x, 'a' ) }
+)
+ true()
+ True because the first three items in the input sequence end with "a".
+
+
+
+
+
There is no requirement that the $compare function should have the traditional qualities
+ of equality comparison. The result is well-defined, for example, even if $compare is not transitive
+ or not symmetric.
+
A return value of () from the function is treated as false.
+
+
+
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence((), ())
+ true()
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence(1 to 10, 5 to 10)
+ true()
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence(1 to 10, ())
+ true()
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence(1 to 10, 1 to 10)
+ true()
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence(1 to 10, 10)
+ true()
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence(
+ 1 to 10,
+ 108 to 110,
+ fn($x, $y) { $x mod 100 = $y mod 100 }
+)
+ true()
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence(
+ ("A", "B", "C"),
+ ("b", "c"),
+ fn($x, $y) {
+ compare(
+ $x,
+ $y,
+ "http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/html-ascii-case-insensitive"
+ ) eq 0
+ }
+)
+ true()
+
+
+ ")//p[2]
+return ends-with-subsequence(
+ $p/ancestor::node()[last()],
+ $p/root(),
+ op("is")
+)]]>
+ true()
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence(10 to 20, 1 to 5, op("gt"))
+ true()
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence(
+ ("Alpha", "Beta", "Gamma"),
+ ("B", "G"),
+ starts-with#2
+)
+ true()
+
+
+ ends-with-subsequence(
+ ("Alpha", "Beta", "Gamma", "Delta"),
+ 1 to 2,
+ fn($x, $y) { string-length($x) eq 5 }
+)
+ true()
+ True because the last two items in the input sequence have a string length of 5.
+
+
+
+
+
Determines whether one sequence contains another as a contiguous subsequence, using a supplied callback function to compare items.
+
+
+
Informally, the function returns true if $input contains a consecutive subsequence matching $subsequence,
+ when items are compared using the supplied (or default) $compare function.
+
+
+
+some $i in 0 to count($input) - count($subsequence)
+satisfies (
+ every $j in 1 to count($subsequence)
+ satisfies $compare($input[$i + $j], $subsequence[$j])
+)
+
+
+
There is no requirement that the $compare function should have the traditional qualities
+ of equality comparison. The result is well-defined, for example, even if $compare is not transitive
+ or not symmetric.
+
A return value of () from the function is treated as false.
+
+
+
+
+
+ contains-subsequence((), ())
+ true()
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(1 to 10, 3 to 6)
+ true()
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(1 to 10, (2, 4, 6))
+ false()
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(1 to 10, ())
+ true()
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(1 to 10, 1 to 10)
+ true()
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(1 to 10, 5)
+ true()
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(
+ 1 to 10,
+ 103 to 105,
+ fn($x, $y) { $x mod 100 = $y mod 100 }
+)
+ true()
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(
+ ("A", "B", "C", "D"),
+ ("b", "c"),
+ fn($x, $y) {
+ compare(
+ $x,
+ $y,
+ "http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/html-ascii-case-insensitive"
+ ) eq 0
+ }
+)
+ true()
+
+
+ ")//chap
+return contains-subsequence(
+ $chap ! child::*,
+ $chap ! child::p,
+ op("is")
+)]]>
+ true()
+ True because the p children of the chap element form a contiguous subsequence.
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(10 to 20, (5, 3, 1), op("gt"))
+ true()
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(
+ ("Alpha", "Beta", "Gamma", "Delta"), ("B", "G"),
+ starts-with#2
+)
+ true()
+
+
+ contains-subsequence(
+ ("Zero", "Alpha", "Beta", "Gamma", "Delta", "Epsilon"),
+ 1 to 4,
+ fn($x, $y) { ends-with($x, 'a') }
+)
+ true()
+ True because there is a run of 4 consecutive items ending in "a".
+
+
+
+
+
Returns the items of $input in an implementation-dependent order.
+
+
+
The function returns the items of $input in an implementation-dependent order.
+
+
+
Query optimizers may be able to do a better job if the order of the output sequence is
+ not specified. For example, when retrieving prices from a purchase order, if an index
+ exists on prices, it may be more efficient to return the prices in index order rather
+ than in document order.
+
This function does not guarantee that the resulting sequence will be in an order
+ different from the input sequence. Many times the two sequences will be identical.
The function absorbs the supplied $input argument and
+ returns an empty sequence.
+
+
+
The function can be used to discard unneeded output of expressions
+ (functions, third-party libraries, etc.).
+
It can also be used to discard results during development.
+
+
It is implementation-dependent
+ whether the supplied argument is evaluated or ignored. An implementation may decide to
+ evaluate nondeterministic expressions and
+ ignore deterministic ones.
+
+
+
+
+ void(1 to 1000000)
+ ()
+
+
+
+ for $f in (identity#1, void#1) return $f(123)
+ 123
+
+
+ let $mapping := ()
+return for-each(1 to 10, $mapping otherwise void#0)
+ ()
+ Indicates that if no mapping is supplied, all items are dropped.
+
+
+
+
+
This function assesses whether two sequences are deep-equal to each other. To be
+ deep-equal, they must contain items that are pairwise deep-equal; and for two items to
+ be deep-equal, they must either be atomic items that compare equal, or nodes of the
+ same kind, with the same name, whose children are deep-equal,
+ or maps with matching entries, or arrays with matching members.
+
+
+
+
The $options argument, if present, defines additional parameters controlling
+ how the comparison is done. If it is supplied as a map, then the option parameter conventions apply.
+
For backwards compatibility reasons, the $options argument can also be set
+ to a string containing a collation name. Supplying a string $S for this argument is equivalent
+ to supplying the map { 'collation': $S }. Omitting the argument, or supplying the
+ empty sequence, is equivalent to supplying an empty map.
+
+
If the two sequences ($input1 and $input2)
+ are both empty, the function returns true.
+
If the two sequences are of different lengths, the function returns
+ false.
+
If the two sequences are of the same length, the comparison is controlled by the
+ ordered option:
+
+
By default, the option is true: The function returns
+ true if and only if every item in the sequence $input1 is
+ deep-equal to the item at the same position in the sequence $input2.
+
+
If the option is set to false, the function returns
+ false if and only if every item in the sequence $input1
+ is deep-equal to an item at some position in the sequence $input2,
+ and vice versa.
+
+
The rules for
+ deciding whether two items are deep-equal appear below.
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows. The detailed rules
+ for the interpretation of each option appear later.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the base-uri of a node is significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Identifies a collation which is used at all levels
+ of recursion when strings are compared (but not when names are compared), according to
+ the rules in . If the argument is not supplied,
+ or if it is empty, then the default collation from the
+ dynamic context of the caller is used.
+ xs:string
+ fn:default-collation()
+
+
+ Determines whether comments are significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Requests diagnostics in the case where the function returns false.
+ When this option is set and the two inputs are found to be not equal, the implementation
+ should output messages (in an implementation-dependent format and to
+ an implementation-dependent destination) indicating the nature of the differences that
+ were found.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Determines whether the id property of elements and attributes is significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Determines whether the idrefs property of elements and attributes is significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Determines whether the in-scope namespaces of elements are significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ A user-supplied function to test whether two items
+ are considered equal. The function can return true
+ or false to indicate that two items are or are not
+ equal, overriding the normal rules that would apply to those items;
+ or it can return an empty sequence, to indicate that the normal
+ rules should be followed. Note that returning ()
+ is not equivalent to returning false.
+
+ fn(item(), item()) as xs:boolean?
+ fn:void#0
+
+
+ Determines whether the order of entries in maps is significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Determines whether namespace prefixes in xs:QName values (particularly
+ the names of elements and attributes) are significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Determines whether the nilled property of elements and attributes is significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ If present, indicates that text and attributes are converted to the specified
+ Unicode normalization form prior to comparison. The value is as for the corresponding
+ argument of fn:normalize-unicode.
+
+ xs:string?
+ ()
+
+
+ Controls whether the top-level order of the items of the input sequences
+ is considered.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ true()
+
+
+ Determines whether processing instructions are significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Determines whether timezones in date/time values are significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Determines whether type annotations are significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Determines whether the variety of the type annotation of an element
+ (whether it has complex content or simple content) is significant.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ true()
+
+
+ Determines whether nodes are compared using their typed values rather than
+ their string values.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ true()
+
+
+ A list of QNames of elements considered to be unordered: that is, their child
+ elements may appear in any order.
+
+ xs:QName*
+ ()
+
+
+ Determines the extent to which whitespace
+ is treated as significant. The value
+ preserve retains all whitespace. The value strip ignores text nodes
+ consisting entirely of whitespace.
+ The value normalize ignores whitespace text nodes in the same way as
+ the strip option, and additionally compares text and attribute nodes after
+ normalizing whitespace in accordance with the rules of the fn:normalize-space
+ function. The detailed rules, given below, also take into account type annotations and
+ xml:space attributes.
+
+
+ enum("preserve", "strip", "normalize")
+ preserve
+
+
+
+
As a general rule for boolean options (but not invariably), the value true indicates
+ that the comparison is more strict.
+
+
In the following rules, where a recursive call on fn:deep-equal is made, this is assumed
+ to use the same values of $options as the original call.
+
+
The rules reference a function equal-strings which compares two xs:string
+ or xs:anyURI values as follows:
+
+
+
If the whitespace option is set to normalize, then each string is processed
+ by calling the fn:normalize-space function.
+
If the normalization-form option is present, each string is then normalized
+ by calling the fn:normalize-unicode function, supplying the specified normalization
+ form.
+
The two strings are then compared for equality under the requested collation.
+
+
+
More formally, the equal-strings function is equivalent to the following
+ implementation in XQuery:
+
+
The rules for deciding whether two items $i1 and $i2 are deep-equal
+ are as follows.
+
+
The two items are first compared using the function supplied in the items-equal
+ option. If this returns true then the items are deep-equal. If it returns
+ false then the items are not deep-equal. If it returns an empty sequence
+ (which is always the case if the option is not explicitly specified)
+ then the two items are deep-equal if one or more of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
All of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
$i1 is an atomic item.
+
+
$i2 is an atomic item.
+
+
Either the type-annotations option is false, or both atomic items have
+ the same type annotation.
+
+
+
One of the following conditions is true:
+
+
If both $i1 and $i2 are instances of
+ xs:string, xs:untypedAtomic, or xs:anyURI,
+ equal-strings($i1, $i2, $collation, $options)
+ returns true.
+
+
If both $i1 and $i2 are instances of
+ xs:date, xs:time or xs:dateTime,
+ $i1 eq $i2
+ returns true.
+
If $i1 and $i2 are not comparable, that is,
+ if the expression ($i1 eq $i2) would raise an error, then the function
+ returns false; it does not report an error.
+
+
+
+
One of the following conditions is true:
+
+
Option namespace-prefixes is false.
+
Neither $i1 nor $i2 is of type
+ xs:QName or xs:NOTATION.
+
$i1 and $i2 are qualified names with the same namespace prefix.
+
+
+
+
One of the following conditions is true:
+
+
Option timezones is false.
+
Neither $i1 nor $i2 is of type
+ xs:date, xs:time, xs:dateTime,
+ xs:gYear, xs:gYearMonth, xs:gMonth,
+ xs:gMonthDay, or xs:gDay.
+
Neither $i1 nor $i2 has a timezone component.
+
Both $i1 and $i2 have a timezone component and the
+ timezone components are equal.
+
+
+
+
+
+
All of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
$i1 is a map.
+
+
+
$i2 is a map.
+
+
+
Both maps have the same number of entries.
+
+
+
For every entry in the first map, there is an entry in the second map that:
+
+
+
has the same key (note that the
+ collation is not used when comparing keys), and
+
+
+
has the same associated value (compared using the fn:deep-equal
+ function, recursively).
+
+
+
+
+
Either map-order is false, or the entries in both maps appear in the same order,
+ that is, the Nth key in the first map is the same key as the Nth key in the second map, for all N.
+
+
+
+
+
+
All the following conditions are true:
+
+
$i1 is an array.
+
$i2 is an array.
+
+
Both arrays have the same number of members (array:size($i1) eq
+ array:size($i2)).
+
+
+
Members in the same position of both arrays are deep-equal to each other: that is,
+ every $p in 1 to array:size($i1) satisfies deep-equal($i1($p), $i2($p),
+ $collation, $options).
+
+
+
+
+
All the following conditions are true:
+
+
$i1 is a function item and is not a map or array.
+
$i2 is a function item and is not a map or array.
+
$i1 and $i2 have the same function identity.
+ The concept of function identity is explained in .
+
+
+
+
All the following conditions are true:
+
+
$i1 is a node (specifically, an XNode).
+
$i2 is a node (specifically, an XNode).
+
Both nodes have the same node kind.
+
Either the base-uri option is false, or both nodes have the same value
+ for their base URI property, or both nodes have an absent base URI.
+
Let significant-children($parent) be the sequence of nodes obtained by applying the following
+ steps to the children of $parent, in turn:
+
+
Comment nodes are discarded if the option comments is false.
+
Processing instruction nodes are discarded if the option processing-instructions is false.
+
Adjacent text nodes are merged.
+
Whitespace-only text nodes are discarded if both the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
The option whitespace is set to strip
+ or normalize; and
+
+
The text node is not within the scope
+ of an element that has the attribute xml:space="preserve".
+
+
Whitespace text nodes will already have been discarded if
+ $parent is a schema-validated element node whose type annotation
+ is a complex type with an element-only or empty content model.
+
+
+
+
+
+
One of the following conditions is true.
+
+
+
Both nodes are document nodes, and the sequence significant-children($i1)
+ is deep-equal to the sequence significant-children($i2).
+
+
+
Both nodes are element nodes, and all the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
The two nodes have the same name, that is (node-name($i1) eq
+ node-name($i2)).
+
+
+
Either the option namespace-prefixes is false, or both element
+ names have the same prefix.
+
+
+
Either the option in-scope-namespaces is false, or both element
+ nodes have the same in-scope namespace bindings.
+
+
+
Either the option type-annotations is false, or both
+ element nodes have the same type annotation.
+
+
+
Either the option id-property is false, or both element
+ nodes have the same value for their is-id property.
+
+
+
Either the option idrefs-property is false, or both element
+ nodes have the same value for their is-idrefs property.
+
+
+
Either the option nilled-property is false, or both element
+ nodes have the same value for their nilled property.
+
+
+
One of the following conditions is true:
+
+
The option type-variety is false.
+
Both nodes are annotated as having simple content.
+ For this purpose simple content
+ means either a simple type or a complex type with simple content.
+
Both nodes are annotated as having complex content. For this purpose
+ complex content means a complex type whose variety is mixed, element-only, or
+ empty.
+
+
+
It is a consequence of this rule that, by default, validating a document D
+ against a schema will usually (but not necessarily) result in a document
+ that is not deep-equal to D. The exception is when the schema
+ allows all elements to have mixed content.
+
+
+
+
+
The two nodes have the same number of attributes, and for every attribute
+ $a1 in $i1/@* there exists an attribute
+ $a2 in $i2/@* such that node-name($a1) eq node-name($a2)
+ and $a1 and $a2 are deep-equal.
+
Attributes, like other items, may be compared using the supplied items-equal
+ function. However, this function will not be called to compare two attribute nodes unless
+ they have the same name.
+
+
+
One of the following conditions holds:
+
+
+
Both element nodes are annotated as having simple content (as defined
+ above), the typed-values option is true,
+ and the typed value of $i1 is deep-equal
+ to the typed value of $i2.
+
The typed value of an element node is used only when the element
+ has simple content, which means that no error can occur as a result
+ of atomizing a node with no typed value.
+
+
+
Both element nodes are annotated as having simple content (as defined
+ above), the typed-values option is false,
+ and the equal-strings function returns true when
+ applied to the string value of $i1
+ and the string value of $i2.
+
+
+
Both element nodes have a type annotation that is a complex type with
+ element-only, mixed, or empty content,
+ the (common) element name is not present in the unordered-elements option,
+ and the sequence significant-children($i1) is
+ deep-equal to the sequence significant-children($i2).
+
+
+
Both element nodes have a type annotation that is a complex type with
+ element-only, mixed, or empty content,
+ the (common) element name is present in the unordered-elements option,
+ and the sequence significant-children($i1) is
+ deep-equal to some permutation of the sequence significant-children($i2).
+
+
Elements annotated as xs:untyped fall into this category.
+
Including an element name in the unordered-elements list is unlikely
+ to be useful except when the relevant elements have element-only content, but
+ this is not a requirement: the rules apply equally to elements with mixed content,
+ or even (trivially) to elements with empty content.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Both nodes are attribute nodes, and all the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
+
The two attribute nodes have the same name, that is (node-name($i1) eq
+ node-name($i2)).
+
+
+
Either the option namespace-prefixes is false, or both
+ attribute names have the same prefix.
+
+
+
Either the option type-annotations is false, or both
+ attribute nodes have the same type annotation.
+
+
+
Either the option id-property is false, or both attribute nodes
+ have the same value for their is-id property.
+
+
+
Either the option idrefs-property is false, or both attribute nodes
+ have the same value for their is-idrefs property.
+
+
+
Let T be true if the option typed-value is true
+ and both attributes $i1 and $i2 have a type
+ annotation other than xs:untypedAtomic.
+
Then either T is true and the typed value of $i1
+ is deep-equal to the typed value of $i2, or T is false
+ and the equal-strings function returns true when applied to the
+ string value of $i1 and the string value of $i2.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Both nodes are processing instruction nodes, and all the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
The two nodes have the same name, that is (node-name($i1) eq
+ node-name($i2)).
+
+
+
The equal-strings function returns true when applied to
+ the string value of $i1
+ and the string value of $i2.
+
+
+
+
+
Both nodes are namespace nodes, and all the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
The two nodes either have the same name or are both nameless, that is
+ fn:deep-equal(node-name($i1), node-name($i2)).
+
+
+
The string value of $i1 is equal to the string value of
+ $i2 when compared using the Unicode codepoint collation.
+
+
+
Namespace nodes are not considered directly unless they appear in the top-level sequences
+ passed explicitly to the fn:deep-equal function.
+
+
+
Both nodes are comment nodes, and the equal-strings function
+ returns true when applied to their string values.
+
+
+
Both nodes are text nodes, and the equal-strings function
+ returns true when applied to their string values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
All the following conditions are true:
+
+
$i1 is a JNode.
+
$i2 is a JNode.
+
The ·content· property of $i1
+ is deep-equal to the ·content· property of $i2.
+
The other properties of the two JNodes, such as ·parent·
+ and ·selector·, are ignored. As with XNodes, deep equality
+ considers only the subtree rooted at the node, and not its position within
+ a containing tree.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
In all other cases the result is false.
+
+
+
A type error is raised if the value of
+ $options includes an entry whose key is defined
+ in this specification, and whose value is not of the permitted type for that key.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $options includes an entry whose key is defined
+ in this specification, and whose value is not a permitted value for that key.
+
+
+
By default, whitespace in text nodes and attributes is considered significant. There are various ways
+ whitespace differences can be ignored:
+
+
If nodes have been schema-validated, setting the typed-values
+ option to true causes the typed values rather
+ than the string values to be compared. This will typically cause whitespace to be ignored
+ except where the type of the value is xs:string.
+
Setting the whitespace option to normalize causes all
+ text and attribute nodes to have leading and trailing whitespace removed, and intermediate
+ whitespace reduced to a single character.
+
+
By default, two nodes are not required to have the same type annotation, and they are not
+ required to have the same in-scope namespaces. They may also differ in their parent,
+ their base URI, and the values returned by the is-id and
+ is-idrefs accessors (see and
+ ). The order of children is significant,
+ but the order of attributes is insignificant.
+
By default, the contents of comments and processing instructions are significant only if these nodes
+ appear directly as items in the two sequences being compared. The content of a comment
+ or processing instruction that appears as a descendant of an item in one of the
+ sequences being compared does not affect the result. In previous versions
+ of this specification, the presence of a comment
+ or processing instruction, if it caused text to be split across two text nodes, might
+ affect the result; this has been changed in 4.0 so that adjacent text nodes are merged
+ after comments and processing instructions have been stripped.
+
Comparing items of different kind (for example, comparing an atomic
+ item to a node, or a map to an array, or an integer to an xs:date) returns false,
+ it does not return an error. So
+ the result of fn:deep-equal(1, current-dateTime()) is false.
+
+
The items-equal callback function may be used to override the default rules
+ for comparing individual items. For example, it might return true unconditionally
+ when comparing two @timestamp attributes, if there is no expectation that the
+ two trees will have identical timestamps. Given two nodes $n1 and $n2,
+ it might compare them using the is operator, so that instead of comparing the
+ descendants of the two nodes, the function simply checks whether they are the same node.
+ Given two function items $f1 and $f2 it might return true unconditionally,
+ knowing that there is no effective way to test if the functions are equivalent. Given
+ two numeric values, it might return true if they are equal to six decimal places.
+
+
It is good practice for the items-equal callback function to be reflexive,
+ symmetric, and transitive; if it is not, then the fn:deep-equal function itself
+ will lack these qualities. Reflexive means that every item (including NaN)
+ should be equal to itself; symmetric means that items-equal(A, B)
+ should return the same result as items-equal(B, A), and transitive
+ means that items-equal(A, B) and items-equal(B, C) should
+ imply items-equal(A, C).
+
+
Setting the ordered option to false or supplying the
+ unordered-elements option may result in poor performance when comparing
+ long sequences, especially if the items-equal callback function is supplied.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+ deep-equal($at, $at/*)
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal($at/name[1], $at/name[2])
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal($at/name[1], $at/name[3])
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal($at/name[1], 'Peter Parker')
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal(
+ $at//name[@first="Bob"],
+ $at//name[@last="Barker"],
+ options := { 'items-equal': op('is') }
+)
+ true()
+ Tests whether the two input sequences contain exactly the same nodes.
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal([ 1, 2, 3], [ 1, 2, 3 ])
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal((1, 2, 3), [ 1, 2, 3 ])
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal(
+ { 1: 'a', 2: 'b' },
+ { 2: 'b', 1: 'a' }
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal(
+ (1, 2, 3, 4),
+ (1, 4, 3, 2),
+ options := { 'ordered': false() }
+)
+ true()
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal(
+ (1, 1, 2, 3),
+ (1, 2, 3, 3),
+ options := { 'ordered': false() }
+)
+ false()
+
+
+
+
+ "),
+ parse-xml("")
+)]]>
+ true()
+ By default, namespace prefixes are ignored
+
+
+
+
+ "),
+ parse-xml(""),
+ options := { 'namespace-prefixes': true() }
+)]]>
+ false()
+ False because the namespace prefixes differ
+
+
+
+
+ "),
+ parse-xml(""),
+ options := { 'in-scope-namespaces': true() }
+)]]>
+ false()
+ False because the in-scope namespace bindings differ
+
+
+
+
+ "),
+ parse-xml("")
+)]]>
+ false()
+ By default, order of elements is significant
+
+
+
+
+ "),
+ parse-xml(""),
+ options := { 'unordered-elements': #a }
+)]]>
+ true()
+ The unordered-elements option means that the ordering of the children
+ of a is ignored.
+
+
+
+
+ x"),
+ parse-xml("x")
+)]]>
+ false()
+ By default, both the leading whitespace in the style attribute
+ and the whitespace text node preceding the span element are significant.
+
+
+
+
+ x"),
+ parse-xml("x"),
+ options := { 'whitespace': 'normalize' }
+)]]>
+ true()
+ The whitespace option causes both the leading space
+ in the attribute value and the whitespace preceding the
+ span element to be ignored.
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal(
+ (1, 2, 3),
+ (1.0007, 1.9998, 3.0005),
+ options := { 'items-equal': fn($x, $y) {
+ if (($x, $y) instance of xs:numeric+) {
+ abs($x - $y) lt 0.001
+ }
+ } }
+)
+ true()
+ For numeric values, the callback function tests whether they
+ are approximately equal. For any other items, it returns an empty sequence,
+ so the normal comparison rules apply.
+
+
+
+
+
+ deep-equal(
+ (1, 2, 3, 4, 5),
+ (1, 2, 3, 8, 5),
+ options := { 'items-equal': fn($x, $y) {
+ trace((), `comparing { $x } and { $y }`)
+ } }
+)
+ false()
+ The callback function traces which items are being compared,
+ without changing the result of the comparison.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
When comments and processing instructions are ignored, any text nodes either side of the
+ comment or processing instruction are now merged prior to comparison.
+
+
+
The $options parameter has been added,
+ absorbing the $collation parameter.
+
+
+
A callback function can be supplied for comparing individual items.
+
+
Atomic items of types xs:hexBinary
+ and xs:base64Binary are now mutually comparable. In rare cases, where an
+ application uses both types and assumes they are distinct, this can represent a backwards
+ incompatibility.
Returns the average of the values in the input sequence $values, that is, the
+ sum of the values divided by the number of values.
+
+
+
If $values is the empty sequence, the empty sequence is returned.
+
Any item in $values that is an instance of xs:untypedAtomic
+ is cast to xs:double.
+
After this conversion, one of the following conditions must be true:
+
+
Every item in $values is an instance of xs:yearMonthDuration.
+
Every item in $values is an instance of xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
Every item in $values is an instance of xs:numeric.
+
+
+
+
The function returns the average of the values as sum($values) div
+ count($values); but the implementation may use an otherwise equivalent algorithm
+ that avoids arithmetic overflow. Note that the fn:sum function
+ allows the input sequence to be reordered, which may affect the result in edge cases
+ when the sequence contains a mixture of different numeric types.
+
+
+
+
A type error is raised if the input sequence contains
+ items of incompatible types, as described above.
In 3.1, given a mixed input sequence such as (1, 3, 4.2e0), the specification
+ was unclear whether it was permitted to add the first two integer items using
+ integer arithmetic, rather than converting all items to doubles before
+ performing any arithmetic. The 4.0 specification is clear that this is
+ permitted; but since the items can be reordered before being added, this
+ is not required.
Returns a value that is equal to the highest value appearing in the input sequence.
+
+
+
Any item in $values that is an instance of xs:untypedAtomic
+ is first cast to xs:double. The resulting sequence is referred to as the
+ converted sequence.
+
+
All pairs of values in the converted sequence must be mutually comparable. Two values are mutually
+ comparable if one or more of the following conditions applies:
+
+
Both values are instances of xs:string or xs:anyURI.
+
Both values are instances of xs:numeric.
+
Both values are instances of xs:hexBinary or xs:base64Binary.
+
Both values are instances of xs:date.
+
Both values are instances of xs:dateTime.
+
Both values are instances of xs:time.
+
Both values are instances of xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
Both values are instances of xs:yearMonthDuration.
+
Both values are instances of xs:boolean.
+
+
+
If the converted sequence contains a single value then it must be comparable to itself under the above rules. (So the
+ input cannot be, for example, a singleton xs:QName.)
+
+
If the converted sequence is empty, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
If the converted sequence contains the value NaN, the value
+ NaN is returned
+ (as an xs:float or xs:double as appropriate).
+
+
Two items $v1 and $v2 from the converted sequence are compared as follows:
+
+
+
If both values are instances of xs:string or xs:anyURI, they
+ are compared using fn:compare($v1, $v2, $collation), where $collation
+ is determined by the rules in .
+
In other cases, $collation is ignored.
+
If both values are instances of xs:numeric, they are compared
+ using fn:compare($v1, $v2).
+
In all other cases, the values are compared using the lt and eq
+ operators appropriate to their type.
+
+
+
The result of the function is a value from the converted sequence that is greater than
+ or equal to every other value under the above rules. If there is more than one such value, then it is
+ implementation-dependent
+ which of them is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
A type error is raised if the input sequence contains
+ items of incompatible types, as described above.
+
+
+
If there are two or items that are
+ “equal highest”, the specific item whose value is returned is implementation-dependent. This can arise for example if two different strings
+ compare equal under the selected collation, or if two different xs:dateTime
+ values compare equal despite being in different timezones.
+
If the converted sequence contains exactly one value then that value is returned.
+
The default type when the fn:max function is applied to
+ xs:untypedAtomic values is xs:double. This differs from the
+ default type for operators such as lt, and for sorting in XQuery and XSLT,
+ which is xs:string.
+
In version 4.0, if $values is a sequence of xs:decimal values
+ (including the case where it is a sequence of xs:integer values), then
+ the result will be one of these xs:decimal or xs:integer values.
+ In earlier versions it would
+ be the result of converting this xs:decimal to xs:double.
+
+
+
+
+
+ max((3, 2, 1))
+ 3
+
+
+
+
+ max([ 3, 2, 1 ])
+ 3
+ Arrays are atomized
+
+
+
+
+ max((
+ xs:integer(5),
+ xs:float(5),
+ xs:double(0)
+))
+ 5
+ The result may be either the xs:integer or the xs:float,
+ since they are equal.
+
+
+
+
+ max((
+ xs:float(0.0E0),
+ xs:float(-0.0E0)
+))
+ xs:float(0.0e0)
+ The result may be either positive or negative zero, since they are equal.
+
+
+
+
+ max((
+ current-date(),
+ xs:date("2100-01-01")
+))
+ xs:date("2100-01-01")
+ Assuming that the current date is during the 21st century.
+
+
+
+
+ max(("a", "b", "c"))
+ "c"
+ Assuming a typical default collation.
+
+
+
+
max((3, 4, "Zero")) raises a type error .
+
+
+
+
+
The way that fn:min and fn:max compare numeric values of different types
+ has changed. The most noticeable effect is that when these functions are applied to a sequence of
+ xs:integer or xs:decimal values, the result is an xs:integer or
+ xs:decimal, rather than the result of converting this to an xs:double
Returns a value that is equal to the lowest value appearing in the input sequence.
+
+
+
Any item in $values that is an instance of xs:untypedAtomic
+ is first cast to xs:double. The resulting sequence is referred to as the
+ converted sequence.
+
+
All pairs of values in the converted sequence must be mutually comparable. Two values are mutually
+ comparable if one or more of the following conditions applies:
+
+
Both values are instances of xs:string or xs:anyURI.
+
Both values are instances of xs:numeric.
+
Both values are instances of xs:hexBinary or xs:base64Binary.
+
Both values are instances of xs:date.
+
Both values are instances of xs:dateTime.
+
Both values are instances of xs:time.
+
Both values are instances of xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
Both values are instances of xs:yearMonthDuration.
+
Both values are instances of xs:boolean.
+
+
+
If the converted sequence contains a single value then it must be comparable to itself under the above rules. (So the
+ input cannot be, for example, a singleton xs:QName.)
+
+
If the converted sequence is empty, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
If the converted sequence contains the value NaN, the value
+ NaN is returned
+ (as an xs:float or xs:double as appropriate).
+
+
Two items $v1 and $v2 from the converted sequence are compared as follows:
+
+
+
If both values are instances of xs:string or xs:anyURI, they
+ are compared using fn:compare($v1, $v2, $collation), where $collation
+ is determined by the rules in .
+
In other cases, $collation is ignored.
+
If both values are instances of xs:numeric, they are compared
+ using fn:compare($v1, $v2).
+
In all other cases, the values are compared using the lt and eq
+ operators appropriate to their type.
+
+
+
The result of the function is a value from the converted sequence that is less than
+ or equal to every other value under the above rules. If there is more than one such value, then it is
+ implementation-dependent
+ which of them is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
A type error is raised if the input sequence contains
+ items of incompatible types, as described above.
+
+
+
If there are two or items that are
+ “equal lowest”, the specific item whose value is returned is implementation-dependent. This can arise for example if two different strings
+ compare equal under the selected collation, or if two different xs:dateTime
+ values compare equal despite being in different timezones.
+
If the converted sequence contains exactly one value then that value is returned.
+
The default type when the fn:min function is applied to
+ xs:untypedAtomic values is xs:double. This differs from the
+ default type for operators such as lt, and for sorting in XQuery and XSLT,
+ which is xs:string.
+
In version 4.0, if $values is a sequence of xs:decimal values
+ (including the case where it is a sequence of xs:integer values), then
+ the result will be one of these xs:decimal or xs:integer values.
+ In earlier versions it would
+ be the result of converting this xs:decimal to xs:double.
+
+
+
+
+
+ min((3, 4, 5))
+ 3
+
+
+
+
+ min([ 3, 4, 5 ])
+ 3
+ Arrays are atomized
+
+
+
+
+ min((
+ xs:integer(5),
+ xs:float(5),
+ xs:double(10)
+))
+ 5
+ The result may be either the xs:integer or the xs:float,
+ since they are equal.
+
+
+
+
+ min((
+ xs:float(0.0E0),
+ xs:float(-0.0E0)
+))
+ xs:float(0.0e0)
+ The result may be either positive or negative zero, since they are equal.
+
+
+
+
+ min((
+ current-date(),
+ xs:date("1900-01-01")
+))
+ xs:date("1900-01-01")
+ Assuming that the current date is set to a reasonable
+ value.
+
+
+
+
+ min(("a", "b", "c"))
+ "a"
+ Assuming a typical default collation.
+
+
+
+
min((3, 4, "Zero")) raises a type error .
+
+
+
+
+
The way that fn:min and fn:max compare numeric values of different types
+ has changed. The most noticeable effect is that when these functions are applied to a sequence of
+ xs:integer or xs:decimal values, the result is an xs:integer or
+ xs:decimal, rather than the result of converting this to an xs:double
Returns a value obtained by adding together the values in $values.
+
+
+
Any value of type xs:untypedAtomic in $values is cast to
+ xs:double. The items in the resulting sequence may be reordered in an
+ arbitrary order. The resulting sequence is referred to below as the converted
+ sequence.
+
If the converted sequence is empty, then the function returns
+ the value of the argument $zero, which defaults to
+ the xs:integer value 0.
+
In other cases the items in the converted sequence are added pairwise according
+ the rules of the + operator.
+
+
Specifically, the result of the function is the value of the
+ expression:
+
+if (empty($c)) then $zero
+else if (count($c) eq 1) then $c
+else head($c) + sum(tail($c))
+
where $c is the converted sequence.
+
+
This has the effect that a type error will occur unless one of the following
+ conditions is satisfied:
+
+
+
Every item in $values is an instance of xs:yearMonthDuration.
+
Every item in $values is an instance of xs:dayTimeDuration.
+
Every item in $values is an instance of xs:numeric.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
A type error is raised if the input sequence contains
+ items of incompatible types, as described above.
+
+
+
+
The second argument allows an appropriate value to be defined to represent the sum of an
+ empty sequence. For example, when summing a sequence of durations it would be
+ appropriate to return a zero-length duration of the appropriate type. This argument is
+ necessary because a system that does dynamic typing cannot distinguish “an empty
+ sequence of integers", for example, from “an empty sequence of durations”.
+
The explicit or implicit value of
+ the $zero argument is used only when the input sequence is empty, not
+ when a non-empty sequence sums to zero. For example, sum((-1, +1), xs:double('NaN'))
+ returns the xs:integer value 0, not NaN.
+
The sum of a sequence of integers will be an integer, while the
+ sum of a numeric sequence that includes at least one xs:double will be an
+ xs:double.
+
If the converted sequence contains exactly one value then that value is returned.
+
If the converted sequence contains the value NaN, NaN is
+ returned.
+
In edge cases the fact that the input sequence may be reordered makes the result
+ slightly unpredictable. For example, if the input contains two xs:decimal
+ values and an xs:float, then the decimal values might be added using
+ decimal arithmetic, or they might both be converted to xs:float
+ (potentially losing precision) before any arithmetic is performed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ sum(($d1, $d2))
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y10M")
+
+
+
+
+ sum(
+ $seq1[. lt xs:yearMonthDuration('P3M')],
+ xs:yearMonthDuration('P0M')
+)
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P0M")
+
+
+
+
+ sum($seq3)
+ 12
+
+
+
+
+ sum(())
+ 0
+
+
+
+
+ sum((),())
+ ()
+
+
+
+
+ sum((1 to 100)[. lt 0], 0)
+ 0
+
+
+
+
+ sum(($d1, $d2), "ein Augenblick")
+ xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y10M")
+ There is no requirement that the $zero value should be
+ the same type as the items in $value, or even that it should belong to
+ a type that supports addition.
+
+
+
+
+ sum([ 1, 2, 3 ])
+ 6
+ Atomizing an array returns the sequence obtained by atomizing its members.
+
+
+
+
+ sum([ [ 1, 2 ], [ 3, 4 ] ])
+ 10
+ Atomizing an array returns the sequence obtained by atomizing its members.
+
+
+
+
fn:sum(($d1, 9E1)) raises a type error .
+
+
+
+
+
In 3.1, given a mixed input sequence such as (1, 3, 4.2e0), the specification
+ was unclear whether it was permitted to add the first two integer items using
+ integer arithmetic, rather than converting all items to doubles before
+ performing any arithmetic. The 4.0 specification is clear that this is
+ permitted; but since the items can be reordered before being added, this
+ is not required.
Returns the sequence of element nodes that have an ID value matching the
+ value of one or more of the IDREF values supplied in $values.
+
+
+
The function returns a sequence, in document order with duplicates eliminated,
+ containing every element node E that satisfies all the following
+ conditions:
+
+
+
+ E is in the target document. The target document is the document
+ containing $node, or the document containing the context value
+ (.) if the second argument is omitted. The behavior of the
+ function if $node is omitted is exactly the same as if the context
+ value had been passed as $node.
+
+
+
E has an ID value equal to one of the candidate
+ IDREF values, where:
+
+
+
An element has an ID value equal to V if either
+ or both of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
The is-id property (See .) of the element node is true, and the typed value
+ of the element node is equal to V under the rules of the
+ eq operator using the Unicode codepoint collation
+ (http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/codepoint).
+
+
+
The element has an attribute node whose is-id property
+ (See .) is true and whose typed
+ value is equal to V under the rules of the
+ eq operator using the Unicode code point collation
+ (http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/codepoint).
+
+
+
+
+
Each xs:string in $values is parsed as if it were of
+ type IDREFS, that is, each xs:string in
+ $values is treated as a whitespace-separated sequence of
+ tokens, each acting as an IDREF. These tokens are then included
+ in the list of candidate IDREFs. If any of the tokens is not a
+ lexically valid IDREF (that is, if it is not lexically an
+ xs:NCName), it is ignored. Formally, the candidate
+ IDREF values are the strings in the sequence given by the
+ expression:
+ for $s in $values
+return tokenize(normalize-space($s), ' ')[. castable as xs:IDREF]
+
+
+
+
+
+
If several elements have the same ID value, then E is
+ the one that is first in document order.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if
+ $node, or the context value if the second argument is absent, is a node
+ in a tree whose root is not a document node.
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not a single node, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
The effect of this function is anomalous in respect of element nodes with the
+ is-id property. For legacy reasons, this function returns the element
+ that has the is-id property, whereas it would be more appropriate to return
+ its parent, that being the element that is uniquely identified by the ID. A new function
+ fn:element-with-id has been introduced with the desired
+ behavior.
+
+
If the data model is constructed from an Infoset, an attribute will have the
+ is-id property if the corresponding attribute in the Infoset had an
+ attribute type of ID: typically this means the attribute was declared as an
+ ID in a DTD.
+
+
If the data model is constructed from a PSVI, an element or attribute will have the
+ is-id property if its typed value is a single atomic item of type
+ xs:ID or a type derived by restriction from xs:ID.
+
+
No error is raised in respect of a candidate IDREF value that does not
+ match the ID of any element in the document. If no candidate
+ IDREF value matches the ID value of any element, the
+ function returns the empty sequence.
+
It is not necessary that the supplied argument should have type xs:IDREF
+ or xs:IDREFS, or that it should be derived from a node with the
+ is-idrefs property.
+
An element may have more than one ID value. This can occur with synthetic
+ data models or with data models constructed from a PSVI where the element and one of its
+ attributes are both typed as xs:ID.
+
If the source document is well-formed but not valid, it is possible for two or more
+ elements to have the same ID value. In this situation, the function will
+ select the first such element.
+
It is also possible in a well-formed but invalid document to have an element or
+ attribute that has the is-id property but whose value does not conform to
+ the lexical rules for the xs:ID type. Such a node will never be selected by
+ this function.
+
+
+
+ E21256
+ John
+ Brown
+
+ }
+}]]>
+
+
+ $emp/id('ID21256')/name()
+ "employee"
+ The xml:id attribute has the is-id property,
+ so the employee element is selected.
+
+
+ $emp/id('E21256')/name()
+ "empnr"
+ Assuming the empnr element is given the type
+ xs:ID as a result of schema validation, the element will have the
+ is-id property and is therefore selected. Note the difference from
+ the behavior of fn:element-with-id.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-dependent
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the sequence of element nodes that have an ID value matching the
+ value of one or more of the IDREF values supplied in $values.
+
+
+
+
+
The effect of this function is identical to fn:id in respect of
+ elements that have an attribute with the is-id property. However, it
+ behaves differently in respect of element nodes with the is-id property.
+ Whereas the fn:id function, for legacy reasons, returns the element that has the
+ is-id property, this function returns the element identified by the ID,
+ which is the parent of the element having the is-id property.
+
+
The function returns a sequence, in document order with duplicates eliminated,
+ containing every element node E that satisfies all the following
+ conditions:
+
+
+
+ E is in the target document. The target document is the document
+ containing $node, or the document containing the context value
+ (.) if the second argument is omitted. The behavior of the
+ function if $node is omitted is exactly the same as if the context
+ value had been passed as $node.
+
+
+
E has an ID value equal to one of the candidate
+ IDREF values, where:
+
+
+
An element has an ID value equal to V if either
+ or both of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
The element has an child element node whose is-id
+ property (See .) is true and
+ whose typed value is equal to V under the rules of the
+ eq operator using the Unicode code point collation
+ (http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/codepoint).
+
+
+
The element has an attribute node whose is-id property
+ (See .) is true and whose typed
+ value is equal to V under the rules of the
+ eq operator using the Unicode code point collation
+ (http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/codepoint).
+
+
+
+
+
Each xs:string in $values is parsed as if it were of
+ type IDREFS, that is, each xs:string in
+ $values is treated as a whitespace-separated sequence of
+ tokens, each acting as an IDREF. These tokens are then included
+ in the list of candidate IDREFs. If any of the tokens is not a
+ lexically valid IDREF (that is, if it is not lexically an
+ xs:NCName), it is ignored. Formally, the candidate
+ IDREF values are the strings in the sequence given by the
+ expression:
+ for $s in $values
+return tokenize(normalize-space($s), ' ')[. castable as xs:IDREF]
+
+
+
+
+
If several elements have the same ID value, then E is
+ the one that is first in document order.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if $node, or the context value if the second argument is omitted, is a node
+ in a tree whose root is not a document node.
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
+
If the context value is absent, type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not a single node, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
This function is equivalent to the fn:id function except when dealing with
+ ID-valued element nodes. Whereas the fn:id function selects the element
+ containing the identifier, this function selects its parent.
+
If the data model is constructed from an Infoset, an attribute will have the
+ is-id property if the corresponding attribute in the Infoset had an
+ attribute type of ID: typically this means the attribute was declared as an
+ ID in a DTD.
+
+
If the data model is constructed from a PSVI, an element or attribute will have the
+ is-id property if its typed value is a single atomic item of type
+ xs:ID or a type derived by restriction from xs:ID.
+
+
No error is raised in respect of a candidate IDREF value that does not
+ match the ID of any element in the document. If no candidate
+ IDREF value matches the ID value of any element, the
+ function returns the empty sequence.
+
It is not necessary that the supplied argument should have type xs:IDREF
+ or xs:IDREFS, or that it should be derived from a node with the
+ is-idrefs property.
+
An element may have more than one ID value. This can occur with synthetic
+ data models or with data models constructed from a PSVI where the element and one of its
+ attributes are both typed as xs:ID.
+
If the source document is well-formed but not valid, it is possible for two or more
+ elements to have the same ID value. In this situation, the function will
+ select the first such element.
+
It is also possible in a well-formed but invalid document to have an element or
+ attribute that has the is-id property but whose value does not conform to
+ the lexical rules for the xs:ID type. Such a node will never be selected by
+ this function.
+
+
+
+ E21256
+ John
+ Brown
+
+ }
+}]]>
+
+
+
+ $emp/element-with-id('ID21256')/name()
+ "employee"
+ The xml:id attribute has the is-id property,
+ so the employee element is selected.
+
+
+
+
+ $emp/element-with-id('E21256')/name()
+ "employee"
+ Assuming the empnr element is given the type
+ xs:ID as a result of schema validation, the element will have the
+ is-id property and is therefore its parent is selected. Note the
+ difference from the behavior of fn:id.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-dependent
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Returns the sequence of element or attribute nodes with an IDREF value
+ matching the value of one or more of the ID values supplied in
+ $values.
+
+
+
The function returns a sequence, in document order with duplicates eliminated,
+ containing every element or attribute node $N that satisfies all the
+ following conditions:
+
+
+
$N is in the target document. The target document is the document
+ containing $node, or the document containing the context value
+ (.) if the second argument is omitted. The behavior of the
+ function if $node is omitted is exactly the same as if the context
+ value had been passed as $node.
+
+
+
$N has an IDREF value equal to one of the candidate
+ ID values, where:
+
+
+
A node $N has an IDREF value equal to
+ V if both of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
The is-idrefs property (see ) of $N is true.
+
+
+
The sequence
+ tokenize(normalize-space(string($N)), ' ')
+
+
contains a string that is
+ equal to V under the rules of the eq
+ operator using the Unicode code point collation
+ (http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/codepoint).
+
+
+
+
+
Each xs:string in $values is parsed as if it were of
+ lexically of type xs:ID. These xs:strings are then
+ included in the list of candidate xs:IDs. If any of the strings
+ in $values is not a lexically valid xs:ID (that is,
+ if it is not lexically an xs:NCName), it is ignored. More
+ formally, the candidate ID values are the strings in the
+ sequence:
+ $values[. castable as xs:NCName]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if
+ $node, or the context value if the second argument is omitted, is a node
+ in a tree whose root is not a document node.
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not a single node, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
An element or attribute typically acquires the is-idrefs property by being
+ validated against the schema type xs:IDREF or xs:IDREFS, or
+ (for attributes only) by being described as of type IDREF or
+ IDREFS in a DTD.
+
Because the function is sensitive to the way in which the data model
+ is constructed, calls on this function are not always interoperable.
+
No error is raised in respect of a candidate ID value that does not match
+ the IDREF value of any element or attribute in the document. If no
+ candidate ID value matches the IDREF value of any element or
+ attribute, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
It is possible for two or more nodes to have an IDREF value that matches a
+ given candidate ID value. In this situation, the function will return all
+ such nodes. However, each matching node will be returned at most once, regardless how
+ many candidate ID values it matches.
+
It is possible in a well-formed but invalid document to have a node whose
+ is-idrefs property is true but that does not conform to the lexical
+ rules for the xs:IDREF type. The effect of the above rules is that
+ ill-formed candidate ID values and ill-formed IDREF values are
+ ignored.
+
If the data model is constructed from a PSVI, the typed value of a node that has the
+ is-idrefs property will contain at least one atomic item of type
+ xs:IDREF (or a type derived by restriction from xs:IDREF).
+ It may also contain atomic items of other types. These atomic items are treated as
+ candidate ID values if two conditions are met: their lexical form must be valid as an
+ xs:NCName, and there must be at least one instance of xs:IDREF
+ in the typed value of the node. If these conditions are not satisfied, such values are ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+ E21256
+ Anil
+ Singh
+ E30561
+
+
+ E30561
+ John
+ Brown
+ ID21256
+
+
+ }
+}]]>
+
+
+
+ $emp/(
+ element-with-id('ID21256')/@xml:id => idref()
+)/ancestor::employee/last
+=> string()
+ "Brown"
+ Assuming that manager has the is-idref property, the call on fn:idref selects
+ the manager element. If, instead, the manager had a ref
+ attribute with the is-idref property, the call on fn:idref would select the attribute node.
+
+
+
+
+ $emp/(
+ element-with-id('E30561')/empnr => idref()
+)/ancestor::employee/last
+=> string()
+ "Singh"
+ Assuming that employee/deputy has the is-idref property, the call on fn:idref selects
+ the deputy element.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-dependent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
Retrieves a document using a URI supplied as an xs:string, and returns the
+ corresponding document node.
+
+
+
If $source is the empty sequence, the result is an empty sequence.
+
If $source is a relative URI reference, it is resolved relative to the value
+
+ of the executable base URI property
+ from the dynamic context of the caller. The resulting absolute URI is
+ promoted to an xs:string.
+
If the available documents described in provides a mapping from this string to a document node, the
+ function returns that document node.
+
The URI may include a fragment identifier.
+
+
The $options argument, if present and non-empty, defines the detailed behavior of the
+ function. The apply. The options available
+ are as follows:
+
+
+
+ Determines whether DTD validation takes place.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ The input is parsed using a validating XML parser.
+ The input must contain a DOCTYPE declaration to identify
+ the DTD to be used for validation. The DTD may be internal or external.
+
+ DTD validation does not take place. However, if a
+ DOCTYPE declaration is present, then it is read, for example
+ to perform entity expansion.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether references to external entities
+ (including a DTD entity) are permitted.
+ xs:boolean
+ true()
+
+ References to external entities are permitted, and are resolved
+ relative to the base URI.
+
+ References to external entities (including an external DTD)
+ are not permitted, and result in the call on fn:doc failing
+ with a dynamic error if present.
+
+
+
+
+ Places a limit on the maximum number of entity references that may be expanded,
+ or on the size of the expanded entities.
+ The limit applies both to internal and external entities, but not to built-in entity references,
+ nor to character references.
+ xs:integer?
+ ()
+
+ The limit (if any) is .
+ The processor should impose a limit on the number of
+ entity references that are expanded, or on the size of the expanded entities,
+ depending on the options available in the underlying XML parser; the limit should be
+ commensurate with the value requested, but the precise effect may be .
+ . If the XML parser does not offer the ability to impose
+ a limit, or if the value is zero, then entity expansion should if possible be disabled entirely,
+ leading to a dynamic error if the input contains any entity references. A negative value should
+ be interpreted as placing no limits on entity expansion.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether two calls on the doc function,
+ with the same URI, the same options, and the same context, are guaranteed to return
+ the same document node. The default value is true, but this may be overridden
+ by implementation-defined configuration options.
+ xs:boolean
+ true()
+
+ Given the same explicit and implicit arguments, multiple
+ calls return the same document node: that is, the function is .
+
+ Multiple calls with the same explicit and implicit arguments
+ may return the same document node or different document nodes at the discretion of
+ the implementation.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether whitespace-only text nodes are removed
+ from the resulting document. The default is defined by the host language
+ or by the implementation. (Note: in XSLT, the xsl:strip-space
+ and xsl:preserve-space declarations provide detailed control
+ based on the parent element name.)
+ xs:boolean?
+ ()
+
+ All whitespace-only text nodes are stripped,
+ unless either (a) they are within the scope of the attribute xml:space="preserve",
+ or (b) XSD validation identifies that the parent element has a simple type or a complex
+ type with simple content.
+
+ All whitespace-only text nodes are preserved,
+ unless either (a) DTD validation marks them as ignorable, or (b) XSD validation recognizes
+ the containing element as having element-only or empty content.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether any xi:include elements in the input
+ are to be processed using an XInclude processor.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ Any xi:include elements are expanded. If there are
+ xi:include elements and no XInclude processor is available then
+ a dynamic error is raised.
+
+ Any xi:include elements are handled as
+ ordinary elements without expansion.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether XSD validation takes place, using the
+ schema definitions present in the static context. The effect of requesting
+ validation is the same as invoking the doc function without
+ validation, and then applying an XQuery validate expression to the result,
+ with corresponding options.
+ xs:string
+ "skip"
+
+ Strict XSD validation takes place
+ Lax XSD validation takes place
+ No XSD validation takes place
+ XSD validation takes place against the
+ schema-defined type, present in the static context, that has the given URI
+ and local name.
+
+
+
+ When XSD validation takes place, determines whether
+ schema components referenced using xsi:schemaLocation or xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
+ attributes within the source document are to be used. The option is ignored
+ if XSD validation does not take place.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ XSD validation uses the schema components referenced
+ using xsi:schemaLocation or xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
+ attributes in addition to the schema components present in the static context;
+ these components must be compatible as described in .
+ Any xsi:schemaLocation and xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
+ attributes in the document are ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
By default, this function is deterministic. Two
+ calls on this function return the same document node if the same URI Reference (after
+ resolution to an absolute URI Reference) is supplied to both calls. Thus, the following
+ expression (if it does not raise an error) will always return true:
+ doc("foo.xml") is doc("foo.xml")
+
+
+
This equivalence applies only because the two calls on
+ the fn:doc function have the same options and the same
+ static and dynamic context, to the extent this is relevant.
+ If two calls on fn:doc
+ have different dynamic contexts, then the mapping from URIs to document
+ nodes in the two contexts may differ, which means that different document nodes may be returned
+ for the same URI.
+ This can happen, for example, if the two calls appear in different XSLT packages with different
+ validation options or whitespace-stripping options; one call might produce a schema-validated
+ document, the other an untyped document.
+
The requirement to deliver a deterministic result has performance implications,
+ and for this reason implementations may provide a user option to evaluate
+ the function without a guarantee of determinism. The manner in which any such option is
+ provided is . If the user has not selected such an option, a call
+ of the function must either return a deterministic result or must raise a dynamic error
+ .
+
+
+
If the $source URI is obtained from a source document, it is generally appropriate to
+ resolve it relative to the base URI property of the relevant node in the source
+ document. This can be achieved by calling the fn:resolve-uri function,
+ and passing the resulting absolute URI as an argument to the fn:doc
+ function.
+
+
If two calls to this function supply different absolute URI References as arguments, the
+ same document node may be returned if the implementation can determine that the two
+ arguments refer to the same resource.
+
By defining the semantics of this function in terms of a string-to-document-node
+ mapping in the dynamic context, the specification is acknowledging that the results of
+ this function are outside the purview of the language specification itself, and depend
+ entirely on the run-time environment in which the expression is evaluated. This run-time
+ environment includes not only an unpredictable collection of resources (“the web”), but
+ configurable machinery for locating resources and turning their contents into document
+ nodes within the XPath data model. Both the set of resources that are reachable, and the
+ mechanisms by which those resources are parsed and validated, are implementation-dependent.
+
One possible processing model for this function is as follows. The resource identified
+ by the URI Reference is retrieved. If the resource cannot be retrieved, a dynamic error
+ is raised . The data resulting from the retrieval
+ action is then parsed as an XML document and a tree is constructed in accordance with
+ the . If the top-level media type is known and is
+ "text", the content is parsed in the same way as if the media type were text/xml;
+ otherwise, it is parsed in the same way as if the media type were application/xml. If
+ the contents cannot be parsed successfully, a dynamic error is raised . Otherwise, the result of the function is the document node
+ at the root of the resulting tree. This tree is then optionally validated against a
+ schema.
+
Various aspects of this processing are implementation-defined.
+ Implementations may provide external configuration options that allow any aspect of the
+ processing to be controlled by the user. In particular:
+
+
+
The set of URI schemes that the implementation recognizes is
+ implementation-defined. Implementations may allow the mapping of URIs to resources
+ to be configured by the user, using mechanisms such as catalogs or user-written
+ URI handlers.
+
+
+
The handling of non-XML media types is implementation-defined. Implementations may
+ allow instances of the data model to be constructed from non-XML resources, under
+ user control.
+
+
+
It is implementation-defined whether DTD validation and/or schema
+ validation is applied to the source document.
+
+
+
Implementations may provide user-defined error handling options that allow
+ processing to continue following an error in retrieving a resource, or in parsing
+ and validating its content. When errors have been handled in this way, the
+ function may return either an empty sequence, or a fallback document provided by
+ the error handler.
+
+
+
Implementations may provide user options that relax the requirement for the
+ function to return deterministic results.
+
+
+
The effect of a fragment identifier in the supplied URI
+ is implementation-defined. One possible interpretation
+ is to treat the fragment identifier as an ID attribute value, and to return a document
+ node having the element with the selected ID value as its only child.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error may be raised if
+ $source is not a valid URI reference.
+
A dynamic error is raised if a relative URI reference
+ is supplied, and the base-URI property in the static context is absent.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the available
+ documents provides no mapping for the absolutized URI.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the resource cannot be
+ retrieved or cannot be parsed successfully as XML using the selected options.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the implementation is
+ not able to guarantee that the result of the function will be deterministic, and the
+ user has not indicated that an unstable result is acceptable.
+
+
+
+
The rule that multiple calls on fn:doc
+ supplying the same absolute URI must return the same document node has been clarified;
+ in particular the rule does not apply if the dynamic context for the two calls requires
+ different processing of the documents (such as schema validation or whitespace stripping).
+
+
+
An $options parameter is added. Note that the rules for the $options parameter
+ control aspects of processing that were implementation-defined in earlier versions of this
+ specification. An implementation may provide configuration options designed to retain backwards-compatible
+ behavior when no explicit options are supplied.
The function returns true if and only if the function call fn:doc($source, $options)
+ would return a document node.
+
+
+
If $source is an empty sequence, this function returns false.
+
If a call on fn:doc($source, $options) would return a document node, this function
+ returns true.
+
In all other cases this function returns false. This
+ includes the case where an invalid URI is supplied, and also the case where
+ a valid relative URI reference is supplied, and cannot be resolved,
+ for example because the static base URI is absent.
+
+
The recognized values for $options are the same as for the fn:doc
+ function. The apply. Note that if the stable
+ option is set to true, then a result of true from this function guarantees
+ that a call on fn:doc with the same explicit and implicit arguments will succeed, whereas a
+ result of false from this function guarantees that the corresponding call on fn:doc
+ will fail. Conversely, if the stable option is set to false, then the result of this
+ function provides no guarantees regarding the outcome of a call on fn:doc with
+ the same explicit and implicit arguments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
An $options parameter is added. Note that the rules for the $options parameter
+ control aspects of processing that were implementation-defined in earlier versions of this
+ specification. An implementation may provide configuration options designed to retain backwards-compatible
+ behavior when no explicit options are supplied.
Returns a sequence of items identified by a
+ collection URI; or a default collection if no URI is supplied.
+
+
+
This function takes an xs:string as argument and returns a sequence of
+ items obtained by interpreting $source as an xs:anyURI and
+ resolving it according to the mapping specified in available
+ collections described in .
+
If available collections provides a mapping from this string to a
+ sequence of items, the function returns that sequence. If available
+ collections maps the string to an empty sequence, then the function returns an
+ empty sequence.
+
If $source is not specified, the function returns the sequence of items in
+ the default collection in the dynamic context. See .
+
If $source is a relative URI reference, it is resolved relative to the value
+ of the executable base URI property
+ from the dynamic context of the caller. The resulting absolute URI is
+ promoted to an xs:string.
+
If $source is the empty sequence, the function behaves as if it had been
+ called without an argument. See above.
+
By default, this function is deterministic. This
+ means that repeated calls on the function with the same argument will return the same
+ result. However, for performance reasons, implementations may provide a user option to
+ evaluate the function without a guarantee of determinism. The manner in which any such
+ option is provided is implementation-defined. If the user has not
+ selected such an option, a call to this function must either return a deterministic
+ result or must raise a dynamic error .
+
There is no requirement that any nodes in the result should be in document order, nor is
+ there a requirement that the result should contain no duplicates.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if no URI is supplied and
+ the value of the default collection is absent.
+
A dynamic error is raised if a relative URI reference
+ is supplied, and the base-URI property in the static context is absent.
+
A dynamic error is raised if available node
+ collections provides no mapping for the absolutized URI.
+
A dynamic error may be raised if $source is not
+ a valid xs:anyURI.
+
+
+
In earlier versions of this specification, the primary use for the fn:collection function
+ was to retrieve a collection of XML documents, perhaps held as lexical XML in operating
+ system filestore, or perhaps held in an XML database. In this release the concept has
+ been generalised to allow other resources to be retrieved: for example JSON documents might
+ be returned as arrays or maps, non-XML text files might be returned as strings, and binary
+ files might be returned as instances of xs:base64Binary.
+
The abstract concept of a collection might be realized in different ways by different
+ implementations, and the ways in which URIs map to collections can be equally variable.
+ Specifying resources using URIs is
+ useful because URIs are dynamic, can be parameterized, and do not rely on an external
+ environment.
Returns a sequence of xs:anyURI values representing the URIs in a URI
+ collection.
+
+
+
The zero-argument form of the function returns the URIs in the default URI
+ collection described in .
+
If $source is a relative URI reference, it is resolved relative to the value
+ of the executable base URI property
+ from the dynamic context of the caller. The resulting absolute URI is
+ promoted to an xs:string.
+
If $source is the empty sequence, the function behaves as if it had been
+ called without an argument. See above.
+
The single-argument form of the function returns the sequence of URIs corresponding to
+ the supplied URI in the available URI collections described in
+ .
+
By default, this function is deterministic. This
+ means that repeated calls on the function with the same argument will return the same
+ result. However, for performance reasons, implementations may provide a user option to
+ evaluate the function without a guarantee of determinism. The manner in which any such
+ option is provided is implementation-defined. If the user has not
+ selected such an option, a call to this function must either return a deterministic
+ result or must raise a dynamic error .
+
There is no requirement that the URIs returned by this function should all be distinct,
+ and no assumptions can be made about the order of URIs in the sequence, unless the
+ implementation defines otherwise.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if no URI is supplied (that
+ is, if the function is called with no arguments, or with a single argument that
+ evaluates to an empty sequence), and the value of the default resource collection is
+ absent.
+
A dynamic error is raised if a relative URI reference
+ is supplied, and the base-URI property in the static context is absent.
+
A dynamic error is raised if available resource
+ collections provides no mapping for the absolutized URI.
+
A dynamic error may be raised if $source is not
+ a valid xs:anyURI.
+
+
+
In some implementations, there might be a close relationship between collections (as retrieved
+ by the fn:collection function), and URI collections (as retrieved by this function).
+ For example, a collection might return XML documents, and the corresponding URI collection might return
+ the URIs of those documents. However, this specification does not impose such a close relationship. For example, there
+ may be collection URIs accepted by one of the two functions and not by the other; a collection might contain
+ items that do not have any URI; or a URI collection might contain URIs that cannot be dereferenced to return any
+ resource.
+
+
+
In the case where fn:uri-collection returns the URIs of resources that
+ could also be retrieved directly using fn:collection, there are several reasons why it
+ might be appropriate to use this function in preference
+ to the fn:collection function. For example:
+
+
+
+
It allows different URIs for different kinds of resource to be dereferenced in
+ different ways: for
+ example, the returned URIs might be referenced using the
+ fn:unparsed-text function rather than the fn:doc
+ function.
+
+
+
In XSLT 3.0 it allows the documents in a collection to be processed in streaming mode using the
+ xsl:stream instruction.
+
+
+
It allows recovery from failures to read, parse, or validate individual documents,
+ by calling the fn:doc (or other dereferencing) function within the scope of try/catch.
+
+
+
It allows selection of which documents to read based on their URI, for example
+ they can be filtered to select those whose URIs end in .xml, or those
+ that use the https scheme.
+
+
+
An application might choose to limit the number of URIs processed in a single run,
+ for example it might process only the first 50 URIs in the collection; or it might
+ present the URIs to the user and allow the user to select which of them need to be
+ further processed.
+
+
+
It allows the URIs to be modified before they are dereferenced, for example by
+ adding or removing query parameters, or by redirecting the request to a local
+ cache or to a mirror site.
+
+
+
+
For some of these use cases, this assumes that the cost of calling
+ fn:collection might be significant (for example, it might involving
+ retrieving all the documents in the collection over the network and parsing them). This
+ will not necessarily be true of all implementations.
The fn:unparsed-text function reads an external resource (for example, a
+ file) and returns a string representation of the resource.
+
+
+
The $source argument must be a string in the form of a URI
+ reference, which must contain no fragment identifier, and
+ must identify a resource for which a string representation is
+ available.
+
If $source is a relative URI reference, it is resolved relative to the value
+ of the executable base URI property
+ from the dynamic context of the caller. The resulting absolute URI is
+ promoted to an xs:string.
+
+
The $options argument, for backwards compatibility reasons, may be supplied
+ either as a map, or as a string. Supplying a value $S that is not a map
+ is equivalent to supplying the map { "encoding": $S }.
+ After that substitution, the apply.
+
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows:
+
+
+
+ Defines the encoding of the resource, as described below.
+
+ xs:string?
+ ()
+
+
+ Determines whether CR and CRLF character sequences
+ are treated as equivalent to NL characters.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ No normalization of line endings takes place.
+
+ The character U+000D
+ and the character pair (U+000D, U+000A) are converted to the
+ single character U+000A.
+
+
+
+
+
+
The mapping of URIs to the string representation of a resource is the mapping defined in
+ the available text
+ resources component of the dynamic context.
+
If the $source argument is an empty sequence, the function
+ returns an empty sequence.
+
The encoding option, if present
+ and non-empty, is the name of an encoding. The values
+ for this option follow the same rules as for the encoding attribute in
+ an XML declaration. The only values which every
+ implementation is required to recognize are
+ utf-8 and utf-16.
+
The encoding of the external resource is determined by applying the following rules, in order:
+
+
+
External encoding information is used if available.
+
+
+
If the media type of the resource is text/xml or
+ application/xml (see ), or if it matches
+ the conventions text/*+xml or application/*+xml (see
+ and/or its successors), then the encoding is recognized
+ as specified in .
+
+
+
The encoding option is used if present.
+
+
+
If the initial octets represent a byte order mark in a known encoding,
+ then the corresponding encoding is used: specifically:
+
+
Initial octets FE FF imply UTF-16LE.
+
Initial octets FF FE imply UTF-16BE.
+
Initial octets EF BB BF imply UTF-8.
+
+
+
+
The processor may use implementation-defined heuristics to determine the likely encoding.
+
+
+
UTF-8 is assumed.
+
+
+
The result of the function is a string containing the string representation of the
+ resource retrieved using the URI, decoded according to the specified encoding.
+ If the first codepoint, after decoding, is U+FEFF, then it is assumed
+ to represent a byte order mark and is discarded from the result.
+
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the $source argument
+ contains a fragment identifier, or if it cannot be resolved
+ to an absolute URI (for example, because the base-URI property in the static context is absent),
+ or if it cannot be used to retrieve the string
+ representation of a resource.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of the
+ encoding option is not a valid encoding name, if the
+ processor does not support the specified encoding, if
+ the string representation of the retrieved resource contains octets that cannot be
+ decoded into Unicode characters using the specified
+ encoding, or if any resulting character is not a
+ permitted character.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the encoding option
+ is absent and the processor cannot infer the
+ encoding using external information and the actual encoding is not UTF-8.
+
+
+
+
If it is appropriate to use a base URI other than the
+ executable base URI (for example,
+ when resolving a relative URI reference read from a source document) then it is
+ advisable to resolve the relative URI reference using the fn:resolve-uri
+ function before passing it to the fn:unparsed-text function.
+
There is no essential relationship between the sets of URIs accepted by the two
+ functions fn:unparsed-text and fn:doc (a URI accepted by one
+ may or may not be accepted by the other), and if a URI is accepted by both there is no
+ essential relationship between the results (different resource representations are
+ permitted by the architecture of the web).
+
There are no constraints on the MIME type of the resource.
+
+
+
The fact that the resolution of URIs is defined by a mapping in the dynamic context
+ means that in effect, various aspects of the behavior of this function are implementation-defined. Implementations may provide external configuration
+ options that allow any aspect of the processing to be controlled by the user. In
+ particular:
+
+
+
The set of URI schemes that the implementation recognizes is
+ implementation-defined. Implementations may allow the mapping of URIs to resources
+ to be configured by the user, using mechanisms such as catalogs or user-written
+ URI handlers.
+
+
+
The handling of media types is implementation-defined.
+
+
+
Implementations may provide user options that relax the requirement for the function
+ to return deterministic results.
+
+
+
+
Implementations may provide user-defined error handling options that allow
+ processing to continue following an error in retrieving a resource, or in reading
+ its content. When errors have been handled in this way, the function may return a
+ fallback document provided by the error handler.
+
+
+
+
+
The rules for determining the encoding are chosen for consistency with . Files with an XML media type are treated specially because there
+ are use cases for this function where the retrieved text is to be included as unparsed
+ XML within a CDATA section of a containing document, and because processors are likely
+ to be able to reuse the code that performs encoding detection for XML external
+ entities.
+
If the text file contains characters such as < and &,
+ these will typically be output as < and & if
+ the string is serialized as XML or HTML. If these characters actually represent markup
+ (for example, if the text file contains HTML), then an XSLT stylesheet can attempt to
+ write them as markup to the output file using the disable-output-escaping
+ attribute of the xsl:value-of instruction. Note, however, that XSLT
+ implementations are not required to support this feature.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
This XSLT example attempts to read a file containing “boilerplate” HTML and copy it
+ directly to the serialized output file:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+
The $options parameter has been added.
+
+
+
It is no longer automatically an error if the resource (after decoding)
+ contains a codepoint that is not valid in XML. Instead, the codepoint
+ must be a . The set of permitted
+ characters is , but it is
+ recommended that all Unicode characters should
+ be accepted.
+
+
+
The specification now describes how an initial BOM should be handled.
The fn:unparsed-text-lines function reads an external resource (for
+ example, a file) and returns its contents as a sequence of strings, one for each line of
+ text in the string representation of the resource.
+
+
+
The unparsed-text-lines function reads an external resource (for example, a
+ file) and returns its string representation as a sequence of strings, separated at
+ newline boundaries.
+
The $options argument, for backwards compatibility reasons, may be supplied
+ either as a map, or as a string. Supplying a value $S that is not a map
+ is equivalent to supplying the map { "encoding": $S }.
+ After that substitution, the apply.
+
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows:
+
+
+
+ Defines the encoding of the resource, following the rules of fn:unparsed-text.
+
+ xs:string?
+ ()
+
+
+
+
+
The result of the function is the same as the result of the expression:
The result is thus a sequence of strings containing the text of the resource retrieved
+ using the URI, each string representing one line of text. Lines may be delimited by
+ any of the character sequences U+000A, U+000D, or U+000D
+ followed by U+000A.
+ Line ending characters are not
+ included in the returned strings. If there are two adjacent newline sequences, a
+ zero-length string will be returned to represent the empty line; but if the external
+ resource ends with a newline sequence, the result will be as if this final
+ line ending were not present.
+
+
+
Error conditions are the same as for the fn:unparsed-text function.
Allows an application to determine
+ whether a call on fn:unparsed-text with particular arguments
+ would succeed.
+
+
+
The fn:unparsed-text-available function determines whether a call
+ on the fn:unparsed-text function with identical arguments would
+ return a string.
+
If the first argument is an empty sequence, the function returns false.
+
In other cases, the function returns true if a call on
+ fn:unparsed-text or fn:unparsed-text-lines
+ with the same arguments would succeed, and
+ false if a call on fn:unparsed-text
+ or fn:unparsed-text-lines with the same arguments would
+ fail with a non-recoverable dynamic error.
+
+
The functions fn:unparsed-text and
+ fn:unparsed-text-available have the same requirement for
+ determinism as the functions
+ fn:doc and fn:doc-available. This means that unless the
+ user has explicitly stated a requirement for a reduced level of determinism, either of
+ these functions if called twice with the same arguments during the course of a
+ transformation must return the same results each time; moreover, the
+ results of a call on fn:unparsed-text-available
+ must be consistent with the results of a subsequent call on
+ unparsed-text with the same arguments.
+
+
+
This function was introduced before XQuery and XSLT allowed errors to be caught;
+ with current versions of these host languages, catching an error from
+ fn:unparsed-text may provide a better alternative.
+
The specification requires that the fn:unparsed-text-available function should
+ actually attempt to read the resource identified by the URI, and check that it is
+ correctly encoded and contains no characters that are invalid in XML. Implementations
+ may avoid the cost of repeating these checks for example by caching the validated
+ contents of the resource, to anticipate a subsequent call on the
+ fn:unparsed-text or fn:unparsed-text-lines
+ function. Alternatively, implementations may be able to rewrite an expression such as
+ if (unparsed-text-available(A)) then unparsed-text(A) else ... to
+ generate a single call internally.
+
Since the function fn:unparsed-text-lines succeeds or fails under
+ exactly the same circumstances as fn:unparsed-text, the
+ fn:unparsed-text-available function may equally be used to test
+ whether a call on fn:unparsed-text-lines would succeed.
The fn:unparsed-binary function reads an external resource (for example, a
+ file) and returns its contents in binary.
+
+
+
The $source argument must be a string in the form of a URI
+ reference, which must contain no fragment identifier, and
+ must identify a resource for which a binary representation is
+ available.
+
+
If $source is a relative URI reference, it is resolved relative to the value
+ of the executable base URI property
+ from the dynamic context of the caller. The resulting absolute URI is
+ promoted to an xs:string.
+
+
+
+
+
+
The mapping of URIs to the binary representation of a resource is the mapping defined in
+ the component of the dynamic context.
+
If the $source argument is an empty sequence, the function
+ returns an empty sequence.
+
+
The result of the function is an atomic item of type xs:base64Binary
+ containing the binary representation of the
+ resource retrieved using the URI.
+
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the $source argument
+ contains a fragment identifier, or if it cannot be resolved
+ to an absolute URI (for example, because the base-URI property in the static context is absent),
+ or if it cannot be used to retrieve the binary
+ representation of a resource.
+
+
+
+
+
If it is appropriate to use a base URI other than the
+ executable base URI (for example,
+ when resolving a relative URI reference read from a source document) then it is
+ advisable to resolve the relative URI reference using the fn:resolve-uri
+ function before passing it to the fn:unparsed-text function.
+
There is no essential relationship between the sets of URIs accepted by the
+ function fn:unparsed-binary and other functions such as
+ fn:doc and fn:unparsed-text (a URI accepted by one
+ may or may not be accepted by the others), and if a URI is accepted by more than
+ one of these functions then there is no
+ essential relationship between the results (different resource representations are
+ permitted by the architecture of the web).
+
There are no constraints on the MIME type of the resource.
+
+
+
The fact that the resolution of URIs is defined by a mapping in the dynamic context
+ means that in effect, various aspects of the behavior of this function are implementation-defined. Implementations may provide external configuration
+ options that allow any aspect of the processing to be controlled by the user. In
+ particular:
+
+
+
The set of URI schemes that the implementation recognizes is
+ implementation-defined. Implementations may allow the mapping of URIs to resources
+ to be configured by the user, using mechanisms such as catalogs or user-written
+ URI handlers.
+
+
+
The handling of media types is implementation-defined.
+
+
+
Implementations may provide user options that relax the requirement for the function
+ to return deterministic results.
+
+
+
+
Implementations may provide user-defined error handling options that allow
+ processing to continue following an error in retrieving a resource, or in reading
+ its content. When errors have been handled in this way, the function may return a
+ fallback document provided by the error handler.
+
+
+
+
+
+
There is no function (analogous to fn:doc-available or fn:unparsed-text-available)
+ to determine whether a suitable resource is available. In XQuery and XSLT, try/catch
+ constructs are available to catch the error.
+
The choice of xs:base64Binary rather than xs:hexBinary for the
+ result is arbitrary. The two types have the same value space and are interchangeable for nearly
+ all purposes, the notable exception being conversion to xs:string.
+
A comprehensive set of functions for manipulating binary data is available in the
+ EXPath binary module: see . In addition, the EXPath file module
+ provides a function file:read-binary with similar functionality to
+ fn:unparsed-binary, the notable differences being (a) that it takes
+ a file name rather than a URI, and (b) that it is defined to be nondeterministic.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The following XQuery, adapted from an example in the EXPath binary module ,
+ reads a JPEG image and determines its size in pixels:
+
+
+
+
The example assumes that the functions in the EXPath binary module are available.
Returns the value of a system environment variable, if it exists.
+
+
+
The set of available environment
+ variables is a set of (name, value) pairs forming part of the dynamic
+ context, in which the name is unique within the set of pairs. The name and value are
+ arbitrary strings.
+
If the $name argument matches the name of one of these pairs, the function
+ returns the corresponding value.
+
If there is no environment variable with a matching name, the function returns the empty
+ sequence.
+
The collation used for matching names is implementation-defined, but
+ must be the same as the collation used to ensure that the names of all environment
+ variables are unique.
+
The function is deterministic, which means
+ that if it is called several times within the same execution scope, with the same arguments, it must return the same
+ result.
+
+
+
On many platforms, the term “environment variable” has a natural meaning in terms of
+ facilities provided by the operating system. This interpretation of the concept does not
+ exclude other interpretations, such as a mapping to a set of configuration parameters in
+ a database system.
+
Environment variable names are usually case sensitive. Names are usually of the form
+ (letter|_) (letter|_|digit)*, but this varies by platform.
+
On some platforms, there may sometimes be multiple environment variables with the same
+ name; in this case, it is implementation-dependent as to which is returned; see for
+ example (Chapter 8, Environment Variables). Implementations
+ may use prefixes or other naming conventions to disambiguate the
+ names.
+
The requirement to ensure that the function is deterministic means in practice that the
+ implementation must make a snapshot of the environment variables at some time during
+ execution, and return values obtained from this snapshot, rather than using live values
+ that are subject to change at any time.
+
Operating system environment variables may be associated with a particular process,
+ while queries and stylesheets may execute across multiple processes (or multiple
+ machines). In such circumstances implementations may choose to
+ provide access to the environment variables associated with the process in which the
+ query or stylesheet processing was initiated.
+
Security advice: Queries from untrusted sources should not be permitted unrestricted
+ access to environment variables. For example, the name of the account under which the
+ query is running may be useful information to a would-be intruder. An implementation may
+ therefore choose to restrict access to the environment, or may provide a facility to
+ make fn:environment-variable always return the empty sequence.
Returns a list of environment variable names that are suitable for passing to
+ fn:environment-variable, as a (possibly empty) sequence of strings.
+
+
+
The function returns a sequence of strings, being the names of the environment variables
+ in the dynamic context in some implementation-dependent order.
+
The function is deterministic: that is, the
+ set of available environment variables does not vary during evaluation.
+
+
+
The function returns a list of strings, containing no duplicates.
+
It is intended that the strings in this list should be suitable for passing to
+ fn:environment-variable.
+
+
See also the note on security under the definition of the
+ fn:environment-variable function. If access to environment variables has
+ been disabled, fn:available-environment-variables always returns the empty
+ sequence.
This function returns a string that uniquely identifies a given GNode.
+
+
+
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.). The
+ behavior of the function if the argument is omitted is exactly the same as if the
+ context value had been passed as the argument.
+
If the argument is the empty sequence, the result is the zero-length string.
+
In other cases, the function returns a string that uniquely identifies a given node.
+ More formally, it is guaranteed that within a single
+ execution scope,
+ fn:codepoint-equal(fn:generate-id($N), fn:generate-id($M)) returns true
+ if and only if ($M is $N) returns true.
+
+
The returned identifier must consist of ASCII alphanumeric characters
+ and must start with an alphabetic character. Thus, the string is
+ syntactically an XML name.
+
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type
+ gnode()?, type error .
+
+
+
+
+
+
An implementation is free to generate an identifier in any convenient way provided that
+ it always generates the same identifier for the same GNode and that different identifiers
+ are always generated from different GNodes. An implementation is under no obligation to
+ generate the same identifiers each time a document is transformed or queried.
+
There is no guarantee that a generated unique identifier will be distinct from any
+ unique IDs specified in the source document.
+
There is no inverse to this function; it is not directly possible to find the GNode with
+ a given generated ID. Of course, it is possible to search a given sequence of GNodes
+ using an expression such as $nodes[generate-id()=$id].
+
It is advisable, but not required, for implementations to generate IDs that are distinct
+ even when compared using a case-blind collation.
+
+
+
+
+
The primary use case for this function is to generate hyperlinks. For example, when
+ generating HTML, an anchor for a given section $sect can be generated by
+ writing (in either XSLT or XQuery):
+
+ ]]>
+
+
and a link to that section can then be produced with code such as:
+
+ here]]>
+
+
Note that anchors generated in this way will not necessarily be the same each time a
+ document is republished.
+
+
+
+
Since the keys in a map must be atomic items, it is possible to use generated IDs
+ as surrogates for nodes when constructing a map. For example, in some implementations,
+ testing whether a node $N is a member of a large node-set $S
+ using the expression exists($N intersect $S) may be expensive; there
+ may then be performance benefits in creating a map:
This function takes as input an XML document, and returns the
+ document node at the root of an XDM tree representing the parsed document.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
In other cases, $value is expected to contain an XML document supplied
+ either as a string or a binary value. If it is supplied as a binary value, an optional
+ byte order mark or XML declaration may contain the input encoding, and the input will be
+ processed like a resource retrieved by the fn:doc function.
+ Otherwise, if the input is a string, any byte order mark as well as the encoding specified
+ in an optional XML declaration should be ignored.
+
+
The $options argument, if present and non-empty, defines the detailed behavior of the
+ function. The apply. The options available
+ are as follows:
+
+
+
+ Determines the base URI. This is used both as the base URI
+ used by the XML parser to resolve relative entity references within the document,
+ and as the base URI of the document node that is returned. It defaults
+ to the static base URI of the function call.
+ xs:anyURI
+ static-base-uri()
+
+
+ Determines whether DTD validation takes place.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ The input is parsed using a validating XML parser.
+ The input must contain a DOCTYPE declaration to identify
+ the DTD to be used for validation. The DTD may be internal or external.
+
+ DTD validation does not take place. However, if a
+ DOCTYPE declaration is present, then it is read, for example
+ to perform entity expansion.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether references to external entities
+ (including a DTD entity) are permitted.
+ xs:boolean
+ true()
+
+ References to external entities are permitted, and are resolved
+ relative to the base URI.
+
+ References to external entities (including an external DTD)
+ are not permitted, and result in the call on parse-xml failing
+ with a dynamic error if present.
+
+
+
+
+ Places a limit on the maximum number of entity references that may be expanded,
+ or on the size of the expanded entities.
+ The limit applies both to internal and external entities, but not to built-in entity references,
+ nor to character references.
+ xs:integer?
+ ()
+
+ The limit (if any) is .
+ The processor should impose a limit on the number of
+ entity references that are expanded, or on the size of the expanded entities,
+ depending on the options available in the underlying XML parser; the limit should be
+ commensurate with the value requested, but the precise effect may be .
+ . If the XML parser does not offer the ability to impose
+ a limit, or if the value is zero, then entity expansion should if possible be disabled entirely,
+ leading to a dynamic error if the input contains any entity references. A negative value should
+ be interpreted as placing no limits on entity expansion.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether whitespace-only text nodes are removed
+ from the resulting document. (Note: in XSLT, the xsl:strip-space
+ and xsl:preserve-space declarations are ignored.)
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ All whitespace-only text nodes are stripped,
+ unless either (a) they are within the scope of the attribute xml:space="preserve",
+ or (b) XSD validation identifies that the parent element has a simple type or a complex
+ type with simple content.
+
+ All whitespace-only text nodes are preserved,
+ unless either (a) DTD validation marks them as ignorable, or (b) XSD validation recognizes
+ the containing element as having element-only or empty content.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether any xi:include elements in the input
+ are to be processed using an XInclude processor.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ Any xi:include elements are expanded. If there are
+ xi:include elements and no XInclude processor is available then
+ a dynamic error is raised.
+
+ Any xi:include elements are handled as
+ ordinary elements without expansion.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether XSD validation takes place, using the
+ schema definitions present in the static context. The effect of requesting
+ validation is the same as invoking the parse-xml function without
+ validation, and then applying an XQuery validate expression to the result,
+ with corresponding options.
+ xs:string
+ "skip"
+
+ Strict XSD validation takes place
+ Lax XSD validation takes place
+ No XSD validation takes place
+ XSD validation takes place against the
+ schema-defined type, present in the static context, that has the given URI
+ and local name.
+
+
+
+ When XSD validation takes place, determines whether
+ schema components referenced using xsi:schemaLocation or xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
+ attributes within the source document are to be used. The option is ignored
+ if XSD validation does not take place.
+ xs:boolean
+ false
+
+ XSD validation uses the schema components referenced
+ using xsi:schemaLocation or xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
+ attributes in addition to the schema components present in the static context;
+ these components must be compatible as described in .
+ Any xsi:schemaLocation and xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
+ attributes in the document are ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Except to the extent defined by these options, the precise process used
+ to construct the XDM instance is implementation-defined. In particular, it is implementation-defined whether an XML
+ 1.0 or XML 1.1 parser is used.
+
+
The document URI of the returned node is absent.
+
The function is not
+ deterministic: that is, if the function is called
+ twice with the same arguments, it is implementation-dependent whether the same node is returned on both
+ occasions.
+
Options set in $options may be supplemented or modified based on
+ configuration options defined externally using
+ mechanisms.
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the content of
+ $value is not a well-formed and namespace-well-formed XML document.
+
A dynamic error is raised if DTD validation is
+ carried out and the content of $value is not valid against the relevant DTD.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of the xsd-validation option is not one of the
+ permitted values (for example, if the string that follows "type"
+ is not a valid EQName, or if it does not identify a type that is present in the
+ static context).
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of the xsd-validation option is set to anything
+ other than skip when the processor is not schema-aware. (XSLT 4.0
+ and XQuery 4.0 define schema-awareness as an optional feature; other host languages
+ may set their own rules.)
+
A dynamic error is raised if processor does not have
+ access to an XML parser supporting the requested options, for example the ability
+ to perform DTD validation or XInclude processing or to prevent access to external entities.
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if XSD validation is
+ carried out and the content of $value is not valid against the relevant XSD schema.
+
+
+
Since the XML document is presented to the parser as a string, rather than as a sequence
+ of octets, the encoding specified within the XML declaration has no meaning. If the XML
+ parser accepts input only in the form of a sequence of octets, then the processor must
+ ensure that the string is encoded as octets in a way that is consistent with rules used
+ by the XML parser to detect the encoding.
+
A common use case for this function is to handle input documents that contain nested
+ XML documents embedded within CDATA sections. Since the content of the CDATA section is
+ exposed as text, the receiving query or stylesheet may pass this text to the
+ fn:parse-xml function to create a tree representation of the nested
+ document.
+
Similarly, nested XML within comments is sometimes encountered, and lexical XML is
+ sometimes returned by extension functions, for example, functions that access web
+ services or read from databases.
+
A use case arises in XSLT where there is a need to preprocess an input document before
+ parsing. For example, an application might wish to edit the document to remove its
+ DOCTYPE declaration. This can be done by reading the raw text using the
+ fn:unparsed-text function, editing the resulting string, and then
+ passing it to the fn:parse-xml function.
+
+
+
+
The expression fn:parse-xml("<alpha>abcd</alpha>") returns a newly
+ created document node, having an alpha element as its only child; the
+ alpha element in turn is the parent of a text node whose string value
+ is "abcd".
+
+
+
The expression fn:parse-xml("<alpha><beta> </beta></alpha>", { "strip-space": true() }) returns a newly
+ created document node, having an alpha element as its only child; the
+ alpha element in turn is the parent of a beta
+ element whose content is empty, as a result of whitespace stripping.
+
+
+
+
+
The $options parameter has been added.
+
+
+
Additional error conditions have been defined.
+
+
+
Additional options to control DTD and XInclude processing have been added.
This function takes as input an XML external entity represented as a string, and returns
+ the document node at the root of an XDM tree representing the parsed document
+ fragment.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
If the input is supplied as a binary value, the function detects the encoding using the
+ same rules as the unparsed-text function, except that the special
+ handling of media types such as text/xml and application/xml may be skipped.
+ Otherwise, if the input is a string, any byte order mark as well as the encoding specified
+ in an optional XML declaration should be ignored.
+
+
The input must be a namespace-well-formed external general parsed entity. More
+ specifically, it must conform to the production rule extParsedEnt in , it must contain
+ no entity references other than references to predefined entities, and it must satisfy
+ all the rules of for namespace-well-formed documents with
+ the exception that the rule requiring it to be a well-formed document is replaced by the
+ rule requiring it to be a well-formed external general parsed entity.
+
+
The input is parsed to form a sequence of nodes which become children of the new
+ document node, in the same way as the content of any element is converted into a
+ sequence of children for the resulting element node.
+
The $options argument, if present and non-empty, defines the detailed behavior of the
+ function. The apply. The options available
+ are as follows:
+
+
+
+ Determines the base URI. This is used
+ as the base URI of the document node that is returned. It defaults
+ to the static base URI of the function call.
+ xs:anyURI
+ static-base-uri()
+
+
+ Determines whether whitespace-only text nodes are removed
+ from the resulting document.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ All whitespace-only text nodes are stripped,
+ unless they are within the scope of the attribute xml:space="preserve".
+
+ All whitespace-only text nodes are preserved.
+
+
+
+
+
+
DTD validation is not invoked (an external general parsed entity cannot contain
+ a DOCTYPE declaration.
+
Schema validation is not invoked, which means that the nodes in the
+ returned document will all be untyped.
+
XInclude processing is not invoked.
+
Except as explicitly defined, the precise process used to construct the XDM instance is implementation-defined. In particular, it is implementation-defined whether
+ an XML 1.0 or XML 1.1 parser is used.
+
The document URI of the returned node is absent.
+
The function is not
+ deterministic: that is, if the function is called
+ twice with the same arguments, it is implementation-dependent whether the same node is returned on both
+ occasions.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the content of
+ $value is not a well-formed external general parsed entity, if it contains
+ entity references other than references to predefined entities, or if a document that
+ incorporates this well-formed parsed entity would not be namespace-well-formed.
+
+
+
See also the notes for the fn:parse-xml function.
+
The main differences between fn:parse-xml and
+ fn:parse-xml-fragment are that for fn:parse-xml, the
+ children of the resulting document node must contain exactly one element node and no
+ text nodes, wheras for fn:parse-xml-fragment, the resulting document node
+ can have any number (including zero) of element and text nodes among its children. An
+ additional difference is that the text declaration at the start of an
+ external entity has slightly different syntax from the XML declaration at
+ the start of a well-formed document.
+
Note that all whitespace outside the text declaration is significant,
+ including whitespace that precedes the first element node, unless the strip-space
+ option is set.
+
One use case for this function is to handle XML fragments stored in databases, which
+ frequently allow zero-or-more top level element nodes. Another use case is to parse the
+ contents of a CDATA section embedded within another XML document.
+
+
+
+
The expression
+ parse-xml-fragment("<alpha>abcd</alpha><beta>abcd</beta>")
+ returns a newly created document node, having two elements named alpha
+ and beta as its children; each of these elements in turn is the parent
+ of a text node.
+
The expression parse-xml-fragment("He was <i>so</i> kind")
+ returns a newly created document node having three children: a text node whose string
+ value is "He was ", an element node named i having a child
+ text node with string value "so", and a text node whose string value is
+ " kind".
+
The expression parse-xml-fragment("") returns a document node having
+ no children.
+
The expression parse-xml-fragment(" ") returns a document node whose
+ children comprise a single text node whose string value is a single space.
+
The expression parse-xml-fragment(" ", { "strip-space": true() })
+ returns a document node having no children.
+
The expression parse-xml-fragment('<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf8"
+ standalone="yes"?><a/>') results in a dynamic error because the standalone keyword is not permitted in the text
+ declaration that appears at the start of an external general parsed entity. (Thus, it
+ is not the case that any input accepted by the fn:parse-xml function
+ will also be accepted by fn:parse-xml-fragment.)
Given an XSD schema, delivers a function item that can be invoked to validate a document or element node
+ against this schema.
+
+
+
The fn:xsd-validator function returns a function item that can be used to validate a
+ document node or an element node with respect to a supplied schema.
+
+
The details of how the schema is assembled, and the way it is used, are defined by the supplied $options.
+ If the $options argument is absent or empty the effect is to use the schema components from the
+ static context of the call on fn:xsd-validator. In the general case, however, the schema
+ used for validation may include components from any or all of the following:
+
+
+
The static context of the function call
+
Explicitly supplied schema documents
+
Schema components referenced in xsi:schemaLocation and xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
+ attributes within the instance document being validated.
+
+
+
More details of schema assembly appear below.
+ Taken together, the assembled components must constitute a valid schema.
+
+
+
+
The function is designed to separate the process of assembling a schema from the process of performing instance
+ validation. However, if the schema is to include components identified in
+ xsi:schemaLocation and xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation attributes, then the process of
+ assembling the schema cannot be completed until the instance document is available.
+
+
+
The options recognized are as follows. The apply.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ If true, the schema to be used for validation includes the schema components
+ available in the static context of the function call. If false, these components
+ are not used.
+ xs:boolean
+ true
+
+
+ A list of XDM nodes containing XSD schema documents to be used
+ for validation.
+ element(xs:schema)*
+ ()
+
+
+ A list of target namespaces identifying schema components to be used for
+ validation. The way in which the processor locates schema components for the specified
+ target namespaces is . A zero-length string denotes
+ a no-namespace schema.
+ xs:anyURI*
+ ()
+
+
+ A list of locations of XSD schema documents to be used to assemble a schema.
+ Any relative URIs are resolved relative to the base URI of the function call.
+ xs:anyURI*
+ ()
+
+
+ If true, the schema to be used for validation includes any schema documents
+ referenced by xsi:schemaLocation or xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
+ attributes in the instance document being validated. If false, these attributes are ignored.
+ xs:boolean
+ false
+
+
+ Set to the decimal value 1.0 or 1.1 to indicate which version of XSD is to be used.
+ The default is . A processor may use a later version
+ of XSD than the version requested, but must not use an earlier version.
+ xs:decimal
+
+
+ The validation mode.
+ xs:string
+
+ Validates the input using the element or attribute declaration for the
+ operand node. This element or attribute declaration must exist. This is the default
+ when the type option is absent.
+ Validates the input using the element or attribute declaration for the
+ operand node, if it exists.
+ Validates the input using the supplied governing type. This is the
+ default when the type option is present.
+
+
+
+ Establishes the governing type for validation. The type must be present
+ in the assembled schema.
+ xs:QName?
+
+
+ If true, the result of the generated validation function, when validation
+ is successful, includes the property typed-node which contains a copy of the
+ target node augmented with type annotations and expanded default values. If false, the typed
+ node is not included in the result. If a node containing type annotations is to be returned,
+ then the schema used for validation must be compatible with all other schemas used within
+ the same query or stylesheet, as described in ;
+ this is to ensure that the type annotations in the validated document have a consistent
+ interpretation.
+ xs:boolean
+ true
+
+
+ If true, the result of the generated validation function, when validation
+ is unsuccessful, includes detailed information about the nature of the validity errors
+ that were found. If false, the result only includes an indication that the document
+ was invalid. Note that setting the value to false means that validation can complete
+ as soon as the first error is found.
+ xs:boolean
+ false
+
+
+
+
+
The first task of the function is to assemble a schema (that is, a collection of schema
+ components). Schema components can come from a number of sources, and a schema can be assembled
+ from more than one source, provided that the total collection of components comprises a valid schema:
+ the main thing that will prevent this is if two sources contain conflicting definitions of the
+ same named component.
+
+
+
The default is to use the in-scope schema components from the static context
+ of the function call.
+
Instead, or in addition, schema components may be loaded explictly
+ for this validator. Supplementary schema components may be requested in a number of
+ ways:
+
+
The schema-location option can specify one or more URIs that
+ are interpreted as locations for source XSD schema documents, which are then
+ assembled into a schema as described in the XSD specifications.
+
The schema option can be used to identify one or more
+ xs:schema element nodes holding source schema documents. This allows
+ a schema to be constructed dynamically by the application, or to be held as
+ a global variable in the source code of a query or stylesheet module.
+
The target-namespace option can be used to supply
+ the target namespaces of additional schema components that are known to the
+ system or that are made available using some external mechanism. For example,
+ the system might have built-in schemas for common namespaces such as
+ the xml, fn, or xlink namespaces,
+ or it might have a mechanism allowing schemas for a particular namespace
+ to be registered using an external API or configuration mechanism.
+
+
The use-xsi-schema-location also allows the application
+ to request that schema documents referenced from xsi:schemaLocation
+ or xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation attributes should be included
+ in the schema. By default these attributes are ignored.
+
It is acceptable to assemble a schema from more than one of these
+ sources. In addition, any of these sources can bring in additional components
+ by the use of the XSD directives xsl:include and xsl:import.
+ The important constraint is that the result should be a valid schema. This will only
+ be the case if the sources used to assemble the schema are
+ compatible
+ with each other: see .
+
The XSD specification allows a schema to be used for validation even when
+ it contains unresolved
+ references to absent schema components. It is whether
+ this function allows the schema to be incomplete in this way. For example,
+ some processors might allow validation using a schema in which an element declaration
+ contains a reference to a type declaration that is not present in the schema, provided
+ that the element declaration is never needed in the course of a particular validation
+ episodes.
+
+
+
Having assembled a schema, the next task is to validate a supplied node (and the subtree
+ rooted at that node).
+
+
This description is a deliberate simplification. If the use-xsi-schema-location
+ option is true, then assembly of the schema is not completed until the instance document
+ is available, and in practice overlaps with the validation process.
+
+
The xsd-validator function returns a function item (call it V)
+ with the following characteristics:
+
+
+
V has an arity of one. Call the value of the supplied argument
+ $target. The required type of $target
+ is (document-node(*) | element(*) | attribute(*))?:
+ that is, it accepts either a well-formed
+ document node, or an element node, or an attribute node, or an empty sequence.
+
+
If the argument is an empty sequence
+ then the result of V is also an empty sequence.
+
+
In other cases, the result of a call on V is a record
+ containing the following fields:
+
+
+
is-valid as xs:boolean. This field is always present, and indicates
+ whether the supplied $target node was found to be valid against the schema.
+ The value is true if either (a) the validation outcome was valid, or
+ (b) lax validation was requested and the validation outcome was notKnown.
+ In other cases it is false.
+
+
typed-node as (document-node(*) | element(*) | attribute(*)).
+ This field is present
+ only when (a) the option return-typed-node was set (explicitly or implicitly)
+ to true, and (b) the value of the is-valid field is true.
+ It represents the root of a tree that is a deep copy of the input tree,
+ augmented with type annotations and default values.
+
+
error-details as map(*)*. This field is present only when (a) the option
+ return-error-details was set
+ to true, and (b) the supplied document was found to be invalid. The value is a sequence
+ of maps, each containing details of one invalidity that was found. The precise details of the
+ invalidities are , but they may include
+ the following fields, if the information is available:
+
+
+
message. A string containing the text of an error message, intended
+ for a human reader.
+
rule. A reference to the rule in the XSD specification that was violated.
+ This is a string comprising four parts separated by the character U+007C:
+
+
"1.0" or "1.1" indicating whether the reference is to the XSD 1.0 or 1.1 specification.
+
"1" or "2" indicating whether the reference is to part 1 or part 2 of the specification.
+
The name of the validation rule (for example "Datatype Valid").
+
The clause number within that validation rule (for example "2.3").
+
+
For example, if an attribute is declared to be of type xs:integer, but the
+ actual value is not in the lexical space of xs:integer, the value of rule
+ might be "1.1|2|Datatype Valid|2.1".
+
+
node. The node that was found to be invalid. Note that when a containing element
+ C is invalid because a child element D is not allowed by its content
+ model, the invalid node is C, not D.
+
error-node. The node whose presence led to detection of the invalidity. In the
+ above example, this would be D.
+
error-uri. The URI of the XML entity in which the error was detected.
+
line-number. The line number where the error was detected, within its external entity.
+
column-number. The column number where the error was detected, within the error line number.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The validation is performed as described in , with
+ the assembled schema as the effective schema and $target as the operand node.
+
+
+
If the use-xsi-schema-location option is true and a failure
+ occurs processing an xsi:schemaLocation or xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
+ attribute (for example, because a schema document cannot be retrieved, or because the referenced
+ schema document is invalid, or because it is incompatible with other schema components)
+ this is treated as an invalidity, not as a dynamic error:
+ V returns successfully with is-valid set to false.
+
+
+
The function V may fail with a dynamic error if it is not possible to determine whether or not the
+ instance document is valid. This may happen, for example, if processor-defined limits are exceeded.
+
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the processor is not schema-aware, or if no schema processor with the required capabilities (such as XSD 1.1 support)
+ is available.
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if it is not possible to assemble a valid and consistent schema.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Both XQuery and XSLT provide capabilities for XSD-based schema validation in earlier versions of the specifications,
+ and those are retained in 4.0. This function provides additional capability:
+
+
It is possible to control validation more precisely, through a wider range of options;
+
It is possible to validate different instance documents against different schemas;
+
Information about any invalidities is made available to the application, rather than simply causing a dynamic error;
+
The capability is provided by means of a function rather than custom syntax, making it easier
+ to integrate into an application.
+
The capability is available through XPath alone, and therefore with host languages other than
+ XQuery and XSLT.
+
+
Three possible ways of using the function include:
+
+
To simply test whether or not a document is valid against a schema, set the options
+ return-typed-node and return-error-details to false,
+ and simply test the value of the is-valid field returned when the validation function
+ is called.
+
To obtain a typed XDM tree from an input document that is expected to be valid, set the
+ option return-typed-node to true. On return from the validation function, test the
+ value of the is-valid field; call fn:error if the value is false;
+ otherwise use the typed-node property of the result. The main benefit of using a typed
+ XDM tree is that it allows static type checking of path expressions: this benefit only applies
+ when the schema used for validation is the imported schema used in the static context. However, there
+ are cases where validation against a different schema is appropriate, for example when validating the
+ result of one query or transformation that is to be used as input to another.
+
To validate an input document and provide feedback to the document author about any validity
+ problems that were found, set return-error-details to true. If the result
+ of the validation function has is-valid = false(), process the returned error-details.
+ The information available for this part of the processing may not be 100% interoperable, though with care it
+ should be possible to write the query in such a way that it works with different processors.
+
+
The validation process is explained in more detail in the XQuery ()
+ and XSLT () specifications.
+
The function has no effect on the static context. Schemas loaded using this function, either directly or
+ via the effect of xsi:schemaLocation and xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation attributes, are not
+ added to the static context and have no effect on any other validation episodes. A processor may cache schema
+ components to reduce the cost of processing the same schema repeatedly, but this has no observable effect other than
+ on performance.
This function serializes the supplied input sequence $input as described in
+ , returning the serialized representation
+ of the sequence as a string.
+
+
+
The value of the first argument $input acts as the input sequence to the serialization process,
+ which starts with sequence normalization.
+
+
The second argument $options, if present, provides serialization parameters. These may be supplied in either
+ of two forms:
+
+
+
+
As an output:serialization-parameters
+ element, having the format described in . In this case the type of the supplied
+ argument must match the required type element(output:serialization-parameters).
+
+
+
As a map. In this case the type of the supplied argument must match the required type map(*)
+
+
+
+
The single-argument version of this function has the same effect as the two-argument
+ version called with $options set to an empty sequence. This in turn is the
+ same as the effect of passing an output:serialization-parameters element
+ with no child elements.
+
+
The final stage of serialization, that is, encoding, is skipped. If the serializer does
+ not allow this phase to be skipped, then the sequence of octets returned by the
+ serializer is decoded into a string by reversing the character encoding performed in the
+ final stage.
+
+
If the second argument is omitted, or is supplied in the form of an output:serialization-parameters
+ element, then the values of any serialization parameters that are not explicitly specified is implementation-defined,
+ and may depend on the context.
+
+
If the second argument is supplied as a map, then the option parameter conventions
+ apply. In this case:
+
+
+
+
Each entry in the map defines one serialization parameter.
+
+
+
The key of the entry is an xs:string value in the cases of parameter names defined in these specifications, or an
+ xs:QName (with non-absent namespace) in the case of implementation-defined serialization parameters.
+
+
+
The required type of each parameter, and its default value, are defined by the following table. The default
+ value is used when the map contains no entry for the parameter in question, and also when an entry is present, with the
+ empty sequence as its value. The table also indicates how the value of the map entry is to be interpreted in cases
+ where further explanation is needed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Parameter
+
Required type
+
Interpretation
+
Default Value
+
+
+
+
+
+ allow-duplicate-names
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no"
+
+ no
+
+
+
+
+ byte-order-mark
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no"
+
+ no
+
+
+
+
+ cdata-section-elements
+
+
+ xs:QName*
+
+
+
+ ()
+
+
+
+
+ doctype-public
+
+
+ xs:string?
+
+
Zero-length string and () both represent "absent"
+
absent
+
+
+
+ doctype-system
+
+
+ xs:string?
+
+
Zero-length string and () both represent "absent"
+
absent
+
+
+
+ encoding
+
+
+ xs:string?
+
+
+
+ utf-8
+
+
+
+
+ escape-solidus
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no"
+
+ yes
+
+
+
+
+ escape-uri-attributes
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no"
+
+ yes
+
+
+
+
+ html-version
+
+
+ xs:decimal?
+
+
+
+ 5
+
+
+
+
+ include-content-type
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no"
+
+ yes
+
+
+
+
+ indent
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no"
+
+ no
+
+
+
+
+ item-delimiter
+
+
+ xs:string?
+
+
+
absent
+
+
+
+ json-lines
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no"
+
+ no
+
+
+
+
+ json-node-output-method
+
+
+ (xs:string | xs:QName)?
+
+
See Notes 1, 2
+
+ xml
+
+
+
+
+ media-type
+
+
+ xs:string?
+
+
+
(a media type suitable for the chosen method)
+
+
+
+ method
+
+
+ (xs:string | xs:QName)?
+
+
See Notes 1, 2
+
+ xml
+
+
+
+
+ normalization-form
+
+
+ xs:string?
+
+
+
+ none
+
+
+
+
+ omit-xml-declaration
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no"
+
+ yes
+
+
+
+
+ standalone
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no", () means "omit"
+
+ omit
+
+
+
+
+ suppress-indentation
+
+
+ xs:QName*
+
+
+
+ ()
+
+
+
+
+ undeclare-prefixes
+
+
+ xs:boolean?
+
+
true() means "yes", false() means "no"
+
+ no
+
+
+
+
+ use-character-maps
+
+
+ map(xs:string, xs:string)?
+
+
See Note 3
+
+ {}
+
+
+
+
+ version
+
+
+ xs:string?
+
+
+
+ 1.0
+
+
+
+
+
+
Notes to the table:
+
+
+
+
The notation (A | B) represents a union type whose member types are A
+ and B.
+
+
+
If an xs:QName is supplied for the method or json-node-output-method
+ options, then it must have a non-absent namespace URI. This
+ means that system-defined serialization methods such as xml and json
+ are defined as strings, not as xs:QName values.
+
+
+
For the use-character-maps option, the value is a map, whose keys
+ are the characters to be mapped (as xs:string instances),
+ and whose corresponding values are the strings to be substituted for these characters.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
A type error occurs if the $options argument
+ is present and does not match either of the types element(output:serialization-parameters)?
+ or map(*).
+
+
This is defined as a type error so that it can be enforced via the function signature by implementations
+ that generalize the type system in a suitable way.
+
+
If the host language makes serialization an optional feature and the implementation does
+ not support serialization, then a dynamic error is
+ raised.
+
When the second argument is supplied as a map,
+ and the supplied value is of the wrong type for the particular parameter, for example if the value of indent
+ is a string rather than a boolean, then as defined by the option parameter conventions,
+ a type error is raised.
+ If the value is of the correct type, but does not satisfy the rules for that
+ parameter defined in , then a dynamic error
+ is raised. (For example, this occurs if the map supplied to
+ use-character-maps includes a key that is a string whose length is not one (1)).
+
If any serialization error occurs, including the detection of an invalid value for a
+ serialization parameter as described above, this results in the fn:serialize call failing with
+ a dynamic error.
+
+
+
One use case for this function arises when there is a need to construct an XML document
+ containing nested XML documents within a CDATA section (or on occasions within a
+ comment). See fn:parse-xml for further details.
+
Another use case arises when there is a need to call an extension function that expects
+ a lexical XML document as input.
+
Another use case for this function is serializing instances of the data model into a human
+ readable format for the purposes of debugging. Using the by specifying it as the output method defined in the second argument via
+ output:serialization-parameters, allows for serializing any valid
+ XDM instance without raising a serialization error.
+
There are also use cases where the application wants to post-process the output of a
+ query or transformation, for example by adding an internal DTD subset, or by inserting
+ proprietary markup delimiters such as the <% ... %> used by some
+ templating languages.
+
The ability to specify the serialization parameters in an output:serialization-parameters
+ element provides backwards compatibility with the 3.0 version of this specification; the ability to
+ use a map takes advantage of new features in the 3.1 version. The default parameter values are
+ implementation-defined when an output:serialization-parameters
+ element is used (or when the argument is omitted), but are fixed by this specification in the
+ case where a map (including an empty map) is supplied for the argument.
+
+
+
+
Given the variables:
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
The following call might produce the output shown:
+
+
+
+
+ ']]>
+
+
+
+
The following call would also produce the output shown (though the second argument could equally well be supplied
+ as an empty map ({}), since both parameters are given their default values):
This function takes as input an HTML document, and returns the
+ document node at the root of an XDM tree representing the parsed document.
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence the function returns the empty sequence.
+
In other cases, $value is expected to contain an HTML document supplied
+ either as a string or a binary value.
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows:
+
+
+
+
+
The character encoding to use to decode a sequence of octets that
+ represents an HTML document.
+
+ xs:string
+
+
+
+
Indicates whether the function should fail with a dynamic error if the input
+ is not syntactically valid.
+
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Parsing errors should be handled as described in
+ section 13.2.2, Parse Errors.
+
+
+ A parsing error should result in the function failing with a dynamic error.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Defines how to handle elements in the HTMLTemplateElement.content
+ property.
+
If this option is true, the template element’s
+ children are the children of the content property’s document
+ fragment node.
+
If this option is false, the template element’s
+ children are the empty sequence.
+
The default behaviour is
+ implementation-defined.
+
+
This allows an implementation to support the behaviour defined in
+ section 4.12.3.1, Interaction of
+ template elements with XSLT and XPath:
+
+
+
This option would default to true for an XSLT processor
+ operating on an HTML DOM constructed from an XHTML document.
+
+
+
This option would default to false for an XPath processor
+ using the section 8, XPath APIs.
+
+
+
+
+ xs:boolean
+
+
+
+
The apply.
+
+
If $value is not the empty sequence, an input byte stream is constructed as follows:
+
+
+
If $value is an xs:string, then in principle no decoding is needed.
+ Conceptually, however, the HTML parsing algorithm always starts by decoding an octet
+ stream. The string is therefore first encoded using UTF-8, and the resulting octet
+ stream is then passed to the HTML parser with a known definite encoding
+ of UTF-8, as described in section 13.2.3.1,
+ Parsing with a known character encoding.
+
If the first codepoint of the string is U+FEFF, this should be stripped, since
+ it might otherwise lead to an incorrect encoding inference.
+
+
If the type of $value is a sequence of octets (xs:hexBinary or
+ xs:base64Binary) the encoding of the input byte stream is determined in a
+ way consistent with section 13.2.3.2, Determining the character
+ encoding:
+
+
+
The encoding key of $options is interpreted in step 2 of
+ Determining the character encoding as the user instructing the user
+ agent to override the document’s character encoding with the specified encoding.
+
+
If the encoding key of $options is not specified, step 2
+ of Determining the character encoding is skipped.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The resulting byte stream is then used to construct an XDM representation of the HTML
+ document in a way that is equivalent to:
+
+
+
Tokenizing the byte stream according to the HTML parsing algorithm as described in
+ section 13.2.5, Tokenization.
+
+
Constructing a HTMLDocument object for HTML documents, or an
+ XMLDocument for XML/XHTML documents as described in
+ section 13.2.6, Tree construction.
+
+
Building an XDM representation of the HTMLDocument or XMLDocument
+ according to the rules in .
+
+
+
+
The implementation should process any input HTML that adheres to the current
+ practice of mainstream web browsers, as this evolves over time. Since this is defined
+ by a “living standard” (see ), no specific version is prescribed.
+ An implementation may
+ define additional options to control aspects of the HTML parsing algorithm, including the selection
+ of a specific HTML parsing library; it may also provide options to process alternative HTML versions
+ or dialects.
+
+
The implementation should recognize and process XHTML (referred to
+ in as the XML concrete syntax of HTML).
+
+
The function is nondeterministic with respect to node identity:
+ that is, if the function is called twice with the same arguments, it is
+ whether the same node is returned on both
+ occasions.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the content of
+ $value is not a well-formed HTML document.
+
+
+
If the HTML parser accepts a string as the input then that may be used directly when
+ $value is an xs:string instead of converting the string to
+ a sequence of octets in an encoding. The HTML
+ parser must not perform character encoding processing on that input, treating the HTML
+ string as being in a known character encoding that matches the encoding of the string.
+
+
The WHATWG Encoding specification defines the ISO 8859-1 (latin1) and ASCII encodings as
+ aliases of the windows-1252 encoding.
+
+
+
+
The expression parse-html(()) returns ().
+
The expression parse-html("<p>Hello</p>") returns an XDM
+
+ document node equivalent to the result of parsing the XML
+
Hello
]]>
+
The expression parse-html("<p>Hi</p>", method:="html")
+ is equivalent to parse-html("<p>Hi</p>").
Reads an external resource containing HTML, and returns the result of parsing the resource as HTML.
+
+
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument form with an empty map as the value of the $options
+ argument.
+
The effect of the two-argument function call fn:html-doc($H, $M)is equivalent to the function composition
+ fn:unparsed-binary($H) => fn:parse-html($M).
+
If $source is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
+
The function may raise any error defined for the fn:unparsed-binary
+ or fn:parse-html functions.
Returns the context size from the dynamic context.
+
+
+
Returns the context size from the dynamic context. (See .)
+
+
+
A type error is raised if
+ the context size is absent.
+
+
+
Under most circumstances, the context size is absent only if the context value is absent. However, XSLT 3.0 with
+ streaming defines situations in which the context value and context position are known, but the context size is unknown.
Returns the current date and time (with timezone).
+
+
+
Returns the current dateTime (with timezone) from the dynamic context. (See .) This is an
+ xs:dateTime that is current at some time during the evaluation of a
+ query or transformation in which fn:current-dateTime is executed.
+
This function is . The precise instant during the query
+ or transformation represented by the value of fn:current-dateTime() is
+ implementation-dependent.
+
If the implementation supports data types from XSD 1.1 then the returned value will be
+ an instance of xs:dateTimeStamp. Otherwise, the only guarantees are that it
+ will be an instance of xs:dateTime and will have a timezone component.
+
+
+
The returned xs:dateTime will always have an associated timezone, which
+ will always be the same as the implicit timezone in the dynamic context
+
+
+
+
current-dateTime() returns an xs:dateTimeStamp
+ corresponding to the current date and time. For example, a call of
+ current-dateTime() might return
+ 2004-05-12T18:17:15.125Z corresponding to the current time on May 12,
+ 2004 in timezone Z.
Returns xs:date(fn:current-dateTime()). This is an xs:date
+ (with timezone) that is current at some time during the evaluation of a query or
+ transformation in which fn:current-date is executed.
+
This function is . The precise instant during the query
+ or transformation represented by the value of fn:current-date is implementation-dependent.
+
+
+
The returned date will always have an associated timezone, which will always be the same
+ as the implicit timezone in the dynamic context
+
+
+
+
current-date() returns an xs:date corresponding to the
+ current date. For example, a call of current-date() might return
+ 2004-05-12+01:00.
Returns xs:time(fn:current-dateTime()). This is an xs:time
+ (with timezone) that is current at some time during the evaluation of a query or
+ transformation in which fn:current-time is executed.
+
This function is . The precise instant during the query
+ or transformation represented by the value of fn:current-time() is implementation-dependent.
+
+
+
The returned time will always have an associated timezone, which will always be the same
+ as the implicit timezone in the dynamic context
+
+
+
+
current-time() returns an xs:time corresponding to the
+ current time. For example, a call of current-time() might return
+ 23:17:00.000-05:00.
Returns the value of the default collation property from the dynamic context.
+
+
+
Returns the value of the default collation property from the
+ dynamic context context. Components
+ of the dynamic context are described in .
+
+
+
The default collation property can never be absent. If it is not explicitly defined, a
+ system defined default can be invoked. If this is not provided, the Unicode codepoint
+ collation (http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/collation/codepoint) is
+ used.
+
In most cases, the default collation is known statically,
+ and a call on this function can therefore be pre-evaluated during static analysis. The only
+ notable exception is when a call on default-collation() is used to define
+ the default value of a parameter to a user-defined function. In this case it is interpreted
+ as a reference to the default collation in the context of the relevant function call,
+ which may differ from the default collation of the function definition.
Returns the value of the default language property from the dynamic context.
+
+
+
Returns the value of the default language property from the dynamic context. Components
+ of the dynamic context are described in .
+
+
+
The default language property can never be absent. The functions fn:format-integer,
+ fn:format-date, fn:format-time, and fn:format-dateTime
+ are defined to use the default language if no explicit language is supplied. The default language
+ may play a role in selection of a default collation, but this is not a requirement.
This function returns the value of the executable base URI property from the dynamic
+ context.
+
+
+
The function (despite its name)
+ returns the value of the executable base URI property from the dynamic context.
+ If the property is absent, the empty sequence is returned.
+
Components of the dynamic context are described in .
+
+
+
The executable base URI will in many cases be the same as the static base URI in the static context.
+ However, XQuery and XSLT give an implementation freedom to use different base URIs during
+ the static analysis phase and the dynamic evaluation phase, that is, for retrieval of compile-time
+ and run-time resources respectively. This is appropriate when the implementation allows
+ the output of static analysis (a “compiled” query or stylesheet) to be deployed for execution
+ to a different location from the one where static analysis took place. In this situation, the
+ fn:static-base-uri function should return a URI suitable for locating
+ resources needed during dynamic evaluation.
+
If a call on the fn:static-base-uri function appears within the expression used
+ to define the value of an optional parameter to a user-defined function, then the value supplied
+ to the function (if the argument is omitted) will be the executable base URI from the dynamic
+ context of the function caller. This allows such a function to resolve relative URIs supplied
+ in other parameters to the same function.
Returns a function item having a given name and arity, if there is one.
+
+
+
A call to fn:function-lookup starts by looking for a
+ function definition
+ in the named functions component of the dynamic context
+ (specifically, the dynamic context of the call to fn:function-lookup),
+ using the expanded QName supplied as $name and the arity supplied as
+ $arity. There can be at most one such function definition.
+
+
If no function definition can be identified (by name and arity), then an empty sequence
+ is returned.
+
+
If a function definition is identified, then a function item is obtained from the function
+ definition using the same rules as for evaluation of a named function reference
+ (see ). The captured context of
+ the returned function item (if it is context dependent) is the static and dynamic context of
+ the call on fn:function-lookup.
+
+
+
If the arguments to fn:function-lookup identify a function that is present
+ in the static context of the function call, the function will always return the same
+ function that a static reference to this function would bind to. If there is no such
+ function in the static context, then the results depend on what is present in the
+ dynamic context, which is implementation-defined.
+
+
+
+
+
+
An error is raised if the identified function depends on
+ components of the static or dynamic context that are not present, or that have
+ unsuitable values. For example is raised for the call
+ function-lookup( #fn:name, 0 )
+ if the context value is absent, and is raised for the call function-lookup( #fn:id, 1 ) if the
+ context value is not a single node in a tree that is rooted at a document node.
+ The error that is raised is the same as the error that would be raised by the
+ corresponding function if called with the same static and dynamic context.
+
+
+
+
This function can be useful where there is a need to make a dynamic decision on which of
+ several statically known functions to call. It can thus be used as a substitute for
+ polymorphism, in the case where the application has been designed so several functions
+ implement the same interface.
+
The function can also be useful in cases where a query or stylesheet module is written
+ to work with alternative versions of a library module. In such cases the author of the
+ main module might wish to test whether an imported library module contains or does not
+ contain a particular function, and to call a function in that module only if it is
+ available in the version that was imported. A static call would cause a static error if
+ the function is not available, whereas getting the function using
+ fn:function-lookup allows the caller to take fallback action in this
+ situation.
+
If the function that is retrieved by fn:function-lookup is context-dependent, that is, if it has
+ dependencies on the static or dynamic context of its caller, the context that applies is
+ the static and/or dynamic context of the call to the fn:function-lookup
+ function itself. The context thus effectively forms part of the closure of the returned
+ function. This mainly applies when the target of
+ fn:function-lookup is a built-in function, because user-defined
+ functions typically have no dependency on the static or dynamic context of the function call
+ (an exception arises when the expressions used to define default values for parameters
+ are context-dependent). The rule
+ applies recursively, since fn:function-lookup is itself a context-dependent
+ built-in function.
+
However, the static and dynamic context of the call to fn:function-lookup
+ may play a role even when the selected function definition is not itself context dependent,
+ if the expressions used to establish default parameter values are context dependent.
+
User-defined XSLT or XQuery functions should be accessible to fn:function-lookup
+ only if they are statically visible at the location where the call to fn:function-lookup
+ appears. This means that private functions, if they are not statically visible in the containing
+ module, should not be accessible using fn:function-lookup.
+
The function identity is determined in the same way as for
+ a named function reference. Specifically, if there is no context dependency, two calls
+ on fn:function-lookup with the same name and arity must return the same function.
+
These specifications do not define any circumstances in which the dynamic context will
+ contain functions that are not present in the static context, but neither do they rule
+ this out. For example an API may provide the ability to add functions
+ to the dynamic context, and such functions may potentially be context-dependent.
+
+
The mere fact that a function exists and has a name does not of itself mean that the
+ function is present in the dynamic context. For example, functions obtained through
+ use of the fn:load-xquery-module function are not added to the dynamic context.
The expression (fn:function-lookup( #xs:dateTimeStamp, 1 ),
+ xs:dateTime#1)[1] ('2011-11-11T11:11:11Z') returns an
+ xs:dateTime value set to the specified date, time, and timezone; if
+ the implementation supports XSD 1.1 then the result will be an instance of the
+ derived type xs:dateTimeStamp. The query is written to ensure that no
+ failure occurs when the implementation does not recognize the type
+ xs:dateTimeStamp.
+
+
+
The expression
+ let $f := function-lookup( #zip:binary-entry, 2 )
+return if (exists($f)) then $f($source, $entry) else ()
+returns the result of
+ calling zip:binary-entry($source, $entry) if the function is available, or
+ an empty sequence otherwise.
Returns a string representing the identity of a function item.
+
+
+
The fn:function-identity function returns a string that represents
+ the identity of $function.
+
The returned string has the property that fn:function-identity($f1)
+ and fn:function-identity($f2) are codepoint-equal if and only if $f1
+ and $f2 have the same function identity. Apart from this property, the
+ result is .
+
+
In the case of maps and arrays, the result follows the following rule:
+ If $X and $Y are both maps or arrays then fn:function-identity($X)
+ must not be codepoint-equal to fn:function-identity($Y) unless
+ $X and $Y are indistinguishable, that is unless every operator or function applied
+ to $X returns the same result as for $Y. Even in this case, however, the
+ result of the comparison fn:function-identity($X) eq fn:function-identity($Y)
+ is .
+
+
+
This function enables applications to test whether two expressions or variables
+ reference the same function item. This may be useful, for example, to allow caching
+ of function results to avoid repeated evaluation. The results of previous function
+ invocations might be held in a map whose key is the function identity.
+
The function identity, by definition, is generated upon the creation of a function item.
+ Specific expressions that create function items have their own rules for the identity
+ of the returned functions: for example, it is guaranteed that evaluation of a function
+ reference to a system function with no captured context (such as fn:abs#1)
+ will always return the same function item.
+
It is not meaningful to store or compare the result of calling fn:function-identity
+ across different execution scopes, because the string used
+ to represent the function identity will generally vary from one execution scope to another.
+
The result of an expression such as function-identity(abs#1) eq function-identity(abs(?))
+ may be either true or false, because it is
+ whether abs#1 and abs(?) return the same function item.
+
Similarly, function-identity({ 1:() }) eq function-identity(map:entry(1, ()))
+ may be either true or false.
The fn:function-annotations function returns the annotations of
+ $function as a sequence of
+ single-entry maps, each associating
+ the name of a function annotation with the value of the annotation.
+ Note that several annotations on a function can share the same name. The order
+ of the annotations is retained.
+
The result is a sequence of single-entry maps,
+ each being an instance of
+ map(xs:QName, xs:anyAtomicType*).
+ If a function (for example, a built-in function) has no annotations,
+ the result of the function is an empty sequence.
+
For each annotation, a map is returned, with a single entry. The
+ key of the map entry is the name of the annotation as an xs:QName.
+ The value of the entry is the value of the annotation as a sequence of atomic items.
+ If the annotation has no values, the associated value is an empty sequence.
+
+
+
In the common case where the annotation names are all unique,
+ the result of the function can readily be converted into single map by applying the function
+ map:merge.
Applies the function item $action to every item from the sequence $input
+ in turn, returning the concatenation of the resulting sequences in order.
+
+
+
The function calls $action($item, $pos) for each item in $input,
+ where $item is the item in question and $pos is its 1-based
+ ordinal position in $input. The final result is the sequence concatenation
+ of the result of these calls, preserving order.
+
Returns those items from the sequence $input for which the supplied function
+ $predicate returns true.
+
+
+
The function returns a sequence containing those items from $input
+ for which $predicate($item, $pos) returns true, where $item
+ is the item in question, and $pos is its 1-based ordinal position within $input.
As a consequence of the function signature and the function calling rules, a type error
+ occurs if the supplied $predicate function returns anything other than a single
+ xs:boolean item or an empty sequence; there is no conversion to an effective boolean
+ value, but an empty sequence is interpreted as false.
+
+
+
If $predicate is an arity-1 function,
+ the function call fn:filter($input, $predicate) has a very similar effect to the
+ expression $input[$predicate(.)]. There are some differences, however. In the case of
+ fn:filter, the function $F is required to return an optional boolean;
+ there is no special treatment for numeric predicate values, and no conversion to an
+ effective boolean value. Also, with a filter expression $input[$predicate(.)],
+ the focus within the predicate is different from that outside; this means that the use of a
+ context-sensitive function such as fn:lang#1 will give different results in
+ the two cases.
+
+
+
+
+ filter(1 to 10, fn($a) { $a mod 2 = 0 })
+ 2, 4, 6, 8, 10
+
+
+ ')//a, fn { @id eq "2" })]]>
+ ]]>
+ The function returns () when there is no @id attribute;
+ this is treated as false.
+
+
+
+
+ filter((), lang("en", ?))
+ ()
+
+
+
+
+ let $sequence := (1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 4, 5)
+return filter(
+ $sequence,
+ fn($item, $pos) { $item = $sequence[$pos - 1] }
+)
+ 1, 4
+
+
+
+
+
+
The $predicate callback function accepts an optional position argument.
+
+
+
The $predicate callback function may return an empty sequence (meaning false).
Processes the supplied sequence from left to right, applying the supplied function
+ repeatedly to each item in turn, together with an accumulated result value.
+
+
+
If $input is empty, the function returns $init.
+
If $input contains at least one item, the function calls
+ $action($init, $input[1]), returning a value A1.
+
If $input contains a second item, the function then calls
+ $action(A1, $input[2]), returning A2; to process the nth
+ item it calls $action(A/n-1, $input[N]).
+
This continues in the same way until the end of the $input sequence; the final result is
+ the result of the last call on $action.
+
+
+
+declare function fold-left(
+ $input as item()*,
+ $init as item()*,
+ $action as function(item()*, item()) as item()*
+) as item()* {
+ if (empty($input))
+ then $init
+ else fold-left(tail($input), $action($init, head($input)), $action)
+};
+
+
+
As a consequence of the function signature and the function calling rules, a type error
+ occurs if the supplied function $action cannot be applied to two arguments, where
+ the first argument is either the value of $init or the result of a previous
+ application of $action, and the second
+ is any single item from the sequence $input.
+
+
+
This operation is often referred to in the functional programming literature as
+ “folding” or “reducing” a sequence. It typically takes a function that operates on a pair of
+ values, and applies it repeatedly, with an accumulated result as the first argument, and
+ the next item in the sequence as the second argument. The accumulated result is
+ initially set to the value of the $init argument, which is conventionally a
+ value (such as zero in the case of addition, one in the case of multiplication, or a
+ zero-length string in the case of string concatenation) that causes the function to
+ return the value of the other argument unchanged.
+
Unlike other functions that apply a user-supplied callback function to successive
+ items in a sequence, this function does not supply the current position to the callback function
+ as an optional argument. If positional information is required, this can be achieved by
+ first forming the sequence $input ! { 'position': position(), 'item': . }
+ and then applying the fn:fold-left function to this sequence.
+
+
+
+
+
+ fold-left(
+ 1 to 5,
+ 0,
+ fn($a, $b) { $a + $b }
+)
+ 15
+ This returns the sum of the items in the sequence
+
+
+
+
+ fold-left(
+ (2, 3, 5, 7),
+ 1,
+ fn($a, $b) { $a * $b }
+)
+ 210
+ This returns the product of the items in the sequence
+
+
+
+
+ fold-left(
+ (true(), false(), false()),
+ false(),
+ fn($a, $b) { $a or $b }
+)
+ true()
+ This returns true if any item in the sequence has an effective boolean
+ value of true
+
+
+
+
+ fold-left(
+ (true(), false(), false()),
+ false(),
+ fn($a, $b) { $a and $b }
+)
+ false()
+ This returns true only if every item in the sequence has an effective
+ boolean value of true
+
+
+
+
+ fold-left(
+ 1 to 5,
+ (),
+ fn($a, $b) { $b, $a }
+)
+ 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
+ This reverses the order of the items in a sequence
+
+
+
+
+ fold-left(
+ 1 to 5,
+ "",
+ concat(?, ".", ?)
+)
+ ".1.2.3.4.5"
+
+
+
+
+ fold-left(
+ 1 to 5,
+ "$z",
+ concat("$f(", ?, ", ", ?, ")")
+)
+ "$f($f($f($f($f($z, 1), 2), 3), 4), 5)"
+
+
+
+
+ fold-left(
+ 1 to 5,
+ {},
+ fn($map, $n) { map:put($map, $n, $n * 2) }
+)
+ { 1: 2, 2: 4, 3: 6, 4: 8, 5: 10 }
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+ special-streaming-rules
+
+
+
Processes the supplied sequence from right to left, applying the supplied function
+ repeatedly to each item in turn, together with an accumulated result value.
+
+
+
If $input is empty, the function returns $init.
+
Let I/n be the last item in $input, and let A/n be $init.
+ The function starts by calling $action(I/n, $init), producing
+ a result A/n-1.
+
If there is a previous item, I/n-1,
+ the function then calls $action(I/n-1, A/n-1), producing
+ the result A/n-2.
+
This continues in the same way until the start of the $input sequence is reached; the final result is
+ the value A/0.
+
+
+
+declare function fold-right(
+ $input as item()*,
+ $init as item()*,
+ $action as function(item(), item()*) as item()*
+) as item()* {
+ if (empty($input))
+ then $init
+ else $action(head($input), fold-right(tail($input), $init, $action))
+};
+
+
+
As a consequence of the function signature and the function calling rules, a type error
+ occurs if the supplied function $action cannot be applied to two arguments, where
+ the first argument is any item in the sequence $input, and the second is either
+ the value of $init or the result of a previous application of
+ $action.
+
+
+
+
This operation is often referred to in the functional programming literature as
+ “folding” or “reducing” a sequence. It takes a function that operates on a pair of
+ values, and applies it repeatedly, with the next item in the sequence as the first
+ argument, and the result of processing the remainder of the sequence as the second
+ argument. The accumulated result is initially set to the value of the $init
+ argument, which is conventionally a value (such as zero in the case of addition, one in
+ the case of multiplication, or a zero-length string in the case of string concatenation)
+ that causes the function to return the value of the other argument unchanged.
+
In cases where the function performs an associative operation on its two arguments (such
+ as addition or multiplication), fn:fold-right produces the same result as
+ fn:fold-left.
+
+
+
Unlike other functions that apply a user-supplied callback function to successive
+ items in a sequence, this function does not supply the current position to the callback function
+ as an optional argument. If positional information is required, this can be achieved by
+ first forming the sequence $input ! { 'position': position(), 'item': . }
+ and then applying the fn:fold-right function to this sequence.
Processes a supplied value repeatedly, continuing while some condition remains true,
+ and returning the first value that does not satisfy the condition.
+
+
+
Informally, the function behaves as follows:
+
+
+
$pos is initially set to 1.
+
+
+
$predicate($input, $pos) is evaluated. If the result is
+ false or (), the function returns the value of $input.
+
+
+
Otherwise, $action($input, $pos) is evaluated, the resulting value is
+ used as a new $input, and the process repeats from step 2 with
+ $pos incremented by 1.
+
+
+
+
+declare %private function while-do-helper(
+ $input as item()*,
+ $predicate as fn(item()*, xs:integer) as xs:boolean?,
+ $action as fn(item()*, xs:integer) as item()*,
+ $pos as xs:integer
+) as item()* {
+ if ($predicate($input, $pos))
+ then while-do-helper($action($input, $pos), $predicate, $action, $pos + 1)
+ else $input
+};
+
+declare function while-do(
+ $input as item()*,
+ $predicate as fn(item()*, xs:integer) as xs:boolean?,
+ $action as fn(item()*, xs:integer) as item()*
+) as item()* {
+ while-do-helper($input, $predicate, $action, 1)
+};
+
+
+
While-do loops are very common in procedural programming languages, and this function
+ provides a way to write functionally clean and interruptible iterations without
+ side-effects. As long as a given condition is met, an new value is computed and tested
+ again. Depending on the use case, the value can be a simple atomic item or an arbitrarily
+ complex data structure.
+
The function fn:do-until can be used to perform the action before the
+ first predicate test.
+
Note that, just as when writing recursive functions, it is easy to construct infinite
+ loops.
+
+
+
+
+
+ 256
+ The loop is interrupted as soon as the computed product is greater
+ than 100.
+
+
+
+
+
+ 3628800
+ This returns the factorial of 10, i.e., the product of all integers from 1 to 10.
+
+
+
+
+
+ 5
+ This returns the first positive number missing in a sequence.
+
+
+
+
+
+ 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
+ The first number of a sequence is removed as long as it is smaller than 5.
+
+
+
+
+ = 0.0000000001 },
+ fn($guess) { ($guess + $input div $guess) div 2 }
+) => round(5)
+]]>
+ 1984
+ This computes the square root of a number.
+
+
+
+
The following example generates random doubles. It is interrupted once a number
+ exceeds a given limit:
+
+
+
+
+
New in 4.0
+
+
The $predicate callback function may return an empty sequence (meaning false).
Processes a supplied value repeatedly, continuing when some condition is false,
+ and returning the value that satisfies the condition.
+
+
+
Informally, the function behaves as follows:
+
+
+
$pos is initially set to 1.
+
+
+
$action($input, $pos) is evaluated, and the resulting value
+ is used as a new $input.
+
+
+
$predicate($input, $pos) is evaluated. If the result is
+ true, the function returns the value of $input.
+ Otherwise, the process repeats from step 2 with $pos incremented by
+ 1.
+
When the predicate returns an empty sequence, this is treated as false.
+
+
+
+
+declare %private function do-until-helper(
+ $input as item()*,
+ $action as fn(item()*, xs:integer) as item()*,
+ $predicate as fn(item()*, xs:integer) as xs:boolean?,
+ $pos as xs:integer
+) as item()* {
+ let $result := $action($input, $pos)
+ return if ($predicate($result, $pos)) then (
+ $result
+ ) else (
+ do-until-helper($result, $action, $predicate, $pos + 1)
+ )
+};
+
+declare function do-until(
+ $input as item()*,
+ $action as fn(item()*, xs:integer) as item()*,
+ $predicate as fn(item()*, xs:integer) as xs:boolean?
+) as item()* {
+ do-until-helper($input, $action, $predicate, 1)
+};
+
+
+
Do-until loops are very common in procedural programming languages, and this function
+ provides a way to write functionally clean and interruptible iterations without
+ side-effects. A new value is computed and tested until a given condition fails. Depending
+ on the use case, the value can be a simple atomic item or an arbitrarily complex data
+ structure.
+
The function fn:while-do can be used to perform the action after the
+ first predicate test.
+
Note that, just as when writing recursive functions, it is easy to construct infinite
+ loops.
+
+
+
+
+ 50 }
+)
+]]>
+ 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64
+ The loop is interrupted once the last value of the generated sequence
+ is greater than 50.
+
+
+
+
+ 10 }
+)
+]]>
+ 55, 34, 21, 13, 8, 5, 3, 2, 1, 1, 0
+ The computation is continued as long as the average of the first
+ Fibonacci numbers is smaller than 10.
+
+
+
+
+
New in 4.0
+
+
The $predicate callback function may return an empty sequence (meaning false).
Applies the function item $action to successive pairs of items taken one from
+ $input1 and one from $input2, returning the concatenation of the
+ resulting sequences in order.
+
+
+
The function returns the value of the expression:
+
+
+
+
If one sequence is longer than the other, excess items in the longer sequence are ignored.
Sorts a supplied sequence, based on the value of a sort key supplied as a function.
+
+
+
This function is retained for compatibility from version 3.1 of this specification. Version 4.0
+ introduces two more powerful functions, fn:sort-by and fn:sort-with.
+
+
The function call fn:sort($input, $collation, $key) is defined to have the same effect as the
+ call fn:sort-by($input, { 'key': $key, 'collation': $collation, 'order': 'ascending'}).
+ See fn:sort-by.
+
+
The result of the function is a sequence that contains all the items from $input,
+ typically in a different order, the order being defined by the supplied sort key definitions.
If the set of computed sort keys contains values that are not comparable using the lt operator then the sort
+ operation will fail with a type error ().
+
Sorts a supplied sequence, based on the value of a number of sort keys supplied as functions.
+
+
+
The result of the function is a sequence that contains all the items from $input,
+ typically in a different order, the order being defined by the supplied sort key definitions.
+
+
A sort key definition is a record with three parts:
+
+
+
key: A sort key function, which is applied to each item in the input sequence to
+ determine a sort key value. If no function is supplied, the default is fn:data#1,
+ which atomizes the item.
+
collation: A collation, which is used when comparing sort key values
+ that are of type xs:string or xs:untypedAtomic. If no collation is supplied, the default
+ collation from the static context is used.
+
When comparing values of types other than xs:string or xs:untypedAtomic,
+ the collation is ignored (but an error may be reported if it is
+ invalid). For more information see .
+
+
+
order: An order direction, either "ascending" or
+ "descending". The default is "ascending".
+
+
+
The number of sort key definitions is determined by the number of records supplied
+ in the $keys argument. If the argument is absent or empty, the default is
+ a single sort key definition using the function data#1, using the default collation
+ from the static context, and with order ascending.
+
+
+
+
+
The result of the fn:sort-by function is obtained as follows:
+
+
+
+
The result sequence contains the same items as the input sequence $input,
+ but generally in a different order.
+
+
+
The sort key definitions are established as described above.
+ The sort key definitions are in major-to-minor order. That is, the position of two
+ items $A and $B in the result sequence is determined first by the
+ relative magnitude of their
+ primary sort key values, which are computed by evaluating the sort key function in the
+ first sort key definition.
+ If those two sort key values are equal, then the position is determined by the relative magnitude
+ of their secondary sort key values, computed by evaluating the
+ sort key function in the second sort key definition, and so on.
+
+
+
When a pair of corresponding sort key values of $A and $B are
+ found to be not equal,
+ then $A precedes $B in the result sequence
+ if both the following conditions are true, or if both conditions are false:
+
+
+
The sort key value for $A is less than the sort key value for $B,
+ as defined below.
+
+
+
The order direction in the corresponding sort key definition
+ is "ascending".
+
+
+
+
If all the sort key values for $A and $B are pairwise equal, then
+ $A precedes $B in the result sequence if and only if
+ $A precedes $B in the input sequence.
+
That is, the sort is stable.
+
+
+
Each sort key value for a given item is obtained by applying the sort key
+ function of the corresponding sort key definition to that item. The result
+ of this function is in the general case a sequence of atomic items.
+ Two sort key values $a and $b are compared as follows:
+
+
Let $C be the collation in the corresponding
+ sort key definition.
+
+
Let $REL be the result of evaluating op:lexicographic-compare($key($A), $key($B), $C)
+ where op:lexicographic-compare($a, $b, $C) is defined as follows:
+ if (empty($a) and empty($b)) then 0
+else if (empty($a)) then -1
+else if (empty($b)) then +1
+else let $rel = op:simple-compare(head($a), head($b), $C)
+ return if ($rel eq 0)
+ then op:lexicographic-compare(tail($a), tail($b), $C)
+ else $rel
+
Here op:simple-compare($k1, $k2) is defined as follows:
+ if ($k1 instance of (xs:string | xs:anyURI | xs:untypedAtomic)
+ and $k2 instance of (xs:string | xs:anyURI | xs:untypedAtomic))
+then compare($k1, $k2, $C)
+else if ($k1 instance of xs:numeric and $k2 instance of xs:numeric)
+then compare($k1, $k2)
+else if ($k1 eq $k2) then 0
+else if ($k2 lt $k2) then -1
+else +1
+
This raises an error if two keys are not comparable, for example
+ if one is a string and the other is a number, or if both belong to a non-ordered
+ type such as xs:QName.
+
If $REL is zero, then the two sort key values are deemed
+ equal; if $REL is -1 then $a is deemed less than
+ $b, and if $REL is +1 then $a is deemed greater than
+ $b
+
+
+
+
+
+
If the set of computed sort keys contains values that are not comparable using the lt operator then the sort
+ operation will fail with a type error ().
+
+
+
+
The function is a generalization of the fn:sort function available in 3.1,
+ which is retained for compatibility. The enhancements allow multiple sort keys to be defined, each potentially with
+ a different collation, and allow sorting in descending order.
+
If the sort key for an item evaluates to an empty sequence, the effect of the rules is that this item
+ precedes any value for which the key is non-empty. This is equivalent to the effect of the XQuery option
+ empty least. The effect of the option empty greatest can be achieved by adding an
+ extra sort key definition with { 'key': fn { empty(K(.) } }: when comparing boolean sort keys,
+ false precedes true.
Sorts a supplied sequence, according to the order induced by the supplied comparator
+ functions.
+
+
+
Informally, the items of the supplied $input are compared against each other,
+ using the supplied $comparators. The result is a sorted sequence.
+
Each comparator function takes two items and returns an xs:integer that
+ defines the relationship between these items, in accordance with the
+ fn:compare function:
+
+
The comparators are evaluated one after the other, either completely or
+ until the result is an integer other than 0.
+
If the last integer returned is negative or 0, the first item is
+ returned before the second.
+
Otherwise, the second item is returned first.
+
+
Users are responsible for supplying transitive comparators; otherwise, the result
+ might not be correctly sorted. An example for a non-transitive and thus unsuitable
+ comparator is fn($a, $b) { if ($a mod 2 = 1) then 1 else -1 },
+ as it considers odd numbers to be greater than even numbers.
+
Sorting is stable, which means that the relative order of the input items
+ is maintained.
+
More formally, assuming that the comparators raise no errors and are transitive,
+ the effect of the function is equivalent to the following implementation in XQuery:
+
+
+
+
An implementation is free to choose any sorting algorithm as long as the result
+ returned is stable and matches the result of the implementation in XQuery.
Returns all the GNodes reachable from a given start GNode by applying a supplied function repeatedly.
+
+
+
+
The function works with both XNodes and JNodes.
+
+
The value of $node is a node from which navigation starts. If $node is an
+ empty sequence, the function returns an empty sequence.
+
+
The value of $step is a function that takes a single GNode as input, and returns a set of GNodes as its result.
+
The result of the fn:transitive-closure function is the set of GNodes that are reachable from
+ $node by applying the $step function one or more times.
+
+
Although $step may return any sequence of GNodes, the result is treated as a set: the order of GNodes
+ in the sequence is ignored, and duplicates are ignored. The result of of the
+ transitive-closure function will always be a sequence of GNodes in document order with no duplicates.
+
+
+declare %private function tc-inclusive(
+ $nodes as gnode()*,
+ $step as fn(gnode()) as gnode()*
+) as gnode()* {
+ let $nextStep := $nodes/$step(.)
+ let $newNodes := $nextStep except $nodes
+ return if (exists($newNodes))
+ then $nodes union tc-inclusive($newNodes, $step)
+ else $nodes
+};
+
+declare function transitive-closure (
+ $node as gnode(),
+ $step as fn(gnode()) as gnode()*
+) as gnode()* {
+ tc-inclusive($node/$step(.), $step)
+};
+
+(: Explanation:
+
+ The private helper function tc-inclusive takes a set of GNodes as input,
+ and calls the $step function on each one of those GNodes; if the result
+ includes GNodes that are not already present in the input, then it makes
+ a recursive call to find GNodes reachable from these new GNodes, and returns
+ the union of the supplied GNodes and the GNodes returned from the recursive
+ call (which will always include the new GNodes selected in the first step).
+
+ If there are no new GNodes, the recursion ends, returning the GNodes that
+ have been found up to this point.
+
+ The main function fn:transitive-closure finds the nodes that are reachable
+ from the start GNodes in a single step, and then invokes the helper function
+ tc-inclusive to add GNodes that are reachable in multiple steps.
+:)
+
+
+
Cycles in the data are not a problem;
+ the function stops searching when it finds no new GNodes.
+
The function may fail to terminate if the supplied $step function constructs and returns
+ new GNodes. A processor may detect this condition but is not required to do so.
+
The $node GNodes is not included in the result, unless it is reachable by applying
+ the $step function one or more times. If a result is required that does include $node,
+ it can be readily added to the result using the union operator:
+ $node | transitive-closure($node, $step).
The following example, given $root as the root of an XSLT stylesheet module, returns the URIs
+ of all stylesheet modules reachable using xsl:import and xsl:include declarations:
Makes a dynamic call on a function with an argument list supplied in the form of an array.
+
+
+
The result of the function is obtained by invoking the supplied function $function with arguments
+ taken from the members of the supplied array $arguments. The first argument of the function call is the first
+ member of $arguments, the second argument is the second member of $arguments, and so on.
+
The arity of the supplied function $function must be less than or equal to the size
+ of the array $arguments.
+
The effect of calling fn:apply($f, [$a, $b, $c, ...]) is the same as the effect of the dynamic function call
+ $f($a, $b, $c, ....). For example, the coercion rules are applied to the supplied arguments
+ in the usual way. Among other things this means that excess arguments are ignored.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the arity of the function $function is greater than the size of the
+ array $arguments ().
+
+
+
+
The function is useful where the arity of a function item is not known statically.
The expression apply($f, array:subarray([ "a", "b", "c", "d", "e", "f" ], 1, function-arity($f)))
+ calls the supplied function $f supplying the number of arguments required by its arity.
+
+
+
+
+
As a result of changes to the coercion rules, the number of supplied
+ arguments can be greater than the number required: extra arguments are ignored.
Performs partial application of a function item by binding values to selected arguments.
+
+
+
The result is a function obtained by binding values to selected arguments of
+ the function item $function. The arguments to be bound are represented
+ by entries in the $arguments map: an entry with key $i
+ and value $v causes the argument at position $i (1-based)
+ to be bound to $v.
+
+
Any entries in $arguments whose keys are greater than the arity of
+ $function are ignored.
+
+
If $arguments is an empty map then the function returns $function
+ unchanged.
+
+
For example, the effect of calling fn:partial-apply($f, { 2: $x })
+ is the same as the effect of the partial
+ appplication $f(?, $x, ?, ?, ....).
+ The coercion rules are applied to the supplied arguments
+ in the usual way.
+
+
Unlike a partial application using place-holder arguments:
+
+
+
The arity of $function need not be statically known.
+
It is possible to bind all the arguments of $function: the effect
+ is to return a zero-arity function.
+
+
+
+
The result is a partially applied function having
+ the following properties (which are defined in ):
+
+
+
+
name: absent.
+
+
+
identity: A new function
+ identity distinct from the identity of any other function item.
+
See also .
+
+
+
arity: The arity of $function minus the
+ number of parameters in $function that map to supplied
+ arguments in $arguments.
+
+
+
+ parameter names:
+ The names of the parameters of $function
+ that do not map to supplied
+ arguments in $arguments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ signature: The parameters in the returned function
+ are the parameters of $function
+ that do not map to supplied
+ arguments in $arguments,
+ retaining order. The result type of the returned function
+ is the same as the result type of $function.
+
+
An implementation that can determine a more specific signature (for example,
+ through use of type analysis) is permitted to do so.
+
+
+
+
+
body: The body of $function.
+
+
+
+
+ captured context: The
+ static and dynamic context of $function, augmented,
+ for each supplied argument, with
+ a binding of the converted argument value
+ to the corresponding parameter name.
+
+
+
+
+
+
A type error is raised if any of the supplied arguments,
+ after applying the coercion rules, does not match the required type of the corresponding function
+ parameter.
+
In addition, a dynamic error may be raised if any of the supplied arguments does not match
+ other constraints on the value of that argument (for example, if the value supplied
+ for a parameter expecting a regular expression is not a valid regular expression);
+ or if the processor is able to establish that evaluation of the resulting function
+ will fail for any other reason (for example, if an error is raised while evaluating
+ a subexpression in the function body that depends only on explicitly supplied
+ and defaulted parameters).
+
+
+
See also .
+
The function is useful where the arity of a function item is not known statically,
+ or where all arguments in a function are to be bound, returning a zero-arity function.
The result of calling fn:op("⊙"), where ⊙ is one of the above operators, is
+ the function represented by the XPath expression:
+
fn($x, $y) { $x ⊙ $y }
+
For example, op("+") returns fn($x, $y) { $x + $y }.
+
+
+
A type error is raised if the
+ supplied argument is not one of the supported operators.
+
+
+
+
The function is useful in contexts where an arity-2 callback function needs to be supplied, and
+ a standard operator meets the requirement.
+
For example, the XSLT xsl:map instruction
+ has an on-duplicates attribute that expects such a function. Specifying
+ on-duplicates="op(',')" is equivalent to specifying
+ on-duplicates="fn($x, $y) { $x, $y }
+
The function is also useful in cases where the choice of operator to apply is
+ made dynamically.
+
Some operators (such as and, or, and otherwise)
+ have custom error handling semantics, with the effect that evaluating one of the operands cannot
+ cause an error unless the other operand has a particular value
+ (see ). Although implementations are free
+ to make optimizations, it should be assumed that a function call such as op('and')(X, Y)
+ will have the normal semantics of a dynamic function call, where the arguments are evaluated in any order,
+ and a failure evaluating any argument may cause the function call as a whole to fail.
Returns a record containing information about the type annotation of an atomic value.
+
+
+
Given an atomic value, the function returns a schema-type-record
+ containing information about the atomic type represented by its .
+
+
+
The result will always have ?is-simple = true() and ?variety = "atomic". In a non-schema-aware
+ environment the type will always be a built-in atomic type in the xs namespace: see
+ . Where a schema is in use, however, the result may be an atomic type defined
+ in the schema, which may be an anonymous type.
+
+
Note that under the function coercion rules, it is possible to supply a node as the argument, which
+ will then be atomized. In simple cases the type annotation on the atomized value will be the same as
+ the type annotation on the node. But this is not always true: for example the type annotation on
+ the node might be a complex type with simple content, while the type annotation on its atomized
+ value is the corresponding simple content type. To get the type annotation on the node, use the function
+ fn:node-type-annotation.
+
+
This function should not be used as a substitute for an instance of test. The precise type annotation
+ of the result of an expression is not always predictable, because processors are free to deliver a more specific type
+ than is mandated by the specification. For example, if $n is of type xs:positiveInteger,
+ then the result of abs($n) is guaranteed to be an instance of xs:integer, but an
+ implementation might reasonably return the supplied value unchanged: that is, a value whose actual type
+ annotation is xs:positiveInteger. Similarly the type annotation of the value returned by
+ position() might be xs:long rather than xs:integer.
+
+
Implementations should, however, refrain from exposing types that are purely internal.
+ For example, an implementation might have an optimized internal representation for strings consisting entirely
+ of ASCII characters, or for single-character strings; if this is the case then the type annotation returned by this function
+ should be a user-visible supertype such as xs:string.
Returns a record containing information about a named schema type in the static context.
+
+
+
If the static context (specifically, the in-scope schema types)
+ includes a schema type whose name matches $name,
+ the function returns a schema-type-record
+ containing information about that schema type. If not, it returns an empty sequence.
Determines whether two atomic items are equal, under the rules used for comparing keys in a map.
+
+
+
The function fn:atomic-equal is used to compare two atomic items for equality. This function
+ has the following properties (which do not all apply to the eq operator):
+
+
Any two atomic items can be compared, regardless of their type.
+
No dynamic error is ever raised (the result is either true or false).
+
The result of the comparison never depends on the static or dynamic context.
+
Every value (including NaN) is equal to itself.
+
The comparison is symmetric: if A equals B, then B equals A.
+
The comparison is transitive: if A equals B and B equals C,
+ then A equals C.
+
+
+
The function returns true if and only if one of the following conditions is true:
+
+
+
+
All of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
$value1 is an instance of xs:string, xs:anyURI, or xs:untypedAtomic
+
+
+
$value2 is an instance of xs:string, xs:anyURI, or xs:untypedAtomic
+
+
+
+ fn:codepoint-equal($value1, $value2)
+
+
+
+
+
Strings are compared without any dependency on collations.
+
+
+
+
All of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
$value1 is an instance of xs:decimal, xs:double, or xs:float
+
+
+
$value2 is an instance of xs:decimal, xs:double, or xs:float
+
+
+
One of the following conditions is true:
+
+
+
Both $value1 and $value2 are NaN
+
+
xs:double('NaN') is the same key as xs:float('NaN')
+
+
+
+
Both $value1 and $value2 are positive infinity
+
+
xs:double('INF') is the same key as xs:float('INF')
+
+
+
+
Both $value1 and $value2 are negative infinity
+
+
xs:double('-INF') is the same key as xs:float('-INF')
+
+
+
+
$value1 and $value2 when converted to decimal numbers with no rounding or loss of precision
+ are mathematically equal.
+
+
Every instance of xs:double, xs:float, and xs:decimal can be represented
+ exactly as a decimal number provided enough digits are available both before and after the decimal point. Unlike the eq
+ relation, which converts both operands to xs:double values, possibly losing precision in the process, this
+ comparison is transitive.
+
+
+
Positive and negative zero compare equal.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
All of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
One of the following conditions is true:
+
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:date.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:time.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:dateTime.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:gYear.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:gYearMonth.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:gMonth.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:gMonthDay.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:gDay.
+
+
+
+
One of the following conditions is true:
+
+
+
Both $value1 and $value2 have a timezone
+
+
+
Neither $value1 nor $value2 has a timezone
+
+
+
+
+
+ $value1 eq $value2
+
+
+
+
+
Values having a timezone are never equal to values without one. The implicit timezone is not used.
+
+
+
+
+
All of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
$value1 is an instance of xs:hexBinary or xs:base64Binary
+
+
+
$value2 is an instance of xs:hexBinary or xs:base64Binary
+
+
+
op:binary-equal($value1, $value2)
+
+
+
+
+
All of the following conditions are true:
+
+
+
One of the following conditions is true:
+
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:boolean.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:QName.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:NOTATION.
+
$value1 and $value2 are both instances of xs:duration.
+
+
+
+
+
+ $value1 eq $value2
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The internal function op:same-key was introduced in an earlier version of this specification
+ for comparing keys within a map.
+ In this version of the specification, the functionality is unchanged, but the function is exposed so that it
+ is available directly to applications.
+
+
The function is used to assess whether two atomic
+ items are considered to be duplicates when used as keys in a map. A map cannot
+ contain two separate entries whose keys are the same as defined by this function.
+ The function is also used when matching keys in functions such as map:get
+ and map:remove.
+
+
The rules for comparing keys in a map are chosen to ensure that the comparison is:
+
+
+
Context-free: there is no dependency on the static or dynamic context
+
+
+
Error-free: any two atomic items can be compared, and the result is either true or false, never an error
+
+
+
Transitive: if A is the same key as B, and B is the same key as C,
+ then A is the same key as C.
+
+
+
Two atomic items may be distinguishable even though they are equal under this comparison. For example: they may have
+ different type annotations; dates and times may have different timezones; xs:QName values may have different
+ prefixes.
+
Unlike the eq operator and the fn:deep-equal function, xs:hexBinary and
+ xs:base64Binary values are considered distinct. This decision was made in order to preserve backwards
+ compatibility: if the values were treated as interchangeable, it would become impossible to construct certain maps that
+ could be validly constructed using earlier versions of the specification, and it would be difficult to make maps fully
+ interoperable between processors supporting different language versions, for example when calling fn:transform.
+
As always, any algorithm that delivers the right result is acceptable. For example, when testing whether an xs:double
+ value D is the same key as an xs:decimal value that has N significant digits, it is not
+ necessary to know all the digits in the decimal expansion of D to establish the result: computing the first N+1
+ significant digits (or indeed, simply knowing that there are more than N significant digits) is sufficient.
New in 4.0. The function replaces the internal op:same-key
+ function in 3.1
+
+
Atomic items of types xs:hexBinary
+ and xs:base64Binary are now mutually comparable. In rare cases, where an
+ application uses both types and assumes they are distinct, this can represent a backwards
+ incompatibility.
Returns a map that combines the entries from a number of existing maps.
+
+
+
The function map:merge
+ returns a map that is formed by combining the contents of the maps supplied in the $maps
+ argument.
+
+
+
Informally, the supplied maps are combined as follows:
+
+
+
+
There is one entry in the returned map for each distinct key present in the union
+ of the input maps, where two keys are distinct if they are not the same key. The order of the input maps,
+ and of the entries within these input maps, is retained in the
+ of the result map.
+
+
+
If there are duplicate keys, that is, if two or more maps contain entries having the
+ same key, then the relevant entries are combined in a way
+ that is controlled by the supplied $options.
+
+
+
The $options argument takes the same values (with the same meanings)
+ as the map:build function, except that the default is different:
+ for map:merge, the default for duplicate keys is use-first.
+
+
The difference is for backwards compatibility reasons.
+
+
With the default options, when duplicate entries occur:
+
+
+
There will be a single entry in the result
+ corresponding to a set of duplicate entries in the input.
+
+
The value of that entry will be taken from the first
+ of the duplicates.
+
The position of that entry in the of the result map will correspond to the
+ position of the first of the duplicates.
+
The key of the combined entry
+ will correspond to the key of one of the duplicates: it is
+ which one is chosen. (Keys may be
+ duplicates even though they differ: for example, they may have
+ different type annotations, or they may be xs:dateTime
+ values in different timezones.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
An error is raised if the value of
+ $options indicates that duplicates are to be rejected, and a duplicate key is encountered.
+
An error is raised if the value of
+ $options includes an entry whose key is defined
+ in this specification, and whose value is not a permitted value for that key.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
If the input is an empty sequence, the result is an empty map.
+
If the input is a sequence of length one, the result map is
+ indistinguishable from the input map.
+
There is no requirement that
+ the supplied input maps should have the same or compatible
+ types. The type of a map (for example map(xs:integer, xs:string)) is
+ descriptive of the entries it currently contains, but is not a constraint on how the map
+ may be combined with other maps.
+
The XSLT 3.0 recommendation included a specification of this function that incorrectly used
+ the option value { 'duplicates': 'unspecified' } in place of
+ { 'duplicates': 'use-any' }. XSLT implementations wishing to
+ preserve backwards compatibility may choose to retain support
+ for this setting.
+
+
+
+
+
+ map:merge(())
+ {}
+ Returns an empty map
+
+
+ map:merge((
+ map:entry(0, "no"),
+ map:entry(1, "yes")
+))
+ { 0: "no", 1: "yes" }
+ Returns a map with two entries
+
+
+ map:merge(({ "red": 0 }, { "green": 1}, { "blue": 2 }))
+=> map:keys()
+ "red", "green", "blue"
+ Note the order of the result.
+
+
+ map:merge(
+ ($week, { 7: "Unbekannt" })
+)
+ { 0: "Sonntag", 1: "Montag", 2: "Dienstag", 3: "Mittwoch",
+ 4: "Donnerstag", 5: "Freitag", 6: "Samstag", 7: "Unbekannt" }
+ The value of the existing map is unchanged; the returned map
+ contains all the entries from $week, supplemented with an additional
+ entry.
+
+
+ map:merge(
+ ($week, { 6: "Sonnabend" }),
+ { "duplicates": "use-last" }
+)
+ { 0: "Sonntag", 1: "Montag", 2: "Dienstag", 3: "Mittwoch",
+ 4: "Donnerstag", 5: "Freitag", 6: "Sonnabend" }
+ The value of the existing map is unchanged; the returned map
+ contains all the entries from $week, with one entry replaced by a
+ new entry. Both input maps contain an entry with the key 6; the
+ one used in the result is the one that comes last in the input
+ sequence.
+
+
+ map:merge(
+ ($week, { 6: "Sonnabend" }),
+ { "duplicates": "use-first" }
+)
+ { 0: "Sonntag", 1: "Montag", 2: "Dienstag", 3: "Mittwoch",
+ 4: "Donnerstag", 5: "Freitag", 6: "Samstag" }
+ The value of the existing map is unchanged; the returned map
+ contains all the entries from $week, with one entry replaced by a
+ new entry. Both input maps contain an entry with the key 6; the
+ one used in the result is the one that comes first in the input
+ sequence.
+
+
+ map:merge(
+ ($week, { 6: "Sonnabend" }),
+ { "duplicates": "combine" }
+)
+ { 0: "Sonntag", 1: "Montag", 2: "Dienstag", 3: "Mittwoch",
+ 4: "Donnerstag", 5: "Freitag", 6: ("Samstag", "Sonnabend") }
+ The value of the existing map is unchanged; the returned map
+ contains all the entries from $week, with one entry replaced by a
+ new entry. Both input maps contain an entry with the key 6; the
+ entry that appears in the result is the sequence concatenation of the entries
+ in the input maps, retaining order.
+
+
+ map:merge(
+ ({ "oxygen": 0.22, "hydrogen": 0.68, "nitrogen": 0.1 },
+ { "oxygen": 0.24, "hydrogen": 0.70, "nitrogen": 0.06 }),
+ { "duplicates": fn($a, $b) { max(($a, $b)) } })
+
+ { "oxygen": 0.24, "hydrogen": 0.70, "nitrogen": 0.1 }
+ The result map holds, for each distinct key, the maximum of the values
+ for that key in the input.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
For consistency with the new function map:build, the handling of duplicates
+ may now be controlled by supplying a user-defined callback function as an alternative
+ to the fixed values for the earlier duplicates option.
Returns a sequence containing all the keys present in a map.
+
+
+
Informally, the function map:keys takes any
+ map as its $map argument and returns
+ the keys that are present in the map as a sequence of atomic items,
+ in entry order.
Returns a sequence containing selected keys present in a map.
+
+
+
Informally, the function map:keys takes any
+ map as its $map argument. The
+ $predicate function takes the key and the value of the corresponding
+ map entry as an argument, and the result is a sequence containing the keys of those
+ entries for which the predicate function returns true, in
+ entry order.
+
+
A return value of () from the predicate function is
+ treated as false.
Returns a sequence containing all the key-value pairs present in a map, each represented
+ as a .
+
+
+
The function map:entries takes any map
+ as its $map argument and returns the key-value pairs that are present in the map as
+ a sequence of single-entry maps, in
+ entry order.
Returns the value associated with a supplied key in a given map.
+
+
+
The function map:get attempts to find an entry within the map supplied as $map that has
+ the same key as $key. If there is such an entry, it returns the associated value;
+ if not, it returns the supplied $default value, which defaults to the empty sequence.
A return value of () from map:get#2 could indicate that
+ the key is present in the map with an associated value of (), or it could
+ indicate that the key is not present in the map. The two cases can be distinguished by
+ either by calling map:contains to test whether an entry is present, or by using
+ a $default value to return a value known never to appear in the map.
+
+
+
+
Invoking the map as a function item has the same effect
+ as calling get with no $default
+ argument: that is, when $map is a map, the expression
+ $map($K) is equivalent to map:get($map, $K). Similarly, the
+ expression map:get(map:get(map:get($map, 'employee'), 'name'), 'first') can
+ be written as $map('employee')('name')('first').
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ map:get($week, 4)
+ "Donnerstag"
+
+
+ map:get($week, 9)
+ ()
+ When the key is not present, the function returns an empty
+ sequence.
+
+
+ map:get(map:entry(7,()), 7)
+ ()
+ An empty sequence as the result can also signify that the key is
+ present and the associated value is an empty sequence.
+
+
+ map:get($week, 7, "n/a")
+ "n/a"
+ The third argument supplies a default value.
+
+
+
+
+
+
A third argument is added, allowing user control of how absent keys should be handled.
Searches the supplied input sequence and any contained maps and arrays for a map entry with the supplied key,
+ and returns the corresponding values.
+
+
+
The function map:find searches the sequence supplied as $input
+ looking for map entries whose key is the same key
+ as $key. The associated value in any such map entry (each being in general a sequence)
+ is returned as a member of the result array.
+
+
The search processes the $input sequence using the following recursively defined rules
+ (any equivalent algorithm may be used provided it delivers
+ the same result, respecting those rules that constrain the order of the result):
+
+
+
+
To process a sequence, process each of its items in order.
+
+
+
To process an item that is an array, process each of its members in order
+ (each member is, in general, a sequence).
+
+
+
To process an item that is a map, then for each key-value entry (K, V)
+ in the map (in entry order)
+ perform both of the following steps, in order:
+
+
+
If K is the same key as $key,
+ then add V as a new member to the end of the result array.
+
+
+
Process V (which is, in general, a sequence).
+
+
+
+
+
To process an item that is neither a map nor an array, do nothing. (Such items are ignored).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
If $input is an empty sequence, map, or array, or if the requested $key is not found,
+ the result will be a zero-length array.
Returns a map containing all the contents of the supplied map, but with an additional entry, which replaces
+ any existing entry for the same key.
+
+
+
If $map contains an entry whose key is the same key as $key, the function returns
+ a map in which that entry is replaced (at the same relative position)
+ with a new entry whose value is $value. It is
+ whether the key in the new entry
+ takes its original value or is replaced by the supplied $key.
+ All other entries in the map are unchanged, and retain their relative order.
+
+
Otherwise, when $map contains no such entry, the function
+ returns a map containing all entries from the supplied $map
+ (retaining their relative position) followed by a new entry whose key
+ is $key and whose associated value is $value.
There is no requirement that the type of $key and $value be consistent with the types
+ of any existing keys and values in the supplied map.
+
+
It is possible to force the new entry to go at the end of the sequence by calling
+ map:remove before calling map:put.
+
+
It can happen that the supplied $key is the
+ as some existing key present in $map, but nevertheless
+ differs from the existing key in some way:
+ for example, it might have a different type annotation, or it might be an xs:dateTime
+ value in a different timezone. In this situation it is
+ whether the key that appears in the result map
+ is the supplied $key or the existing key.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ map:put($week, 6, "Sonnabend")
+ { 0: "Sonntag", 1: "Montag", 2: "Dienstag", 3: "Mittwoch",
+ 4: "Donnerstag", 5: "Freitag", 6: "Sonnabend" }
+
+
+ map:put($week, -1, "Unbekannt")
+ { 0: "Sonntag", 1: "Montag", 2: "Dienstag", 3: "Mittwoch",
+ 4: "Donnerstag", 5: "Freitag", 6: "Samstag", -1: "Unbekannt" }
+
+
+ parse-json('{ "red": 0, "green": 1, "blue": 2 }')
+=> map:put("yellow", -1)
+=> map:keys()
+ "red", "green", "blue", "yellow"
+ The new entry is added at the end of the list.
+
+
+ parse-json('{ "red": 0, "green": 1, "blue": 2 }')
+=> map:put("red", -1)
+=> map:keys()
+ "red", "green", "blue"
+ Changing the value for an existing key does not
+ change the order of the keys.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Enhanced to allow for ordered maps.
+
+
+
It is no longer guaranteed that the new key replaces the existing key.
Returns a that
+ represents a single key-value pair.
+
+
+
The function map:entry returns a map which contains a single
+ entry. The key of the entry in the new map is
+ $key, and its associated value is $value.
+
+
+
+
+
+map:put({}, $key, $value)
+
+
+
+
The function map:entry is intended primarily for use in conjunction with
+ the function map:merge. For example, a map containing seven entries may be
+ constructed like this:
+
+
+
The map:merge function can be used to construct
+ a map with a variable number of entries, for example:
Applies a supplied function to every entry in a map, returning the
+ sequence concatenation of the results.
+
+
+
The function map:for-each takes any map as its $map argument and applies the supplied function
+ to each entry in the map, in entry order;
+ the result is the
+ of the results of these function calls.
+
+
The function supplied as $action takes two arguments. It is called
+ supplying the key of the map entry as the first argument, and the associated value as
+ the second argument.
+
+
+
+ dm:iterate-map($map, $action)
+
+
+
+
+
+ map:for-each(
+ { 1: "yes", 2: "no" },
+ fn($k, $v) { $k }
+)
+ (1, 2)
+ This function call is equivalent to calling map:keys.
+
+
+ distinct-values(
+ map:for-each(
+ { 1: "yes", 2: "no" },
+ fn($k, $v) { $v }
+ )
+)
+ ("yes", "no")
+
+
+ map:merge(
+ map:for-each(
+ { "a": 1, "b": 2 },
+ fn($k, $v) { map:entry($k, $v + 1) }
+ )
+)
+ { "a": 2, "b": 3 }
+ This function call returns a map with the same keys as the input map,
+ with the value of each entry increased by one.
+
+
+
+
+
This XQuery example converts the entries in a map to attributes on a newly constructed
+ element node:
The function map:filter takes any map as its $map argument and applies the supplied function
+ to each entry in the map; the result is a new map containing those entries for which
+ the function returns true. A return value of () from the
+ predicate is treated as false.
+
+
The function supplied as $predicate takes two arguments. It is called
+ supplying the key of the map entry as the first argument, and the associated value as
+ the second argument.
+
+
The relative order of entries
+ in the returned map is the same as their relative order in $map.
Returns a map that typically contains one entry for each item in a supplied input sequence.
+
+
+
Informally, the function processes each item in $input in order.
+ It calls the $key function on that item to obtain a sequence of key values,
+ and the $value function to obtain an associated value.
+ Then, for each key value:
+
+
If the key is not already present in the target map, the processor adds a
+ new key-value pair to the map, with that key and that value.
+
If the key is already present, the processor combines the new value for the key
+ with the existing value; the way they are combined is determined by the
+ duplicates option.
+
By default, when two duplicate entries occur:
+
+
A single combined entry will be present in the result.
+
This entry will contain the
+ sequence concatenation
+ of the supplied values.
+
The position of the combined entry in the
+ of the result map
+ will correspond to the position of the first of the duplicates.
+
The key of the combined entry
+ will correspond to the key of one of the duplicates: it is
+ which one is chosen.
+ (It is possible for two keys to be considered duplicates even if they differ:
+ for example, they may have different type annotations, or they may
+ be xs:dateTime values in different timezones.)
+
+
The $options argument can be used to control the
+ way in which duplicate keys are handled.
+ The option parameter conventions apply.
+ The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows:
+
+
+
+
+ Determines the policy for handling duplicate keys: specifically, the action to be
+ taken if two entries in the input sequence have key values
+ K1 and K2 where K1 and K2 are the
+ same key.
+
+ (enum( "reject", "use-first", "use-last", "use-any", "combine") | fn(item()*, item()*) as item()*)?
+ "combine"
+
+
+ Equivalent to supplying a function that raises a dynamic error
+ with error code "FOJS0003". The effect is that duplicate keys
+ result in an error.
+
+ Equivalent to supplying the function fn($a, $b){ $a }.
+ The effect is that the first of the duplicates is chosen.
+
+ Equivalent to supplying the function fn($a, $b){ $b }.
+ The effect is that the last of the duplicates is chosen.
+
+ Equivalent to supplying the function fn($a, $b){ one-of($a, $b) }
+ where one-of chooses either $a or $b in
+ an way. The effect is that it is
+ which of the duplicates is chosen.
+
+ Equivalent to supplying the function fn($a, $b){ $a, $b }
+ (or equivalently, the function op(",")).
+ The effect is that the result contains the
+ of the values having the same key, retaining order.
+
+
+ A function with signature fn(item()*, item()*) as item()*.
+ The function is called for any entry in the input sequence that has the
+ as a previous entry. The first argument
+ is the existing value associated with the key; the second argument
+ is the value associated with the key in the duplicate input entry,
+ and the result is the new value to be associated with the key. The effect
+ is cumulative: for example if there are three values X, Y,
+ and Z associated with the same key, and the supplied function is
+ F, then the result is an entry whose value is
+ X => F(Y) => F(Z).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for-each(
+ $input,
+ fn($item, $pos) {
+ for-each($key($item, $pos), fn($k) {
+ map:entry($k, $value($item, $pos))
+ }
+ )}
+)
+=> map:merge($options)
+
+
+
+
An error is raised if the value of
+ $options indicates that duplicates are to be rejected, and a duplicate key is encountered.
+
An error is raised if the value of
+ $options includes an entry whose key is defined
+ in this specification, and whose value is not a permitted value for that key.
+
+
+
+
+
+
The default function for both $key and $value is the identity function.
+ Although it is permitted to default both, this serves little purpose: usually at least one of these arguments
+ will be supplied.
+
+
+
+
+
+ map:build((), string#1)
+ {}
+
+
+ map:build(1 to 10, fn { . mod 3 })
+ { 0: (3, 6, 9), 1: (1, 4, 7, 10), 2: (2, 5, 8) }
+ Returns a map with one entry for each distinct value of . mod 3. The
+ function to compute the value is the identity function, and duplicates are combined by
+ sequence concatenation.
+
+
+ map:build(
+ 1 to 5,
+ value := format-integer(?, "w")
+)
+ { 1: "one", 2: "two", 3: "three", 4: "four", 5: "five" }
+ Returns a map with five entries. The function to compute the key is an identity function, the
+ function to compute the value invokes fn:format-integer.
+
+
+ map:build(
+ ("January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June",
+ "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December"),
+ substring(?, 1, 1)
+)
+ {
+ "A": ("April", "August"),
+ "D": ("December"),
+ "F": ("February"),
+ "J": ("January", "June", "July"),
+ "M": ("March", "May"),
+ "N": ("November"),
+ "O": ("October"),
+ "S": ("September")
+}
+
+
+ map:build(1 to 5, {
+ 1: ("eins", "one"),
+ 4: ("vier", "four")
+})
+ {
+ "eins": 1,
+ "one": 1,
+ "vier": 4,
+ "four": 4
+}
+
+
+ map:build(
+ ("apple", "apricot", "banana", "blueberry", "cherry"),
+ substring(?, 1, 1),
+ string-length#1,
+ { "duplicates": op("+") }
+)
+ { "a": 12, "b": 15, "c": 6 }
+ Constructs a map where the key is the first character of an input item, and where the corresponding value
+ is the total string-length of the items starting with that character.
+
+
+ map:build(
+ ('Wang', 'Liu', 'Zhao'),
+ key := fn($name, $pos) { $name },
+ value := fn($name, $pos) { $pos }
+)
+ { "Wang": 1, "Liu": 2, "Zhao": 3 }
+ Returns an inverted index for the input sequence with the
+ string stored as key and the position stored as value.
+
+
+
+ A Beginner’s Guide to Java
+ Learning XML
+ Using XML with Java
+
+return map:build($titles/title, fn($title) { $title/ix })
+]]>
+ A Beginner’s Guide to Java,
+ Using XML with Java
+ ),
+ "XML": (
+ Learning XML,
+ Using XML with Java
+ )
+}]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The following expression creates a map whose keys are employee @ssn values, and whose
+ corresponding values are the employee nodes:
+ map:build(//employee, fn { @ssn })
+
+
+
The following expression creates a map whose keys are employee @location values, and whose
+ corresponding values represent the number of employees at each distinct location. Any employees that
+ lack an @location attribute will be excluded from the result.
The following expression creates a map whose keys are employee @location values, and whose
+ corresponding values contain the employee node for the highest-paid employee at each distinct location:
Constructs a collation URI with requested properties.
+
+
+
The function is supplied with a map defining the properties required of
+ the collation, and returns a collation URI with these properties.
+
+
Specifically, it returns a string in the form of a URI with the scheme and path
+ http://www.w3.org/2013/collation/UCA followed by an optional
+ query part. The query part is absent if options is empty.
+ Otherwise it consists of a question mark followed
+ by a sequence of one or more semicolon-separated parameters. Each parameter
+ is a keyword-value pair, the keyword and value being separated by an equals sign.
+ There is one keyword-value pair for each entry in the options map:
+ the keyword is the same as the string value of the key in the map, and the value
+ is the string value of the corresponding value, except where the value is of
+ type xs:boolean, in which case true and false
+ are translated to yes and no.
+
+
+
The function does not check whether the implementation actually recognizes
+ the resulting collation URI: that can be achieved using the fn:collation-available
+ function.
+
+
+
The properties available are as defined for the Unicode Collation Algorithm
+ (see ). Additional
+ properties may be specified as described in the rules for UCA
+ collation URIs.
+
+
The option parameter conventions
+ apply, except as regards the handling of options not defined in this specification.
+ Specifically:
+
+
+
If the option key is of type xs:string, xs:anyURI,
+ or xs:untypedAtomic then it is converted to a string, and produces
+ a URI query parameter which is handled as described in .
+
+
If the option key is of any other type then the function fails with a
+ type error .
A type error is raised if
+ options includes an entry whose key is not of
+ type xs:string, xs:anyURI,
+ or xs:untypedAtomic, or whose corresponding value
+ is not castable to xs:string.
Asks whether a collation URI is recognized by the implementation,
+ and whether it has required properties.
+
+
+
The first argument is a candidate collation URI.
+
+
The second argument establishes the intended usage of the collation URI. The value
+ is a sequence containing zero or more of the following:
+
+
+
compare indicates that the intended purpose of the collation
+ URI is to compare strings for equality or ordering, for example in functions such as
+ fn:index-of, fn:deep-equal,
+ fn:compare, and fn:sort.
+
key indicates that the intended purpose of the collation
+ URI is to obtain collation keys for strings using the fn:collation-key
+ function.
+
substring indicates that the intended purpose of the collation
+ URI is to establish whether one string is a substring of another, for example
+ in functions such as fn:contains or fn:starts-with.
+
+
+
The function returns true if and only if the implementation recognizes the candidate
+ collation URI as one that can be used for each of the purposes listed in the
+ $usage argument. If the $usage argument is absent
+ or set to an empty sequence, the function returns true only if the collation is
+ available for all purposes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
If the candidate collation is a UCA collation specifying fallback=yes,
+ then this function will always return true: implementations are required to recognize
+ such a collation and use fallback behavior if there is no direct equivalent available.
Given a string value and a collation, generates an internal value called a collation key, with the property that
+ the matching and ordering of collation keys reflects the matching and ordering of strings under the specified collation.
+
+
+
Calling the one-argument version of this function is equivalent to calling the
+ two-argument version supplying the default collation as the second argument.
+
The function returns an implementation-dependent
+ value with the property that,
+ for any two strings $K1 and $K2:
+
+
+
collation-key($K1, $C) eq collation-key($K2, $C) if and only if
+ compare($K1, $K2, $C) eq 0
+
+
+
collation-key($K1, $C) lt collation-key($K2, $C) if and only if
+ compare($K1, $K2, $C) lt 0
+
+
+
+
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in . Collation keys are defined as xs:base64Binary values
+ to ensure unambiguous and context-free comparison semantics.
+
An implementation is free to generate a collation key in any convenient way provided
+ that it always generates the same collation key for two strings that are equal under the
+ collation, and different collation keys for strings that are not equal. This holds only
+ within a single execution scope;
+ an implementation is under no obligation to generate the same collation keys during a
+ subsequent unrelated query or transformation.
+
It is possible to define collations that do not have the ability to generate collation
+ keys. Supplying such a collation will cause the function to fail. The ability to
+ generate collation keys is an implementation-defined property of the
+ collation.
+
+
+
An error is raised if the specified
+ collation does not support the generation of collation keys.
+
+
+
The function is provided primarily for use with maps. If a map is required where
+ codepoint equality is inappropriate for comparing keys, then a common technique is to
+ normalize the key so that equality matching becomes feasible. There are many ways
+ keys can be normalized, for example by use of functions such as
+ fn:upper-case, fn:lower-case,
+ fn:normalize-space, or fn:normalize-unicode, but this
+ function provides a way of normalizing them according to the rules of a specified
+ collation. For example, if the collation ignores accents, then the function will
+ generate the same collation key for two input strings that differ only in their use of
+ accents.
+
The result of the function is defined to be an xs:base64Binary value. Binary values
+ are chosen because they have unambiguous and context-free comparison semantics, because the value space
+ is unbounded, and because the ordering rules are such that between any two values in the ordered value space, an
+ arbitrary number of further values can be interpolated. The choice between xs:base64Binary
+ and xs:hexBinary is arbitrary; the only operation that behaves differently between the two binary
+ data types is conversion to/from a string, and this operation is not one that is normally required for
+ effective use of collation keys.
+
+
For collations based on the Unicode Collation Algorithm, an algorithm for computing
+ collation keys is provided in . Implementations are
+ not required to use this algorithm.
+
+
The fact that collation keys are ordered can be exploited in XQuery, whose order by
+ clause does not allow the collation to be selected dynamically. This restriction can be circumvented
+ by rewriting the clause order by $e/@key collation "URI" as order by fn:collation-key($e/@key, $collation),
+ where $collation allows the collation to be chosen dynamically.
+
Note that xs:base64Binary becomes an ordered type
+ in XPath 3.1, making binary collation keys possible.
+
+
The fn:collation-available can be used to ask whether a particular
+ collation is capable of delivering collation keys.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ map:merge(
+ ({ collation-key("A", $C): 1 }, { collation-key("a", $C): 2 }),
+ { "duplicates": "use-last" }
+)(collation-key("A", $C))
+ 2
+ Given that the keys of the two entries are equal under the rules of
+ the chosen collation, only one of the entries can appear in the result; the one
+ that is chosen is the one from the last map in the input sequence.
+
+
+
+
+ let $M := {
+ collation-key("A", $C): 1,
+ collation-key("B", $C): 2
+}
+return $M(collation-key("a", $C))
+ 1
+ The strings "A" and "a" have the same collation key under this
+ collation.
+
+
+
+
As the above examples illustrate, it is important that when the
+ collation-key function is used to add entries to a map, then it must
+ also be used when retrieving entries from the map. This process can be made less
+ error-prone by encapsulating the map within a function:
+ fn($k) { $M(collation-key($k, $collation) }.
Parses a string supplied in the form of a JSON text, returning the results in the form
+ of an XML document node.
+
+
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument form with an empty map as the value of the $options
+ argument.
+
+
The first argument is a JSON text as defined in , in the form of a string. The function
+ parses this string to return an XDM node.
+
+
If $value is an empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
The $options argument can be used to control the way in which the parsing
+ takes place. The option parameter conventions apply.
+
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows:
+
+
+
+ Determines whether deviations from the syntax of RFC7159 are permitted.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ The input must consist of an optional byte order mark (which is ignored) followed by a string
+ that conforms to the grammar of JSON-text in . An error must be raised
+ (see below) if the input does not conform to the grammar.
+
+
+ The input may contain deviations from the grammar of ,
+ which are handled in an implementation-defined way. (Note: some popular
+ extensions include allowing quotes on keys to be omitted, allowing a comma
+ to appear after the last item in an array, allowing leading zeroes in numbers, and allowing control characters such as
+ tab and newline to be present in unescaped form.) Since the extensions accepted
+ are implementation-defined, an error may be raised
+ (see below) if the input does not conform to the grammar.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines the policy for handling duplicate keys in a JSON object.
+ To determine whether keys are duplicates, they are compared using the Unicode codepoint collation, after expanding escape
+ sequences, unless the escape option is set to true, in which
+ case keys are compared in escaped form.
+
+ xs:string
+ If validate is true then reject, otherwise retain.
+
+
+ An error is raised if duplicate keys are encountered.
+
+
+ If duplicate keys are present in a JSON object, all but the first of a set of duplicates are ignored.
+
+
+ If duplicate keys are present in a JSON object, the XML result of the function will also contain duplicates (making
+ it invalid against the schema). This value is therefore incompatible with the option validate=true
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the generated XML tree is schema-validated.
+ xs:boolean
+ Implementation-defined.
+
+
+ Indicates that the resulting XDM instance must be typed; that is, the element
+ and attribute nodes must carry the type annotations that result from validation
+ against the schema given at , or against an
+ implementation-defined schema
+ if the liberal option has the value true.
+
+
+ Indicates that the resulting XDM instance must be untyped.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether special characters are represented in the XDM output
+ in backslash-escaped form.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ All characters in the input that are valid
+ in the version of XML supported by the implementation, whether or not they are represented
+ in the input by means of an escape sequence, are represented as unescaped characters in the result. Any
+ characters or codepoints that are not valid XML characters
+ (for example, unpaired surrogates) are passed to the fallback function
+ as described below; in the absence of a fallback function, they are replaced by
+ the character U+FFFD.
+ The attributes escaped and escaped-key will not be present in the XDM output.
+
+
+ JSON escape sequences are used in the result to represent special characters in the JSON input, as defined below,
+ whether or not they were represented using JSON escape sequences in the input.
+ The characters that are considered “special” for this purpose are:
+
+
all codepoints in the range U+0000 to U+001F
+ or U+007F to U+009F;
+
all codepoints that do not represent characters that are valid in the version of XML supported by the processor,
+ including codepoints representing unpaired surrogates;
+
the backslash character itself (U+005C).
+
+
+ Such characters are represented using a two-character
+ escape sequence where available (for example, \t), or a six-character escape sequence otherwise
+ (for example \uDEAD). Characters other than these will not be escaped in the result,
+ even if they were escaped in the input. In the result:
+
+
+
Any string element whose string value contains a
+ backslash character must have the attribute value escaped="true".
+
Any element that contains a key attribute whose string value
+ contains a backslash character must have the attribute
+ escaped-key="true".
+
The values of the escaped and
+ escaped-key attributes are immaterial when there is no backslash
+ present, and it is never necessary to include either attribute when its value
+ is false.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Provides a function which is called when the input contains an escape sequence
+ that represents a character that is not valid in the version of XML
+ supported by the implementation.
+ It is an error to supply the fallback option if the escape
+ option is present with the value true.
+
+ (fn(xs:string) as xs:anyAtomicType)?
+ fn { char(0xFFFD) }
+
+
+ The function is called when the JSON input contains an escape sequence
+ that is valid according to the JSON grammar, but which does not represent a
+ character that is valid in the version of XML supported by the processor.
+ In the case of surrogates, it is called once for any six-character escape sequence
+ that is not properly paired with another surrogate. The untyped atomic item
+ supplied as the argument will always be a two- or six-character escape
+ sequence, starting with a backslash, that conforms to the rules in the JSON grammar
+ (as extended by the implementation if liberal:true() is specified):
+ for example \b or \uFFFF or \uDEAD.
+
By default, the escape sequence is replaced with the Unicode
+ REPLACEMENT CHARACTER. The function is not
+ called for an escape sequence that is invalid against the grammar (for example \x0A).
+ The string, which results from invoking fn:string on the result
+ of the function, is inserted into the result in place of the invalid character. The
+ function also has the option of raising a dynamic error by calling fn:error.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determines how numeric values should be processed.
+ (fn(xs:untypedAtomic) as item()?)?
+ xs:identity#1
+
+
+ The supplied function is called to process the string value of any JSON number
+ in the input. The string value of the number element generated in
+ the result will be the value obtained by calling the supplied function, and
+ then converting its result to a string by calling fn:string#1.
+
By default, numbers are represented in the XML output exactly as they
+ were written in the input.
+ Supplying the value xs:double#1 will cause the value to be
+ convered to type xs:double (which will then be represented
+ in the XML by converting the xs:double to a string).
+ Similarly xs:decimal#1 will convert to xs:decimal
+ (which potentially retains more precision, but disallows exponential notation), while
+ supplying a function that casts to (xs:decimal | xs:double) will treat
+ the value as xs:decimal if there is no exponent, or as xs:double
+ otherwise. The default value fn:identity#1 causes the value to be retained
+ unchanged as an xs:untypedAtomic. Before calling the supplied number-parser,
+ the value is first checked to ensure that it conforms to the JSON grammar (for example,
+ a leading plus sign and redundant leading zeroes are not allowed); these checks are disabled
+ if the liberal option is set to true. Note that the
+ option validate=true will cause the result to be validated
+ as type xs:double (disallowing NaN and infinity).
+
+
+
+
+
+
The various structures that can occur in JSON are transformed recursively to XDM values
+ according to the rules given in .
+
+
The function returns a document node, whose only child
+ is the element node representing the outermost construct in the JSON
+ text.
+
+
The function is nondeterministic with respect to node identity: that is, if the function is called twice with the same
+ arguments, it is implementation-dependent whether the same node is returned on both
+ occasions.
+
+
The base URI of the returned document node is taken from the
+ executable base URI of the
+ function call.
+
+
The choice of namespace prefix (or absence of a prefix) in the names of constructed
+ nodes is implementation-dependent.
+
+
The XDM tree returned by the function does not contain any
+ unnecessary (albeit valid) nodes such as whitespace text nodes, comments, or processing instructions.
+ It does not include any whitespace in the value of number or boolean
+ element nodes, nor in the value of escaped or escaped-key
+ attribute nodes.
+
+
+
If the result is typed, every element named string will have an attribute named
+ escaped whose value is either true or false, and every element having
+ an attribute named key will also have an attribute named escaped-key whose value is either
+ true or false.
+
+
If the result is untyped, the attributes escaped and escaped-key will
+ either be present with the value true, or will be absent. They will never be present with the value false.
+
+
+
+
+
An error is raised if the value of
+ $value does not conform to the JSON grammar as defined
+ by , unless the option "liberal":true() is present and
+ the processor chooses to accept the deviation.
+
+
An error is raised if the value of
+ the validate option is true and the processor does not support
+ schema validation or typed data.
+
+
An error is raised if the value of
+ $options includes an entry whose key is defined in this specification,
+ and whose value is not a permitted value for that key.
+
+
+
+
+
To read a JSON file, this function can be used in conjunction with the
+ fn:unparsed-text function.
+
Many JSON implementations allow commas to be used after the last item in an object or
+ array, although the specification does not permit it. The option
+ spec="liberal" is provided to allow such deviations from the
+ specification to be accepted. Some JSON implementations also allow constructors such as
+ new Date("2000-12-13") to appear as values: specifying
+ spec="liberal" allows such extensions to be accepted, but does not
+ guarantee it. If such extensions are accepted, the resulting value is
+ implementation-defined, and will not necessarily conform to the schema at .
+
If the input starts with a byte order mark, this function ignores it. The byte order mark may have been added
+ to the data stream in order to facilitate decoding of an octet stream to a character string, but since this function
+ takes a character string as input, the byte order mark serves no useful purpose.
+
The possibility of the input containing characters that are not valid in XML (for example, unpaired surrogates)
+ arises only when such characters are expressed using JSON escape sequences. This is the only possibility because the input to the function
+ is an instance of xs:string, which by definition can contain only those characters that are valid in XML.
Converts an XML tree, whose format corresponds to the XML representation of JSON defined
+ in this specification, into a string conforming to the JSON grammar.
+
+
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument form with an empty map as the value of the $options
+ argument.
+
+
The first argument $node is a node; the subtree rooted at this node will typically be
+ the XML representation of a JSON document as defined in .
+
+
If $node is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
The $options argument can be used to control the way in which the conversion
+ takes place. The option parameter conventions apply.
+
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows:
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the character U+002F should be escaped
+ as \/. By default the character is escaped, but this is only necessary
+ when the resulting JSON is embedded in HTML.
+ xs:boolean
+ true()
+
+
+ The character U+002F is output as is, without escaping.
+
+
+ The character U+002F is escaped by preceding it with U+005C.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether additional whitespace should be added to the output to improve readability.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ The processor must not insert any insignificant whitespace between JSON tokens.
+
+
+ The processor may insert whitespace between JSON tokens in order to improve readability.
+ The specification imposes no constraints on how this is done.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The node supplied as $node must be one of the following:
+
+
+
+
An element node whose name matches the name of a global element declaration in the schema given in
+ (“the schema”) and that is valid as defined below:
+
+
+
If the type annotation of the element matches the type of the relevant element declaration
+ in the schema (indicating that the element has been validated against the schema), then the element
+ is considered valid.
+
+
+
+
Otherwise, the processor may attempt to validate the element against
+ the schema, in which case it is treated as valid if and only if the outcome of validation is
+ valid.
+
+
+
+
Otherwise (if the processor does not attempt validation using the schema),
+ the processor must ensure that the content of the element,
+ after stripping all attributes (at any depth) in namespaces other than
+ http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions, is such that validation
+ against the schema would have an outcome of valid.
+
+
+
The process described here is not precisely equivalent to schema validation.
+ For example, schema validation will fail if there is an invalid xsi:type
+ or xsi:nil attribute, whereas this process will ignore such attributes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
An element node E having a key attribute and/or an escaped-key attribute
+ provided that E would satisfy one of the above
+ conditions if the key and/or escaped-key attributes were removed.
+
+
+
+
+
A document node having exactly one element child and no text node children,
+ where the element child satisfies one of the conditions above.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Furthermore, $node must satisfy the following constraint
+ (which cannot be conveniently expressed in the schema). Every element M that is a descendant-or-self of
+ $node and has local name map and namespace URI http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions
+ must satisfy the following rule: there must not be two distinct children of M (say C/1 and C/2)
+ such that the normalized key of C/1 is equal to the normalized key of C/2. The normalized key
+ of an element C is as follows:
+
+
+
+
If C has the attribute value escaped-key="true", then the value of the
+ key attribute of C, with all JSON escape sequences replaced by the corresponding Unicode characters
+ according to the JSON escaping rules.
+
+
+
+
Otherwise (the escaped-key attribute of C is absent or set to false),
+ the value of the key attribute of C.
+
+
+
+
Nodes in the input tree are handled by applying the following rules, recursively. In these rules the phrase
+ “an element named N” means “an element node whose local name is N and whose namespace URI is
+ http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions”.
+
+
+
+
A document node having a single element node child is processed by processing that child.
+
+
+
An element named null results in the output null.
+
+
+
An element $E named boolean results in the output true or false
+ depending on the result of xs:boolean(fn:string($E)).
+
+
+
An element $E named number is processed as follows.
+
+
The input is required to conform to the XSD rules defining a valid instance of xs:double
+ (excluding infinity and NaN), while the output is required to conform to the
+ JSON rules defining a valid JSON number. These rules are slightly different.
+
+
Specifically, the XSD rules require the value (after removing leading and trailing whitespace)
+ to match the regular expression:
If the input value does not match the required JSON format, it must therefore be adjusted
+ by applying the following steps:
+
+
Remove leading and trailing whitespace.
+
Remove any leading plus sign.
+
Remove any leading zero digits in the integer part, while ensuring that at
+ least one digit remains.
+
If there is a decimal point that is not preceded by a digit, add a zero digit
+ before the decimal point.
+
If there is a decimal point that is not followed by a digit, add a zero digit
+ after the decimal point.
+
+
+
+
The output uses exponential notation if and only if the input uses exponential notation.
+
The rules have changed since version 3.1 of this specification. In previous versions, the supplied
+ number was cast to an xs:double, and then serialized using the rules of the
+ fn:string function. This resulted in JSON numbers using exponential notation
+ for values outside the range 1e-6 to 1e6, and led to a loss of precision for 64-bit integer
+ values.
+
+
+
+
+
An element named string results in the output of the string value of the element, enclosed in
+ quotation marks, with any special characters in the string escaped as described below.
+
+
+
An element named array results in the output of the children of the array element,
+ each processed by applying these rules recursively: the items in the resulting list are enclosed between square brackets,
+ and separated by commas.
+
+
+
An element named map results in the output of a sequence of map entries corresponding to
+ the children of the map element, enclosed between curly braces and separated by commas.
+ Each entry comprises the value of the key attribute of the child element, enclosed in quotation marks
+ and escaped as described below, followed by a colon, followed by the result of processing the child element
+ by applying these rules recursively. The order of properties in the output JSON representation retains the order
+ of the children of the map element.
+
+
+
Comments, processing instructions, and whitespace text node children of map and array
+ are ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
Strings are escaped as follows:
+
+
+
+
If the attribute escaped="true" is present for a string value, or escaped-key="true" for a key value, then:
+
+
+
+
any valid JSON escape sequence present in the string is copied unchanged to the output;
+
+
+
+
any invalid JSON escape sequence results in a dynamic error ;
+
+
+
+
any unescaped occurrence of U+0022, U+0008, U+000C,
+ U+000A, U+000D, U+0009, or
+ (subject to the escape-solidus option) U+002F is replaced by
+ \", \b, \f, \n, \r, \t, or \/ respectively;
+
+
+
+
any other codepoint in the range 1-31 or 127-159 is replaced by an escape in the form \uHHHH where HHHH
+ is the upper-case hexadecimal representation of the codepoint value.
+
+
+
+
+
Otherwise (that is, in the absence of the attribute escaped="true" for a string value,
+ or escaped-key="true" for a key value):
+
+
+
+
any occurrence of backslash is replaced by \\
+
+
+
+
any occurrence of
+ U+0022, U+0008, U+000C,
+ U+000A, U+000D, or U+0009 is
+ replaced by \", \b, \f, \n,
+ \r, or \t respectively;
+
+
+
+
any other codepoint in the range 1-31 or 127-159 is replaced by an escape in
+ the form \uHHHH where HHHH is the upper-case hexadecimal representation of the codepoint value.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $options includes an entry whose key is defined in this specification,
+ and whose value is not a permitted value for that key.
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $node is not a document or element node or is not valid according to the schema for the XML representation of
+ JSON, or if a map element has two children whose normalized key values are the same.
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the value of
+ $node includes a string labeled with escaped="true", or
+ a key labeled with escaped-key="true", where the content of the string or key
+ contains an invalid JSON escape sequence: specifically, where it contains a backslash (\) that is not followed by one
+ of the characters ", \, /, b, f, n,
+ r, t, or u, or where it contains the characters \u
+ not followed by four hexadecimal digits (that is [0-9A-Fa-f]{4}).
+
+
+
+
+
The rule requiring schema validity has a number of consequences, including the following:
+
+
+
The input cannot contain no-namespace attributes, or attributes in the namespace http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions,
+ except where explicitly allowed by the schema. Attributes in other namespaces, however, are ignored.
+
+
+
Nodes that do not affect schema validity, such as comments, processing instructions, namespace nodes, and whitespace text node
+ children of map and array, are ignored.
+
+
+
Numeric values are restricted to those that are valid in JSON:
+ the schema disallows positive and negative infinity and NaN.
+
+
+
Duplicate key values are not permitted. Most cases of duplicate keys are prevented by the rules in the schema;
+ additional cases (where the keys are equal only after expanding JSON escape sequences) are prevented by the prose rules
+ of this function. For example, the key values \n and \u000A are treated as duplicates even though
+ the rules in the schema do not treat them as such.
+
+
+
The rule allowing the top-level element to have a key attribute (which is ignored)
+ allows any element in the output of the fn:json-to-xml function
+ to be processed: for example, it is possible to take a JSON document, convert it to XML, select
+ a subtree based on the value of a key attribute, and then convert this subtree
+ back to JSON, perhaps after a transformation. The rule means that an element with the appropriate name will be
+ accepted if it has been validated against one of the
+ types mapWithinMapType, arrayWithinMapType, stringWithinMapType,
+ numberWithinMapType, booleanWithinMapType, or nullWithinMapType.
+
+
+
+
The input 1is1]]>
+ produces the result [ 1, "is", true ].
+
+
+
The input 12]]>
+ produces the result { "Sunday": 1, "Monday": 2 }.
+
+
+
The input 1017e20005]]>
+ produces the result [ 10, 17e2, 5 ].
+
+
+
+
An option has been added to suppress the escaping
+ of the solidus (forwards slash) character.
+
Numbers now retain their original lexical form, except for
+ any changes needed to satisfy JSON syntax rules (for example, stripping leading zero digits).
Analyzes sample data to generate a conversion plan suitable for use by the element-to-map
+ function.
+
+
+
The function takes as input a collection of document and element nodes and analyzes the trees rooted at these
+ nodes to determine a conversion plan for converting elements in these trees to maps, suitable for serialization
+ in JSON format. The conversion plan can be used as-is by supplying it directly to the
+ element-to-map function; alternatively it can be amended before use. The plan can also
+ be serialized to a file (in JSON format) allowing the same plan to be used repeatedly for transforming documents
+ with a similar structure to those in the sample provided.
+
The rules followed by the function, and the detailed format of the conversion plan, are described
+ in .
+
+
+let $data-type := fn($nodes as node()*) {
+ if (every($nodes ! (. castable as xs:boolean))) then "boolean"
+ else if (every($nodes ! (. castable as xs:numeric))) then "numeric"
+ else ()
+}
+let $name := fn($node as node()) {
+ if (namespace-uri($node))
+ then expanded-QName(node-name($node))
+ else local-name($node)
+}
+return (
+ for $ee in $input/descendant-or-self::*
+ group by $n := $name($ee)
+ return { $n :
+ if (empty($ee/(*|text())))
+ then { 'layout' : if (empty($ee/@*))
+ then 'empty'
+ else 'empty-plus' }
+ else if (empty($ee/*))
+ then map:merge((
+ if (empty($ee/@*))
+ then {'layout': 'simple'}
+ else {'layout': 'simple-plus'},
+ $data-type($ee) ! { 'type': . }
+ ))
+ else if (empty($ee/text()[normalize-space()]))
+ then if (all-equal($ee/*/node-name()) and exists($ee/*[2]))
+ then { 'layout': if (empty($ee/@*))
+ then 'list'
+ else 'list-plus',
+ 'child': $name(head($ee/*))
+ }
+ else { 'layout' : if (every($ee ! all-different(*/node-name())))
+ then 'record'
+ else 'sequence'
+ }
+ else {'layout': 'mixed'}
+ },
+ for $a in $input//@*
+ group by $n := $name($a)
+ let $t := $data-type($a)
+ return $t ! { `@{$n}`: { 'type': $t } }
+) => map:merge()
+
+
+
The conversion plan is organized by element and attribute name, so its effectiveness depends on the
+ $input collection being homogenous in its structure, and representative of the documents
+ that will subsequently be converted using the element-to-map function.
+
This function is separate from the element-to-map function for a number
+ of reasons:
+
+
The collection of documents that need to be analyzed to establish an effective
+ conversion plan might be much smaller than the set of documents actually being converted.
+
Conversely, it might be that only a small number of documents need to be converted at
+ a particular time, but the conversion plan used needs to take into account variations that might
+ exist within a larger corpus.
+
If JSON output is required in a particular format, it might be necessary to fine-tune
+ the automatically generated conversion plan to take account of these requirements.
+
It might be necessary to devise a conversion plan that can be used to convert individual
+ documents as they arrive over a period of time, and to ensure that the same conversion rules
+ are applied to each document even though documents might exhibit variations in structure.
+
The conversion plan is human-readable, which can help in understanding why the
+ output of element-to-map is in a particular form.
Converts an element node into a map that is suitable for
+ JSON serialization.
+
+
+
This function returns a map derived from
+ the element node supplied in $element. The map is in a form
+ that is suitable for JSON serialization, thus providing a mechanism for conversion
+ of arbitrary XML to JSON.
+
+
The map that is returned will always be a ;
+ the key of this entry will be a string representing the element name, and the value of the
+ entry will be a representation of the element's attributes and children.
+
+
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows.
+ The option parameter conventions apply.
+
+
+
+
+ A conversion plan, supplied as a map whose keys represent element
+ and attribute names. The plan might be generated using the function
+ element-to-map-plan, or it might be constructed
+ in some other way. The format of the plan is described in .
+
+ map(xs:string, record(layout?, child?, type?, *))
+ {}
+
+
+ A string that is prepended to any key value in the output that represents
+ an XDM attribute node in the input. The string may be empty. If, after applying the requested
+ prefix (or no prefix) there is a conflict between the names of attributes and child elements,
+ then the requested prefix (or lack thereof) is ignored and the default prefix "@"
+ is used.
+ xs:string
+ "@"
+
+
+ Indicates how the names of element and attribute nodes are handled.
+ xs:string
+ "default"
+
+ Names are output in the form produced by the fn:name function.
+ Names are output in the form produced by the fn:local-name function.
+ Names in a namespace are output in the form "Q{uri}local".
+ Names in no namespace are output using the local name alone.
+ An element name is output as a local name alone if either (a) it is
+ a top-level element and is in no namespace, or (b) it is in the same namespace as its
+ parent element. An attribute name is output as a local name alone if it is in no namespace.
+ All other names are output in the format "Q{uri}local" if in a namespace,
+ or "Q{}local" if in no namespace. "Top-level" here means that the element
+ is one that appears explicitly in the sequence of elements passed in the $elements argument,
+ as distinct from a descendant of such an element.
+
+
+
+
+
+
If $element is an empty sequence, the result is an empty sequence.
+
+
+
The principles for conversion from elements to maps are described
+ in , and the rules for selecting
+ an element layout for each element are given in
+ .
+
+
+
In general, every descendant element within the tree rooted at the supplied
+ $element maps to a key-value pair in which the key represents the element name, and the
+ corresponding value represents the attributes and children of the element. This key-value pair will be added
+ to the content representing its parent element, in a way that depends on the parent element's layout.
+
+
The representation of a node of any other kind depends on the layout chosen for its parent element.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error occurs if any element cannot
+ be processed using the selected layout for that element, unless fallback processing
+ is defined; or if error action is explicitly requested for an element.
+
Any error in the conversion plan is treated as a type error whether or not it is technically
+ a contravention of the defined type for the value. This relieves users and implementers
+ of the burden of distinguishing different kinds of error in the plan.
Parses CSV data, returning the results in the form of a record containing information about the
+ names in the header, as well as the data itself.
+
+
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
If $value is supplied as a binary value, it is converted to a string.
+ The function detects the encoding using the same rules as the unparsed-text
+ function, except that the special handling of media types such as text/xml
+ and application/xml may be skipped. Otherwise, if $value
+ is a string, it is processed unchanged.
+
+
The resulting input is CSV data, as defined in . The function
+ first parses the input using fn:csv-to-arrays, and then
+ further processes the result. The initial parsing is exactly as defined for
+ fn:csv-to-arrays, and can be controlled using the same options.
+ Additional options are available to control the way in which header information and
+ column names are handled.
+
+
If the input is the a zero-length string, the function
+ returns a parsed-csv-structure-record whose
+ rows entry is the empty sequence.
+
+
The $options argument can be used to control the way in which the parsing
+ takes place. The option parameter conventions apply.
+
+
If the $options argument is omitted or is an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument form with an empty map as the value of the $options
+ argument.
+
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows:
+
+
+ The character used to delimit fields within a record. An instance of
+ xs:string whose length is exactly one.
+ xs:string
+ ","
+
+
+ The character used to delimit rows within
+ the CSV string. An instance of
+ xs:string whose length is exactly one.
+ Defaults to a single newline character (U+000A).
+ Note that this is tested after line endings are normalized.
+ xs:string
+ char('\n')
+
+
+ The character used to quote fields within the CSV string. An instance of
+ xs:string whose length is exactly one.
+ xs:string
+ '"'
+
+
+ Determines whether leading and trailing whitespace
+ is removed from the content of unquoted fields.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ Unquoted fields will be returned with any leading or trailing
+ whitespace intact.
+
+ Unquoted fields will be returned with leading or trailing
+ whitespace removed, and all other whitespace preserved.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the first row of the CSV should be treated as a list
+ of column names, or whether column names are being supplied by the caller.
+ The value must either be a single boolean, or a sequence of zero or more strings.
+
+ item()*
+ false()
+
+ Column names are taken from the
+ first row of the CSV data.
+ Column names are not available; all references
+ to columns are by ordinal position.
+ Supplies explicit names for the columns. The Nth
+ name in the list applies to the Nth column after any filtering or rearrangement.
+ A zero-length string can be used when there is a column that requires no name.
+
+
+
+
+ A sequence of integers indicating which columns to include and in which order. If this
+ option is absent or empty, all columns are returned in their original
+ order. For example, the value 1 to 4 indicates that the output
+ contains the first, second, third, and fourth columns from the input, in order,
+ while (1, 5, 4) indicates that the output
+ contains three columns, taken from the first, fifth, and fourth columns of the input,
+ in that order. An integer in the sequence is treated as the 1-based
+ index of the column to include. Any other columns are dropped.
+ If a particular row includes no field at the specified index,
+ an empty field is included at the relevant position in the result. If an integer appears
+ more than once then the result will include duplicated columns.
+
+ xs:positiveInteger*
+ ()
+
+
+ Determines whether all rows should be adjusted to
+ contain the same number of fields. This option is ignored if
+ select-columns is specified.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ No padding or trimming of rows takes place,
+ unless requested using the select-columns option.
+ The number of fields in the first row (whether this
+ be a header or a data row) determines the number of fields in every
+ subsequent row; to achieve this, excess fields are removed, or
+ additional zero-length fields are added.
+
+
+
+
+
+
The result of the function is a parsed-csv-structure-record, as
+ defined in .
+
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error occurs if the value of
+ $csv does not conform to the required grammar.
+
A dynamic error occurs if any of the
+ options field-delimiter, row-delimiter, or quote-character
+ is not a single character.
+
A dynamic error occurs if the same character is used
+ for more than one of the options
+ field-delimiter, row-delimiter, and
+ quote-character.
+
+
+
+
The default row delimiter is a single newline character U+000A.
+ Alternative line endings
+ such as CR and CRLF will already have been normalized to a single
+ newline.
+
All fields are returned as xs:string values.
+
Quoted fields in the input are returned without the quotes.
+
For more discussion of the returned data, see .
+
+
+ fn($result) {
+ (: tidy up the result for display (function items cannot be properly displayed) :)
+ map:put($result, "get", "(: function :)")
+}
+
+
+
Reads an external resource containing CSV, and returns the results as a record
+ containing information about the names in the header, as well as the data itself.
+
+
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument form with an empty map as the value of the $options
+ argument.
+
The effect of the two-argument function call fn:csv-doc($H, $M)is equivalent to the function composition
+ fn:unparsed-binary($H) => fn:parse-csv($M).
+
If $source is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
+
The function may raise any error defined for the fn:unparsed-text
+ or fn:parse-csv functions.
Parses CSV data supplied as a string, returning the results in the form of a sequence
+ of arrays of strings.
+
+
+
+
The $value argument is CSV data, as defined in , in the form of an
+ xs:string value. The function parses this string,
+ after normalizing newlines so that U+000D and (U+000D, U+000A)
+ sequences are converted to U+000A.
+ The result of the function is a sequence of arrays of strings, that is
+ array(xs:string)*; each array represents one row of the CSV input.
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence or a zero-length string, the
+ function returns an empty sequence.
+
+
The $options argument can be used to control the way in which the parsing
+ takes place. The option parameter conventions apply.
+
+
If the $options argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument form with an empty map as the value of the $options
+ argument.
+
+
+
+
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows:
+
+
+
+ The character used to delimit fields within a record. An instance of
+ xs:string whose length is exactly one.
+ xs:string
+ ","
+
+
+ The character used to delimit rows within
+ the CSV string. An instance of
+ xs:string whose length is exactly one.
+ Defaults to a single newline character (U+000A).
+ xs:string
+ char('\n')
+
+
+ The character used to quote fields within the CSV string. An instance of
+ xs:string whose length is exactly one.
+ xs:string
+ '"'
+
+
+ Determines whether leading and trailing whitespace
+ is removed from the content of unquoted fields.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+ Unquoted fields will be returned with any leading or trailing
+ whitespace intact.
+
+ Unquoted fields will be returned with leading or trailing
+ whitespace removed, and all other whitespace preserved.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
An empty field is represented by a zero-length string. An empty field is deemed to exist
+ when a field delimiter immediately follows either another field delimiter, or
+ a row delimiter, or the start of $value; or when a row delimiter or the
+ end of $value immediately follows a field delimiter.
+
+
A blank row is represented as an empty array (not as an
+ array containing a single empty field). A blank row is deemed to exist when a
+ row delimiter immediately follows either another row delimiter or the start of $value,
+ after trimming of whitespace if the trim-whitespace option is true.
+ No blank row occurs after the final row delimiter.
+
+
If $value is a zero-length string, the CSV is considered to
+ contain no rows; while if $value consists of a single row delimiter,
+ it is considered to contain a single blank row. The presence or
+ absence of a final row delimiter generally has no effect on the result,
+ except when it appears at the start of the input, in which case it causes a
+ single blank row to exist.
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error occurs if the value of
+ $csv does not conform to the required grammar.
+
A dynamic error occurs if the value of the
+ field-delimiter, row-delimiter, or
+ quote-character option is not a single character.
+
A dynamic error occurs if the same character
+ is used for more than one of the
+ field-delimiter, row-delimiter, and
+ quote-character.
+
+
+
The default row delimiter is a single newline character U+000A.
+ Alternative line endings
+ such as CR and CRLF will already have been normalized to a single
+ newline.
+
All fields are returned as xs:string values.
+
Quoted fields in the input are returned without the quotes.
Parses CSV data supplied as a string, returning the results as an XML document, as described by
+ .
+
+
+
The arguments have the same meaning, and are subject to the same constraints, as
+ the arguments of fn:parse-csv.
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
In other cases, the effect of the function is equivalent to the result of the
+ following XQuery expression
+ (where $options is an empty map if the argument is not supplied):
+
+ {
+ if (exists($colNames)) {
+ { $colNames ! { . } }
+ },
+ {
+ for $row in $parsedCSV?rows
+ return {
+ for member $field at $col in $row
+ return {
+ if ($colnames[$col]) {
+ attribute column { $colnames[$col] }
+ },
+ $field
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}]]>
+
+
The elements in the returned XML are in the namespace
+ http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions;
+ the namespace prefix that is used (or its absence) is
+ .
+
+
If the function is called twice with the same arguments, it is whether the two calls return the same element node
+ or distinct (but deep equal) element nodes. In this respect it is nondeterministic with respect to node identity.
+
+
The base URI of the element nodes in the result is .
+
+
A schema is defined for the structure of the returned document: see .
+
+
The result of the function will always be such that validation against this schema would succeed.
+ However, it is whether the result is typed or untyped,
+ that is, whether the elements and attributes in the returned tree have type annotations that reflect
+ the result of validating against this schema.
Parses input supplied in the form of a JSON text, returning the results typically in the form
+ of a map or array.
+
+
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument form with an empty map as the value of the $options
+ argument.
+
+
The first argument is a JSON text as defined in , in the form of a string or binary value. The function
+ parses this input to return an XDM value.
+
+
If $value is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
+
If the input is "null", the result will also be an empty sequence.
+
+
+
If $value is supplied as a binary value, it is converted to a string.
+ The function detects the encoding using the same rules as the unparsed-text
+ function, except that the special handling of media types such as text/xml
+ and application/xml may be skipped. Otherwise, if $value
+ is a string, it is processed unchanged.
+
+
The $options argument can be used to control the way in which the parsing
+ takes place. The option parameter conventions apply.
+
+
The entries that may appear in the $options map are as follows:
+
+
+
+ Determines whether deviations from the syntax of RFC7159 are permitted.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ The input must consist of an optional byte order mark (which is ignored) followed by a string
+ that conforms to the grammar of JSON-text in . An error must be raised
+ if the input does not conform to the grammar.
+
+
+ The input may contain deviations from the grammar of ,
+ which are handled in an implementation-defined way. (Note: some popular
+ extensions include allowing quotes on keys to be omitted, allowing a comma
+ to appear after the last item in an array, allowing leading zeroes in numbers, and allowing control characters such as
+ tab and newline to be present in unescaped form.) Since the extensions accepted
+ are implementation-defined, an error may be raised
+ if the input does not conform to the grammar.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determines the policy for handling duplicate keys in a JSON object.
+ To determine whether keys are duplicates, they are compared using the Unicode codepoint collation, after expanding escape
+ sequences, unless the escape option is set to true, in which
+ case keys are compared in escaped form.
+
+ xs:string
+ use-first
+
+
+ An error is raised if duplicate keys are encountered.
+
+
+ If duplicate keys are present in a JSON object, all but the first of a set of duplicates are ignored.
+
+
+ If duplicate keys are present in a JSON object, all but the last of a set of duplicates are ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether special characters are represented in the XDM output in backslash-escaped form.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Any in the input,
+ whether or not it is represented
+ in the input by means of an escape sequence, is represented as an unescaped character
+ in the result. Any other character or codepoint
+ (for example, an unpaired surrogate) is passed to the fallback function
+ as described below; in the absence of a fallback function, it is replaced by
+ U+FFFD.
+
+
+ JSON escape sequences are used in the result to represent special characters in the JSON input, as defined below,
+ whether or not they were represented using JSON escape sequences in the input.
+ The characters that are considered “special” for this purpose are:
+
+
all codepoints in the range U+0000 to U+001F
+ or U+007F to U+009F;
+
all codepoints that do not represent
+ permitted characters,
+ including codepoints representing unpaired surrogates;
+
the character U+005C itself.
+
+
+ Such characters are represented using a two-character
+ escape sequence where available (for example, \t), or a six-character escape sequence otherwise
+ (for example \uDEAD). Characters other than these are not escaped in the result, even if they
+ were escaped in the input.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Provides a function which is called when the input contains an escape sequence
+ that represents a character that is not a .
+ It is an error to supply the fallback option if the escape
+ option is present with the value true.
+
+ (fn(xs:string) as xs:anyAtomicType)?
+ fn { char(0xFFFD) }
+
+
+ The function is called when the JSON input contains character that
+ is not a
+ It is called once for any surrogate
+ that is not properly paired with another surrogate. The untyped atomic item
+ supplied as the argument will always be a two- or six-character escape
+ sequence, starting with a backslash, that conforms to the rules in the JSON grammar
+ (as extended by the implementation if liberal:true() is specified):
+ for example \b or \uFFFF or \uDEAD.
+
By default, the escape sequence is replaced with the Unicode
+ REPLACEMENT CHARACTER. The function is not
+ called for an escape sequence that is invalid against the grammar (for example \x0A).
+ The string, which results from invoking fn:string on the result
+ of the function, is inserted into the result in place of the invalid character. The
+ function also has the option of raising a dynamic error by calling fn:error.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determines how the JSON null value should be represented.
+ item()*
+ ()
+
+
+ The supplied XDM value is used to represent the JSON null value.
+ The default representation of null is an empty sequence, which works
+ well in cases where setting a property of an object to null has the
+ same meaning as omitting the property. It works less well in cases where null
+ is used with some other meaning, because expressions such as the lookup operator
+ ? flatten the result to a single sequence of items,
+ which means that any entries whose value is an empty sequence effectively disappear.
+ The property can be set to any XDM value; a suggested value is the xs:QName
+ value fn:QName("http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions", "null"),
+ which is recognized by the JSON serialization method as representing the JSON value
+ null.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determines how numeric values should be processed.
+ (fn(xs:untypedAtomic) as item()?)?
+ xs:double#1
+
+
+ The supplied function is called to process the string value of any JSON number
+ in the input. By default, numbers are processed by
+ converting to xs:double using the XPath casting rules.
+ Supplying the value xs:decimal#1 will instead convert to xs:decimal
+ (which potentially retains more precision, but disallows exponential notation), while
+ supplying a function that casts to (xs:decimal | xs:double) will treat
+ the value as xs:decimal if there is no exponent, or as xs:double
+ otherwise. Supplying the value fn:identity#1 causes the value to be retained
+ unchanged as an xs:untypedAtomic.
+
+ If the liberal option is false (the default), then
+ the supplied number-parser is called if and only if the value conforms
+ to the JSON grammar for numbers (for example,
+ a leading plus sign and redundant leading zeroes are not allowed). If the liberal
+ option is true then it is also called if the value conforms to an
+ extension of this grammar.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The various structures that can occur in JSON are transformed recursively to XDM values
+ as follows:
+
+
+
+
A JSON object is converted to a map.
+ The entries in the map correspond to the key/value
+ pairs in the JSON object. The key is always of type xs:string; the
+ associated value may be of any type, and is the result of converting the JSON
+ value by recursive application of these rules. For example, the JSON text
+ { "x": 2, "y": 5 } is transformed to the value
+ { "x": 2, "y": 5 }.
+
If duplicate keys are encountered in a JSON object, they are handled
+ as determined by the duplicates option defined above.
+
The order of entries is retained.
+
+
+
A JSON array is transformed to an array whose members are the result of converting
+ the corresponding member of the array by recursive application of these rules. For
+ example, the JSON text [ "a", "b", null ] is transformed (by default) to the value
+ [ "a", "b", () ].
+
+
+
A JSON string is converted to an xs:string value.
+ The handling of special characters depends on the
+ escape and fallback options, as described in the table above.
+
+
+
A JSON number is processed using the function supplied
+ in the number-parser option; by default it is converted to an xs:double value using
+ the rules for casting from xs:string to xs:double.
+
+
+
The JSON boolean values true and false are
+ converted to the corresponding xs:boolean values.
+
+
+
The JSON value null is converted
+ to the value given by the null option, which defaults to an
+ empty sequence.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error occurs if the value of
+ $value does not conform to the JSON grammar, unless the option
+ "liberal":true() is present and the processor chooses to accept the deviation.
+
+
A dynamic error occurs if the option
+ "duplicates": "reject" is present and the value of
+ $value contains a JSON object with duplicate keys.
+
+
A dynamic error occurs if the $options
+ map contains an entry whose key is defined in this specification and whose value is not valid for that key,
+ or if it contains an entry with the key fallback when the option "escape":true()
+ is also present.
+
+
+
The result of the function will be an instance of one of the following types. An
+ instance of test (or in XQuery, typeswitch) can be used to
+ distinguish them:
+
+
+
map(xs:string, item()?) for a JSON object
+
+
+
array(item()?) for a JSON array
+
+
+
xs:string for a JSON string
+
+
+
xs:double for a JSON number
+
+
+
xs:boolean for a JSON boolean
+
+
+
empty-sequence() for a JSON null (or for empty input)
+
+
+
If the input starts with a byte order mark, this function ignores it. The byte order mark may have been added
+ to the data stream in order to facilitate decoding of an octet stream to a character string, but since this function
+ takes a character string as input, the byte order mark serves no useful purpose.
+
+
The possibility of the input containing characters that are not valid in XML (for example, unpaired surrogates)
+ arises only when such characters are expressed using JSON escape sequences. This is because the input to the function
+ is an instance of xs:string, which by definition (see )
+ cannot contain unpaired surrogates.
+
+
The serializer provides an option to output data in json-lines format. This is a format for structured data
+ containing one JSON value (usually but not necessarily a JSON object) on each line. There is no corresponding
+ option to parse json-lines input, but this can be achieved using the expression
+ unparsed-text-lines($uri) => parse-json().
The rules regarding use of non-XML characters in JSON texts have been relaxed.
+
+
+
An option is provided to control how the JSON null value should be handled.
+
+
+
An option is provided to control how JSON numbers should be formatted.
+
+
+
The default for the escape option has been changed to false. The 3.1
+ specification gave the default value as true, but this appears to have been an error,
+ since it was inconsistent with examples given in the specification and with tests in the test suite.
Reads an external resource containing JSON, and returns the result of parsing the resource as JSON.
+
+
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument form with an empty map as the value of the $options
+ argument.
+
The effect of the two-argument function call fn:json-doc($H, $M)is equivalent to the function composition
+ fn:unparsed-binary($H) => fn:parse-json($M).
+
If $source is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
+
+
+
The function may raise any error defined for the fn:unparsed-text or fn:parse-json
+ functions.
+
+
+
An initial byte order mark is dropped, as with the fn:unparsed-text function.
+
If the input cannot be decoded (that is, converted into a sequence of Unicode codepoints, which may or may not represent characters),
+ then a dynamic error occurs as with the fn:unparsed-text function.
+
If the input can be decoded,
+ then the possibility still arises that the resulting sequence of codepoints includes codepoints that are
+ not permitted characters. Such codepoints are translated into JSON escape sequences (for example, \uFFFF),
+ and the JSON escape sequence is then passed to the fallback function specified in the $options argument, which in turn
+ defaults to a function that returns the Unicode REPLACEMENT CHARACTER (xFFFD).
+
+
The function may accept a resource in any encoding. requires
+ UTF-8, UTF-16, or UTF-32 to be accepted, but it is not an error if a different encoding is used.
+ The function detects the encoding using the same rules as the unparsed-text
+ function, except that the special handling of media types such as text/xml
+ and application/xml may be skipped.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Additional options are available, as defined by fn:parse-json.
+
+
+
It is no longer automatically an error if the input
+ contains a codepoint that is not valid in XML. Instead, the codepoint
+ must be a . The set of permitted
+ characters is , but it is
+ recommended that all Unicode characters should
+ be accepted.
Returns true if the supplied array contains no members.
+
+
+
The function returns true if and only if $array contains no members.
+
+
+
+
The test for emptiness is not the same as the test used by the
+ xsl:on-empty instruction in XSLT. For example, an array
+ is not considered empty by this function if it contains a single
+ member that is itself an empty array.
Returns the value at the specified position in the supplied array
+ (counting from 1).
+
+
+
Informally, the function returns the member at a specified position in the array.
+
+
If $position is out of bounds (that is, if
+ it is less than one or greater than array:size($array)), then the effect
+ depends on the number of arguments:
+
+
+
When there are two arguments, an error is raised ().
+
When there are three arguments, the value of $default is returned.
+
+
+ Provide separate "formal equivalents" for the two variants.
+
+
+(: For the two-argument form: :)
+ if ($position = (1 to array:size($array)))
+ then items-at(array:members($array), $position) => map:get('value'))
+ else error(),
+(: For the three-argument form: :)
+ if ($position = (1 to array:size($array)))
+ then items-at(array:members($array), $position) => map:get('value'))
+ else $default
+
+
+
In the absence of a $default argument,
+ a dynamic error occurs if $position is not in the range 1 to
+ array:size($array) inclusive.
Returns an array containing all the members of a supplied array, except for one member which is replaced with a new value.
+
+
+
Informally, the result is an array whose size is array:size($array), in which all
+ members in positions other than $position are the same as the members in the corresponding position
+ of $array, and the member in position $position is $member.
Returns an array containing all the members of a supplied array, plus one additional member at the end.
+
+
+
Informally, the result is an array whose size is array:size($array) + 1, in which all
+ members in positions 1 to array:size($array) are the same as the members in the corresponding position
+ of $array, and the member in position array:size($array) + 1 is $member.
Concatenates the contents of several arrays into a single array, with an optional
+ separator between adjacent members.
+
+
+
Informally, the function concatenates the members of several arrays into a single array.
+ If a separator is supplied, its members are inserted before the members of the second
+ and the following arrays.
Returns an array containing all members from a supplied array starting at a supplied
+ position, up to a specified length.
+
+
+
Except in error cases,
+ the two-argument version of the function returns the same result as the three-argument
+ version when called with $length equal to the value of
+ array:size($array) - $start + 1.
+
Setting the third argument to the empty sequence has the same effect as omitting the argument.
A dynamic error is raised if $start is less than one
+ or greater than array:size($array) + 1.
+
For the three-argument version of the function:
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised
+ if $length is less than zero.
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised
+ if $start + $length is greater than array:size($array) + 1.
+
+
+
+
+
The value of $start can be equal to array:size($array) + 1 provided that $length
+ is either equal to zero or omitted. In this case the result will be an empty array.
Returns a sequence of positive integers giving the positions within the array
+ $array of members that are equal to $target.
+
+
+
+
Informally, all members of $array are compared with $target.
+ An array member is compared to the target value using the rules of the
+ fn:deep-equal function, with the specified (or defaulted) collation.
+ The index position of the member is included in the result sequence if the
+ comparison returns true.
+
+
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in . This collation is used when string comparison is required.
+
The first member in an array is at position 1, not position 0.
+
The result sequence is in ascending numeric order.
Returns the positions in an input array of members that match a supplied predicate.
+
+
+
+
The result of the function is a sequence of integers, in monotonic ascending order, representing
+ the 1-based positions in the input array of those members for which the supplied predicate function
+ returns true. A return value of () is treated as false.
Returns an array containing selected members of a supplied input array based on their position.
+
+
+
Informally, the array is converted to a sequence, the function fn:slice
+ is applied to this sequence, and the resulting sequence is converted back to an array.
Returns an array containing all the members of the supplied array, except for the
+ members at specified positions.
+
+
+
Informally, the function returns an array of size array:size($array) - fn:count(fn:distinct-values($positions))
+ containing all members from $array
+ except the members whose position (counting from 1) is present in the sequence $positions.
+ The order of the remaining members is preserved.
A dynamic error is raised if any integer in $positions is not in the range 1 to
+ array:size($array) inclusive. By implication, an error occurs if $array is empty, unless $positions
+ is also empty.
Returns an array containing all the members of the supplied array, with one additional member at a specified position.
+
+
+
Informally, the function returns an array of size array:size($array) + 1
+ containing all members from $array
+ whose position is less than $position, then a new member given by $member, and
+ then all members from $array whose position is greater than or equal to $position.
+ Positions are counted from 1.
A dynamic error occurs if $position is not in the range 1 to
+ array:size($array) + 1 inclusive.
+
+
+
Setting $position to 1 has the effect of prepending the new member at the start of the array. Setting $position
+ to the value array:size($array) + 1 delivers the same result as array:append($array, $member).
Returns an array whose size is the same as array:size($array), in which
+ each member is computed by applying $action to the corresponding member of
+ $array.
+
+
+
Informally, the function returns an array whose members are obtained by applying
+ the supplied $action function to each member of the input array in turn.
+
The $action function is called with two arguments: the first is the
+ array member (which in general is an arbitrary sequence), and the second is the 1-based
+ integer position.
As a consequence of the function signature and the function calling rules, a type error occurs if the supplied
+ function $function returns anything other than a single xs:boolean item
+ or an empty sequence; there is no conversion to an effective boolean value.
Evaluates the supplied function cumulatively on successive members of the supplied
+ array.
+
+
+
The function is defined formally below, in terms of the equivalent fn:fold-left
+ function for sequences.
+
+
+
+
If the supplied array is empty, the function returns $init.
+
If the supplied array contains a single member $m, the function returns $init => $action($m).
+
If the supplied array contains two members $m and $n, the function returns
+ $init => $action($m) => $action($n); and similarly for an input array with more than two members.
+
+
+
+
+
+ array:fold-left(
+ [ true(), true(), false() ],
+ true(),
+ fn($x, $y) { $x and $y }
+)
+ false()
+ Returns true if every member of the input array has an effective boolean value of true().
+
+
+ array:fold-left(
+ [ true(), true(), false() ],
+ false(),
+ fn($x, $y) { $x or $y }
+)
+ true()
+ Returns true if at least one member of the input array has an effective boolean value of true().
+
+
+ array:fold-left(
+ [ 1, 2, 3 ],
+ [],
+ fn($x, $y) { [ $x, $y ] }
+)
+ [ [ [ [], 1 ], 2 ], 3 ]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
+
Evaluates the supplied function cumulatively on successive values of the supplied
+ array.
+
+
+
The function is defined formally below, in terms of the equivalent fn:fold-right
+ function for sequences.
+
+
+
+
If the supplied array is empty, the function returns $init.
+
If the supplied array contains a single member $m, the function returns $action($m, $init).
+
If the supplied array contains two members $m and $n, the function returns
+ $action($m, $action($n, $init)); and similarly for an input array with more than two members.
+
+
+
+
+ array:fold-right(
+ [ true(), true(), false() ],
+ true(),
+ fn($x, $y) { $x and $y }
+)
+ false()
+ Returns true if every member of the input array has an effective boolean value of true().
+
+
+ array:fold-right(
+ [ true(), true(), false() ],
+ false(),
+ fn($x, $y) { $x or $y }
+)
+ true()
+ Returns true if at least one member of the input array has an effective boolean value of true().
+
+
+ array:fold-right(
+ [ 1, 2, 3 ],
+ [],
+ fn($x, $y) { [ $x, $y ] }
+)
+ [ 1, [ 2, [ 3, [] ] ] ]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ deterministic
+ context-independent
+ focus-independent
+
+
+
+
Returns an array obtained by evaluating the supplied function once for each pair of members at the same position in
+ the two supplied arrays.
+
+
+
Informally, the function applies $action to each pair of values in corresponding positions
+ within $array1 and $array2, ignoring any excess values if one array is longer
+ than the other. The results are then assembed into a new array whose size is equal to the shorter of the
+ two input arrays.
+
+
+
+
If the arrays have different size, excess members in the longer array are ignored.
Returns an array obtained by evaluating the supplied function once for each item in the input sequence.
+
+
+
If the function is called with one argument, the effect is the same as calling the two-argument
+ function with fn:identity#1 as the second argument.
+
Informally, array:build#2 applies the supplied function to each item
+ in the input sequence, and the resulting sequence becomes one member of the returned array.
The single-argument function array:build($input) is equivalent to the XPath
+ expression array { $input }, but it is useful to have this available as a function.
+
The two-argument form facilitates the construction of arrays whose members are arbitrary
+ sequences.
Delivers the contents of an array as a sequence of value records.
+
+
+
The members of the array are delivered as a sequence of value records.
+ A value record is an item that encapsulates an arbitrary sequence $S: specifically
+ it is a map comprising a single entry whose key is the xs:string value
+ "value" and whose corresponding value is $S. The content encapsulated
+ by a value record $V can be obtained using the expression $V?value.
Constructs an array from the contents of a sequence of value records.
+
+
+
The input items must be value records, as defined in the type signature.
+ A value record is an item that encapsulates
+ an arbitrary sequence $S: specifically
+ it is a map comprising a single entry whose key is the xs:string value
+ "value" and whose corresponding value is $S. The content encapsulated
+ by a value record $V can be obtained using the expression $V?value.
Sorts a supplied array, based on the value of a sort key supplied as a function.
+
+
+
This function is retained for compatibility from version 3.1 of this specification. Version 4.0
+ introduces a more powerful functions, array:sort-by.
+
+
The function call array:sort($array, $collation, $key) is defined to have the same effect as the
+ call array:sort-by($array, { 'key': $key, 'collation': $collation, 'order': 'ascending'}).
+ See array:sort-by.
+
+
The result of the function is a sequence that contains all the items from $input,
+ typically in a different order, the order being defined by the supplied sort key definitions.
If the set of computed sort keys contains values that are not comparable using the lt operator then the sort
+ operation will fail with a type error ().
+
Sorts a supplied array, based on the value of a number of sort keys supplied as functions.
+
+
+
The result of the function is an array that contains the same members as $array,
+ typically in a different order, the order being defined by the supplied sort key definitions.
+
+
A sort key definition is a record with three parts:
+
+
+
key: A sort key function, which is applied to each member of the input sequence to
+ determine a sort key value. If no function is supplied, the default is fn:data#1,
+ which atomizes the value of the array member.
+
collation: A collation, which is used when comparing sort key values
+ that are of type xs:string or xs:untypedAtomic. If no collation is supplied, the default
+ collation from the static context is used.
+
When comparing values of types other than xs:string or xs:untypedAtomic,
+ the collation is ignored (but an error may be reported if it is
+ invalid). For more information see .
+
+
+
order: An order direction, either "ascending" or
+ "descending". The default is "ascending".
+
+
+
The number of sort key definitions is determined by the number of records supplied
+ in the $keys argument. If the argument is absent or empty, the default is
+ a single sort key definition using the function data#1, using the default collation
+ from the static context, and with order ascending.
+
+
+
+
+
The result of the array:sort-by function is obtained as follows:
+
+
+
+
The result array contains the same members as $array,
+ but generally in a different order.
+
+
+
The sort key definitions are established as described above.
+ The sort key definitions are in major-to-minor order. That is, the position of two
+ values $A and $B in the result sequence is determined first by the
+ relative magnitude of their
+ primary sort key values, which are computed by evaluating the sort key function in the
+ first sort key definition.
+ If those two sort key values are equal, then the position is determined by the relative magnitude
+ of their secondary sort key values, computed by evaluating the
+ sort key function in the second sort key definition, and so on.
+
+
+
When a pair of corresponding sort key values of $A and $B are
+ found to be not equal,
+ then $A precedes $B in the result sequence
+ if both the following conditions are true, or if both conditions are false:
+
+
+
The sort key value for $A is less than the sort key value for $B,
+ as defined below.
+
+
+
The order direction in the corresponding sort key definition
+ is "ascending".
+
+
+
+
If all the sort key values for $A and $B are pairwise equal, then
+ $A precedes $B in the result sequence if and only if
+ $A precedes $B in the input sequence.
+
That is, the sort is stable.
+
+
+
Each sort key value for a given array member is obtained by applying the sort key
+ function of the corresponding sort key definition to that member. The result
+ of this function is in the general case a sequence of atomic items.
+ Two sort key values $a and $b are compared as follows:
+
+
Let $C be the collation in the corresponding
+ sort key definition.
+
+
Let $REL be the result of evaluating op:lexicographic-compare($key($A), $key($B), $C)
+ where op:lexicographic-compare($a, $b, $C) is defined as follows:
+ if (empty($a) and empty($b)) then 0
+else if (empty($a)) then -1
+else if (empty($b)) then +1
+else let $rel = op:simple-compare(head($a), head($b), $C)
+ return if ($rel eq 0)
+ then op:lexicographic-compare(tail($a), tail($b), $C)
+ else $rel
+
Here op:simple-compare($k1, $k2) is defined as follows:
+ if ($k1 instance of (xs:string | xs:anyURI | xs:untypedAtomic)
+ and $k2 instance of (xs:string | xs:anyURI | xs:untypedAtomic))
+then compare($k1, $k2, $C)
+else if ($k1 instance of xs:numeric and $k2 instance of xs:numeric)
+then compare($k1, $k2)
+else if ($k1 eq $k2) then 0
+else if ($k2 lt $k2) then -1
+else +1
+
This raises an error if two keys are not comparable, for example
+ if one is a string and the other is a number, or if both belong to a non-ordered
+ type such as xs:QName.
+
If $REL is zero, then the two sort key values are deemed
+ equal; if $REL is -1 then $a is deemed less than
+ $b, and if $REL is +1 then $a is deemed greater than
+ $b
+
+
+
+
+ array:members()
+=> fn:sort-by(
+ for $key-spec in ($keys otherwise {})
+ return map:put{$key-spec, 'key', fn($member as record(value)) as xs:anyAtomicType* {
+ map:get($key-spec, 'key', fn:data#1)(map:get($member, 'value'))
+ }
+)
+=> array:of-members()
+ ]]>
+
+
If the set of computed sort keys contains values that are not comparable using the lt operator then the sort
+ operation will fail with a type error ().
+
+
+
+
The function is a generalization of the array:sort function available in 3.1,
+ which is retained for compatibility. The enhancements allow multiple sort keys to be defined, each potentially with
+ a different collation, and allow sorting in descending order.
+
If the sort key for an item evaluates to an empty sequence, the effect of the rules is that this item
+ precedes any value for which the key is non-empty. This is equivalent to the effect of the XQuery option
+ empty least. The effect of the option empty greatest can be achieved by adding an
+ extra sort key definition with {'key': fn{empty(K(.)}}: when comparing boolean sort keys,
+ false precedes true.
Provides access to the public functions and global variables of a dynamically loaded XQuery library module.
+
+
+
The function loads an implementation-defined set of modules having the target namespace $module-uri.
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the result is the same as
+ calling the two-argument form with an empty map as the value of the $options
+ argument.
+
The $options argument can be used to control the way in which the function operates.
+ The option parameter conventions apply.
+
+
+
+
+ The minimum level of the XQuery language that the
+ processor must support.
+ xs:decimal
+ The version given in the prolog of the library module; or
+ implementation-defined if this is absent.
+
+
+ A sequence of URIs (in the form of xs:string values) which may be used or ignored in an
+ implementation-defined way.
+ xs:string*
+ Empty sequence
+
+
+ The content of the query module as a string. When this option is used, the
+ location-hints option is ignored. The static base URI of the dynamically loaded
+ module is the same as the executable base URI
+ of the caller.
+ xs:string?
+ Empty sequence
+
+
+ The item to be used as the initial context item when evaluating global variables in the library module. Supplying
+ an empty sequence is equivalent to omitting the entry from the map, and indicates the absence of a context item.
+ If the library module specifies a required type for the context item, then the supplied value must conform to
+ this type, without conversion.
+ item()?
+ Absent
+
+
+ Values for external variables defined in the library module. Values must be supplied
+ for external variables that have no default value, and may be supplied for external variables
+ that do have a default value. The supplied value must conform to the required type of the variable, without conversion.
+ The map contains one entry for each external variable: the key is the variable’s name, and the associated value is
+ the variable’s value. The option parameter conventions do not apply
+ to this contained map.
+ map(xs:QName, item()*)
+ An empty map
+
+
+ Values for vendor-defined configuration options for the XQuery processor used to process the request. The key is the
+ name of an option, expressed as a QName: the namespace URI of the QName should be a URI controlled
+ by the vendor of the XQuery processor. The meaning of the associated value is implementation-defined.
+ Implementations should ignore options whose names are in an unrecognized namespace.
+ The option parameter conventions do not apply
+ to this contained map.
+ map(xs:QName, item()*)
+ An empty map
+
+
+
+
+
The result of the function is a map
+ R with two entries, as defined in .
+
+
+
The static and dynamic context of the library module are established according to the rules in
+ .
+
+
It is implementation-defined whether constructs in the library module
+ are evaluated in the same execution scope as the calling module.
+
+
The library module that is loaded may import other modules using an import module declaration. The result of
+ fn:load-xquery-module does not include global variables or functions declared in such a transitively imported module.
+ However, the options map supplied in the function call may
+ (and if no default is defined, must)
+ supply values for external variables declared in transitively loaded library modules.
+
+
The library module that is loaded may import schema declarations using an import schema declaration. It is
+ implementation-defined whether schema components in the in-scope
+ schema definitions of the calling module
+ are automatically added to the in-scope schema definitions of the dynamically loaded module. The in-scope schema definitions
+ of the calling and called modules must be consistent, according to the rules defined in
+ .
+
+
Where nodes are passed to or from the dynamically loaded module, for example as an argument or result of a function,
+ they should if possible retain their node identity, their base URI, their type annotations, and their relationships to all other nodes
+ in the containing tree (including ancestors and siblings). If this is not possible, for example because the only way of passing nodes
+ to the chosen XQuery implementation is by serializing and re-parsing, then a node may be passed in the form of a deep
+ copy, which may lose information about the identity of the node, about its ancestors and siblings, about its base URI, about its type annotations, and about its
+ relationships to other nodes passed across the interface.
+
+
+
+
+
If $module-uri is a zero length string, a dynamic error is raised .
+
If the implementation is not able to find a library module with the specified target namespace,
+ an error is raised .
+
If a static error (including a statically detected type error) is encountered when processing the library module,
+ a dynamic error is raised .
+
+
If a value is supplied for the initial context item or for an external variable and the value does not conform to the required
+ type declared in the dynamically loaded module, a dynamic error is raised .
+
If no suitable XQuery processor is available, a dynamic error is raised .
+ This includes (but is not limited to) the following cases:
+
+
+
No XQuery processor is available;
+
+
+
Use of the function has been disabled;
+
+
+
No XQuery processor supporting the requested version of XQuery is available;
+
+
+
No XQuery processor supporting the optional Module Feature is available.
+
+
+
+
If a dynamic error (including a dynamically detected type error) is encountered when processing the module
+ (for example, when evaluating its global variables), the dynamic error is returned as is.
+
+
+
+
+
If a function declaration F in the loaded module declares (say) four parameters of which one is optional,
+ its arity range will be from 3 to 4, so the result will include two function items corresponding to F#3
+ and F#4. In the lower-arity function item, F#3, the fourth parameter will take its
+ default value. If the expression that initializes the default value is context sensitive, the static and dynamic
+ context for its evaluation are the static and dynamic contexts of the fn:load-xquery-module
+ function call itself.
+
+
+
As with all other functions in this specification, conformance requirements depend on the host language.
+ For example, a host language might specify that provision of this function is optional, or that it is excluded entirely,
+ or that implementations are required to support XQuery modules using a specified version of XQuery.
+
+
Even where support for this function is mandatory, it is recommended for security reasons that implementations
+ should provide a user option to disable its use, or to disable aspects of its functionality.
+
+
The load-xquery-module function does not modify the static or dynamic context.
+ Functions and variables from the loaded module become available within the result returned by the function, but they
+ are not added to the static or dynamic context of the caller. This means, for example, that function-lookup
+ will not locate functions from the loaded module.
Invokes a transformation using a dynamically loaded XSLT stylesheet.
+
+
+
This function loads an XSLT stylesheet and invokes it to perform a transformation.
+
The inputs to the transformation are supplied in the form of a map.
+ The option parameter conventions apply
+ to this map; they do not apply to any nested map unless otherwise specified.
+
+
The function first identifies the requested XSLT version, as follows:
+
+
+
+
If the xslt-version
+ option is present, the requested XSLT version is the value of that option.
+
+
+
Otherwise, the requested XSLT version
+ is the value of the [xsl:]version attribute of the outermost element in the supplied stylesheet or package.
+
+
+
+
The function then attempts to locate an XSLT processor that implements the requested XSLT version.
+
+
+
+
If a processor that implements the requested XSLT version is available, then it is used.
+
+
+
Otherwise, if a processor that implements a version later than the requested version is available, then it is used.
+
+
+
Otherwise, the function fails indicating that no suitable XSLT processor is available.
+
+
+
+
+
The phrase locate an XSLT processor includes the possibility of locating a software product and
+ configuring it to act as an XSLT processor that implements the requested XSLT version.
+
+
+
If more than one XSLT processor is available under the above rules, then the one that is chosen may be selected according to
+ the availability of requested features: see below.
+
+
Once an XSLT processor has been selected that implements a given version of XSLT, the processor
+ follows the rules of that version of the XSLT specification. This includes any decision to operate in backwards or forwards
+ compatibility mode. For example, if an XSLT 2.0 processor is selected, and the stylesheet specifies version="1.0",
+ then the processor will operate in backwards compatibility mode; if the same processor is selected and the stylesheet
+ specifies version="3.0", the processor will operate in forwards compatibility mode.
+
+
The combinations of options that are relevant to each version of XSLT, other than xslt-version
+ itself, are listed below. This is followed by a table giving the meaning of each option.
+
+
+
+
+
+
For invocation of an XSLT 1.0 processor (see ),
+ the supplied options must include all of the following (if anything else is present, it is ignored):
+
+
+
The stylesheet, provided by supplying exactly one of the following:
The source tree, provided as the value of the source-node option.
+
+
+
Zero or more of the following additional options:
+
+
+ stylesheet-base-uri
+
+ stylesheet-params (defaults to an empty map)
+ initial-mode (defaults to the stylesheet’s default mode)
+ delivery-format (defaults to document)
+ serialization-params (defaults to an empty map)
+ enable-messages (default is implementation-defined)
+ requested-properties (default is an empty map)
+ vendor-options (defaults to an empty map)
+ cache (default is implementation-defined)
+
+
+
+
+
+
For invocation of an XSLT 2.0 processor (see ),
+ the supplied options must include all of the following (if anything else is present, it is ignored):
+
+
+
The stylesheet, provided by supplying exactly one of the following:
Invocation details, as exactly one of the following:
+
+
+
For apply-templates invocation, all of the following:
+
+ source-node
+
+
Optionally, initial-mode (defaults to the stylesheet’s default mode)
+
+
+
For call-template invocation, all of the following:
+
+ initial-template
+
+
Optionally, source-node
+
+
+
+
+
Zero or more of the following additional options:
+
+
+ stylesheet-base-uri
+
+ stylesheet-params (defaults to an empty map)
+ base-output-uri (defaults to absent)
+ delivery-format (defaults to document)
+ serialization-params (defaults to an empty map)
+ enable-messages (default is implementation-defined)
+ enable-trace (default is implementation-defined)
+ requested-properties (default is an empty map)
+ vendor-options (defaults to an empty map)
+ cache (default is implementation-defined)
+
+
+
+
+
+
For invocation of an XSLT 3.0 processor (see ),
+ the supplied options must include all of the following (if anything else is present, it is ignored):
+
+
+
The stylesheet, provided either by supplying exactly one of the following:
Invocation details, as exactly one of the following combinations:
+
+
+
For apply-templates invocation, all of the following:
+
Exactly one of source-node or initial-match-selection
+
Optionally, initial-mode
+
Optionally, template-params
+
Optionally, tunnel-params
+
+
+
For call-template invocation using an explicit template name, all of the following:
+
+ initial-template
+
+
Optionally, template-params
+
Optionally, tunnel-params
+
Optionally, source-node
+
+
+
For call-template invocation using the defaulted template name xsl:initial-template, all of the following:
+
Optionally, template-params
+
Optionally, tunnel-params
+
+
If the source-node option is present and initial-template is absent,
+ then apply-templates invocation will be used. To use call-template invocation on the template
+ named xsl:initial-template while also supplying a context item for use when evaluating
+ global variables, either (a) supply the context item using the global-context-item option,
+ or (b) supply source-node, and set the initial-template option explicitly to the
+ QName xsl:initial-template
+
+
+
+
For call-function invocation, all of the following:
+
+ initial-function
+
+
+ function-params
+
+
+
+
+
The invocation method can be determined as the first of the following which applies:
+
+
+
If initial-function is present, then call-function invocation.
+
+
+
If initial-template is present, then call-template invocation.
+
+
+
If source-node or initial-match-selection
+ is present, then apply-templates invocation.
+
+
+
Otherwise, call-template invocation using
+ the default entry point xsl:initial-template.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Zero or more of the following additional options:
+
+
+ stylesheet-base-uri
+
+ static-params (defaults to an empty map)
+ stylesheet-params (defaults to an empty map)
+ global-context-item (defaults to absent)
+ base-output-uri (defaults to absent)
+
+ delivery-format
+
+ serialization-params (defaults to an empty map)
+ enable-assertions (default is false)
+ enable-messages (default is implementation-defined)
+ enable-trace (default is implementation-defined)
+ requested-properties (default is an empty map)
+ vendor-options (defaults to an empty map)
+ cache (default is implementation-defined)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The meanings of each option are defined in the table below.
+
+
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ The URI of the principal result document; also used as the base URI for
+ resolving relative URIs of secondary result documents. If the value is a relative
+
+ reference, it is resolved against the
+ executable base URI
+ of the fn:transform
+
+ function call.
+
+ xs:string
+ The effect of not
+ supplying a base output URI is defined by the XSLT specification; the implementation
+ may supply a default, for example the directory containing the
+ stylesheet, or the current working directory.
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ This option has no effect on the result of the transformation but may affect
+ efficiency. The value true indicates an expectation that the same
+ stylesheet is likely to be used for more than one transformation; the value
+ false indicates an expectation that the stylesheet will be used once
+ only.
+ xs:boolean
+ true()
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ The manner in which the transformation results should be delivered. Applies both to the
+ principal result document and to secondary result documents created using
+ xsl:result-document.
+ xs:string
+ document
+ If the relevant
+ xsl:output or xsl:result-document element specifies
+ build-tree="no" (applies to XSLT 3.0 only), then the default
+ is raw.
+
+ The result is delivered as a
+ document node.
+ The result is delivered as
+ a string, representing the results of serialization. Note that (as with the
+ fn:serialize function) the final encoding stage of
+ serialization (which turns a sequence of characters into a sequence of
+ octets) is either skipped, or reversed by decoding the octet stream back
+ into a character stream.
+ The result of the initial
+ template or function is returned as an arbitrary XDM value (after conversion
+ to the declared type, but without wrapping in a document node, and without
+ serialization): when this option is chosen, the returned map contains the
+ raw result.
+
+
+
+
+ 3.0
+ Indicates whether any xsl:assert instructions in the stylesheet
+ are to be evaluated.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ Indicates whether any xsl:message instructions in the stylesheet
+ are to be evaluated. The destination and formatting of any such messages is
+ implementation-defined.
+ xs:boolean
+ Implementation-defined.
+
+
+ 2.0, 3.0
+ Indicates whether any fn:trace functions in the stylesheet are to
+ generate diagnostic messages. The destination and formatting of any such messages is
+ implementation-defined.
+ xs:boolean
+ Implementation-defined.
+
+
+ 3.0
+ An array of values to be used as the arguments to the initial function call.
+ The value is converted to the required type of the declared parameter using the function
+ conversion rules.
+ array(item()*)
+ Empty array
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The value of the global context item, as defined in XSLT 3.0
+ item()
+ The value of source-node
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The name of the initial function to be called for call-function invocation. The
+ arity of the function is inferred from the length of
+ function-params.
+ xs:QName
+ n/a
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The value of the initial match selection, as defined in XSLT 3.0
+ item()*
+ The value of source-node
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ The name of the initial processing mode.
+ xs:QName
+ none
+
+
+ 2.0, 3.0
+ The name of a named template in the stylesheet to act as the initial entry
+ point.
+ xs:QName
+ xsl:initial-template
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The name of the top-level stylesheet package to be invoked (an absolute
+ URI)
+ xs:string
+ n/a
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The location of the top-level stylesheet package, as a relative or absolute
+ URI
+ xs:string
+ n/a
+
+
+ 3.0
+ A document or element node containing the top-level stylesheet
+ package
+ node()
+ n/a
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The top-level stylesheet package in the form of unparsed lexical
+ XML.
+ xs:string
+ n/a
+
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The version of the top-level stylesheet package to be invoked.
+ xs:string
+ "*" (any version)
+
+
+ 1.0 2.0 3.0
+ A function that is used to post-process each result document of
+ the transformation (both the principal result and secondary results), in whatever
+ form it would otherwise be delivered (document, serialized, or raw). The first
+ argument of the function is the key used to identify the result in the map return
+ by the fn:transform function (for example, this will be the supplied
+ base output URI in the case of the principal result, or the string “output” if no
+ base output URI was supplied). The second argument is the
+ actual value. The value that is returned in the result of the fn:transform
+ function is the result of applying this post-processing.
+
+
+
If the implementation provides a way of writing or invoking functions
+ with side-effects, this post-processing function might be used to save
+ a copy of the result document to persistent storage. For example, if the
+ implementation provides access to the EXPath File library ,
+ then a serialized document might be written to filestore by calling the
+ file:write function. Similar mechanisms might be used to issue
+ an HTTP POST request that posts the result to an HTTP server, or to send
+ the document to an email recipient. The semantics of calling functions
+ with side-effects are entirely implementation-defined.
+
If the primary purpose of the post-processing function is achieved by
+ means of such side-effects, and if the actual results are not needed by
+ the caller of the fn:transform function, then it does not matter what
+ the post-processing function actually returns (it could be an empty
+ sequence, for example).
+
Calls to fn:transform can potentially have side-effects
+ even in the absence of the post-processing option, because the XSLT
+ specification allows a stylesheet to invoke extension functions
+ that have side-effects. The semantics in this case are implementation-defined.
+
+ fn(xs:string, item()*) as item()*
+ fn($a, $b) { $b }
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ The keys in the map are QNames that could legitimately be supplied in a call to
+ the XSLT system-property function; the values in the map are the requested
+ settings of the corresponding property. The boolean values true() and
+ false() are equivalent to the string values yes and
+ no. As a special case, setting a value for xsl:version has
+ no effect, because of the potential for conflict with other options. For example:
+
Setting xsl:product-name to a particular value requests a
+ particular XSLT software product.
+
Setting xsl:product-version requests a specific version of
+ that product.
+
Setting xsl:is-schema-aware to true() requests a
+ schema-aware processor.
+
Setting xsl:xsd-version to "1.1" requests a
+ processor that supports XML Schema version 1.1.
+ Setting a boolean property such as xsl:supports-dynamic-evaluation
+ to false() is interpreted as an explicit request for a processor in which
+ the value of the property is false. The effect if the requests cannot be precisely met
+ is implementation-defined. In some cases it may be appropriate to ignore the request or
+ to provide an alternative (for example, a later version of the product than the one
+ requested); in other cases it may be more appropriate to raise an error indicating that no suitable XSLT processor
+ is available.
+ map(xs:QName, xs:anyAtomicType)
+ Empty map
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ Serialization parameters for the principal result document. The supplied map
+ follows the same rules that apply to a map supplied as the second argument of
+ fn:serialize.
+
When a parameter is supplied, the corresponding value overrides or augments
+ the value specified in the unnamed xsl:output declaration (or
+ its default), following the same rules as when one xsl:output
+ declaration overrides another with lower import precedence.
+
When a parameter is supplied and the corresponding value is an empty
+ sequence (for example, { "standalone": () }), any value
+ specified in the unnamed xsl:output declaration is overridden
+ by the default value.
+
When a parameter is not supplied in serialization-params (that
+ is, when the key is absent) the value that applies is the value appearing in
+ the unnamed xsl:output declaration, or its default.
+
+ map(xs:anyAtomicType, item()*)
+ Empty map
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ When source-node is supplied then the
+ global-context-item (the context item for evaluating global variables)
+ is the root of the tree containing the supplied node. In addition, for apply-templates
+ invocation, the source-node acts as the
+ initial-match-selection, that is, stylesheet execution starts by
+ applying templates to this node.
+ node()
+ n/a
+
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The values of static parameters defined in the stylesheet; the keys are the
+ names of the parameters, and the associated values are their values. The value is
+ converted to the required type of the declared parameter using the coercion
+ rules.
+ map(xs:QName, item()*)
+ Empty map
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ A string intended to be used as the static base URI of the principal stylesheet
+ module. This value must be used if no other static base URI is
+ available. If the supplied stylesheet already has a base URI (which will generally be
+ the case if the stylesheet is supplied using stylesheet-node or
+ stylesheet-location) then it is implementation-defined whether this
+ parameter has any effect. If the value is a relative reference, it is resolved against
+
+ the executable base URI
+ of the fn:transform function call.
+
+ xs:string
+ n/a
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ URI that can be used to locate the principal stylesheet module. If relative, it
+
+ is resolved against the executable base URI
+ of the fn:transform function call.
+
+ The value also acts as the default for stylesheet-base-uri.
+ xs:string
+ n/a
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ Root of the tree containing the principal stylesheet module, as a document or
+ element node. The base URI of the node acts as the default for
+ stylesheet-base-uri.
+ node()
+ n/a
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ A map holding values to be supplied for stylesheet parameters. The keys are the
+ parameter names; the values are the corresponding parameter values. The values are
+ converted if necessary to the required type using the coercion rules. The
+ default is an empty map.
+ map(xs:QName, item()*)
+ Empty map
+
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ The principal stylesheet module in the form of unparsed lexical
+ XML.
+ xs:string
+ n/a
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The values of non-tunnel parameters to be supplied to the initial template,
+ used with both apply-templates and call-template invocation. Each value is converted to
+ the required type of the declared parameter using the coercion
+ rules.
+ map(xs:QName, item()*)
+ none
+
+
+ 3.0
+ The values of tunnel parameters to be supplied to the initial template, used
+ with both apply-templates and call-template invocation. Each value is converted to the
+ required type of the declared parameter using the coercion
+ rules.
+ map(xs:QName, item()*)
+ Empty map
+
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ Values for vendor-defined configuration options for the XSLT processor used to
+ process the request. The key is the name of an option, expressed as a QName: the
+ namespace URI of the QName should be a URI controlled by the vendor
+ of the XSLT processor. The meaning of the associated value is implementation-defined. Implementations
+ should ignore options whose names are in an unrecognized
+ namespace. Default is an empty map.
+ { xs:QName, item()* }
+ Empty map
+
+
+
+ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
+ The minimum level of the XSLT language that the processor must support.
+ xs:decimal
+ The [xsl:]version attribute at the outermost level of the
+ stylesheet.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
The result of the transformation is returned as a map. There is one entry in the map for the principal result document, and one
+ for each secondary result document. The key is a URI in the form of an xs:string value. The key for the principal
+ result document is the base output URI if specified, or the string "output" otherwise. The key for secondary
+ result documents is the URI of the document, as an absolute URI. The associated value in each entry depends on the requested
+ delivery format. If the delivery format is document, the value is a document node. If the delivery format is
+ serialized, the value is a string containing the serialized result.
+
+
Where nodes are passed to or from the transformation, for example as the value of a stylesheet parameter or the result of a function,
+ they should if possible retain their node identity, their base URI, their type annotations, and their relationships to all other nodes
+ in the containing tree (including ancestors and siblings). If this is not possible, for example because the only way of passing nodes
+ to the chosen XSLT implementation is by serializing and re-parsing, then a node may be passed in the form of a deep
+ copy, which may lose information about the identity of the node, about its ancestors and siblings, about its base URI, about its type annotation, and about its
+ relationships to other nodes passed across the interface.
+
+
It is implementation-defined whether the XSLT transformation is executed
+ within the same execution scope as the calling code.
+
+
The function is nondeterministic in that it is
+ implementation-dependent whether running the function twice against the same
+ inputs produces identical results. The results of two invocations may differ in the identity of any returned nodes; they may also
+ differ in other respects, for example because the value of fn:current-dateTime is different for the two invocations,
+ or because the contents of external documents accessed using fn:doc or xsl:source-document change between
+ one invocation and the next.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the transformation cannot be invoked
+ because no suitable XSLT processor is available. This includes (but is not limited to) the following cases:
+
+
+
No XSLT processor is available;
+
+
+
No XSLT processor supporting the requested version of XSLT is available;
+
+
+
The XSLT processor API does not support some requested feature (for example, the ability to supply tunnel parameters externally);
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if an error is detected in the supplied
+ parameters (for example if two mutually exclusive parameters are supplied).
+
If a static or dynamic error is reported by the XSLT processor, this function fails with a dynamic error, retaining the XSLT error code.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the XSLT transformation invoked by a call on
+ fn:transform fails with a static or dynamic error, and no more specific error code is available.
+
+
XSLT 1.0 does not define any error codes, so this is the likely outcome with an XSLT 1.0 processor. XSLT 2.0 and 3.0 do
+ define error codes, but some APIs do not expose them. If multiple errors are signaled by the transformation (which is most likely
+ to happen with static errors) then the error code should where possible be that of one of these errors, chosen arbitrarily; the processor
+ may make details of additional errors available to the application in an implementation-defined
+ way.
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if the use of this function (or of selected options)
+ has been externally disabled, for example for security reasons.
+
A dynamic error is raised if the transformation produces output containing
+ characters available only in XML 1.1, and the calling processor cannot handle such characters.
+
Recursive use of the fn:transform function may lead to catastrophic failures such as
+ non-termination or stack overflow. No error code is assigned to such conditions, since they cannot necessarily
+ be detected by the processor.
+
+
+
+
+
As with all other functions in this specification, conformance requirements depend on the host language.
+ For example, a host language might specify that provision of this function is optional, or that it is excluded entirely,
+ or that implementations are required to support a particular set of values for the xslt-version
+ parameter.
+
+
Even where support for this function is mandatory, it is recommended for security reasons that implementations
+ should provide a user option to disable its use, or to disable aspects of its functionality such as
+ the ability to write to persistent resources.
+
+
+
+
+
+
The following example loads a stylesheet from the location render.xsl,
+ applies it to a document loaded from test.xml, and uses an XPath expression
+ to examine the result:
Returns a random number generator, which can be used to generate sequences of random numbers.
+
+
+
The function returns a random number generator. A random number generator is represented as a value of type
+ random-number-generator-record, defined in
+ .
+
+
+
+
+
Calling the fn:random-number-generator function with no arguments is equivalent to calling the single-argument
+ form of the function with an implementation-dependent seed.
+
Calling the fn:random-number-generator function with an empty sequence as $seed
+ is equivalent to calling the single-argument form of the function with an implementation-dependent seed.
+
If a $seed is supplied, it may be an atomic item of any type.
+
Both forms of the function are : calling the function twice with the same arguments, within a single
+ execution scope, produces the same results.
+
+
+
The value of the number entry should be such that all eligible xs:double
+ values are equally likely to be chosenthe distribution of numbers is uniform: for example, the probability of the
+ number being in the range 0.1e0 to 0.2e0 is the same as the probability of its being in the range 0.8e0 to 0.9e0.
+
+
The function returned in the permute entry should be such that all permutations
+ of the supplied sequence are equally likely to be chosen.
+
+
The map returned by the fn:random-number-generator function may contain additional entries beyond
+ those specified here, but it must match the
+ record type defined above. The meaning of any additional entries
+ is implementation-defined. To avoid conflict with any future version of this specification, the keys of any
+ such entries should start with an underscore character.
+
+
+
It is not meaningful to ask whether the functions returned in the next and permute
+ functions resulting from two separate calls with the same seed are “the same function”, but the functions must be equivalent in the sense
+ that calling them produces the same sequence of random numbers.
+
The repeatability of the results of function calls in different execution scopes is outside the scope of this
+ specification. It is recommended that when the same seed is provided explicitly, the same random number sequence
+ should be delivered even in different execution scopes; while if no seed is provided, the processor should choose a seed
+ that is likely to be different from one execution scope to another. (The same effect can be achieved explicitly by using
+ fn:current-dateTime() as a seed.)
+
The specification does not place strong conformance requirements on the actual randomness of the result; this is left to
+ the implementation. It is desirable, for example, when generating a sequence
+ of random numbers that the sequence should not get into a repeating loop; but the specification does not attempt to dictate this.
+
+
+
+
The following example returns a random permutation of the integers in the range
+ 1 to 100:
+
random-number-generator()?permute(1 to 100)
+
+
The following example returns a 10% sample of the items in an input sequence $seq, chosen at random:
+
random-number-generator()?permute($seq)[1 to (count($seq) idiv 10)]
+
+
The following XQuery code produces a random sequence of 200 xs:double
+ values in the range zero to one:
+
+declare %public function local:random-sequence($length as xs:integer) as xs:double* {
+ local:random-sequence($length, random-number-generator())
+};
+declare %private function local:random-sequence(
+ $length as xs:integer,
+ $record as record(number as xs:double, next as fn(*), *)
+) as xs:double* {
+ if ($length != 0) {
+ $record?number,
+ local:random-sequence($length - 1, $record?next())
+ }
+};
+local:random-sequence(200)
+
+
An equivalent result can be achieved with fn:fold-left:
The 3.1 specification suggested that every value in the result range should have the same chance
+ of being chosen. This has been corrected to say that the distribution should be arithmetically uniform
+ (because there are as many xs:double values between 0.01 and 0.1 as there are between
+ 0.1 and 1.0).
An error is raised if the $predicate function raises an error. In particular,
+ when the default predicate fn:boolean#1 is used, an error is raised if an
+ item has no effective boolean value.
+
+
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the predicate defaults
+ to fn:boolean#1, which takes the effective boolean value of each item.
+
It is possible for the supplied $predicate to be a function whose arity is less than two.
+ The coercion rules mean that the additional parameters are effectively ignored. Frequently a predicate
+ function will only consider the item itself, and disregard its position in the sequence.
+
The predicate is required to return either true, false, or an empty
+ sequence (which is treated as false). A predicate such as fn { self::h1 }
+ results in a type error because it returns a node, not a boolean.
+
The implementation may deliver a result as soon as one item is found for which the predicate
+ returns false; it is not required to evaluate the predicate for every item,
+ nor is it required to examine items sequentially from left to right.
Returns a string containing a particular character or glyph.
+
+
+
The function returns a string, generally containing a single character or glyph, identified by $value.
+
The supplied value of $value must be one of the following:
+
+
A Unicode codepoint, supplied as an integer. For example fn:char(9)
+ returns the tab character.
+
An HTML5 character reference name (often referred to as an entity name) as defined
+ at https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/named-characters.html. The name is
+ written with no leading ampersand and no trailing semicolon.
+ For example fn:char("pi") represents the character
+ U+03C0 and fn:char("nbsp") returns
+ U+00A0.
+
A processor may recognize additional character reference names defined in
+ other versions of HTML. Character reference names are case-sensitive.
+
In the event that the HTML5 character reference name identifies a string
+ comprising multiple codepoints, that string is returned.
+
[TODO: add a proper bibliographic reference.]
+
A backslash-escape sequence from the set \n (U+000A),
+ \r (U+000D),
+ or \t (U+0009).
+
+
+
+
The result must consist of
+ permitted characters.
+ For example fn:char(0xDEAD) is invalid because it is in the surrogate range.
+
+
+
The function fails with a dynamic error if $value is not a valid
+ representation of a
+ or sequence of permitted characters.
+
+
+
+
Although all Unicode characters can appear in string literals (the delimiting quotation marks can be
+ escaped by doubling them), some characters are not visually distinctive, so representing them by name
+ may make code more readable. In addition, there may be contexts where it is necessary or prudent to
+ write XPath expressions using ASCII characters only, for example where an expression is used in the query
+ part of a URI.
+
A few HTML5 character reference names identify glyphs whose Unicode
+ representation uses multiple codepoints. For example, the name
+ NotEqualTilde refers to the glyph ≂̸ which is expressed
+ using the two codepoints U+2242, U+0338. In such cases the string length of
+ the result of the function will exceed one.
+
+
+
+
+ char("aacute")
+ "á"
+
+
+ char("eth")
+ "ð"
+
+
+ char(9)
+ codepoints-to-string(9)
+ The character tab
+
+
+ char("\t")
+ codepoints-to-string(9)
+ The character tab
+
+
+ char(0x20)
+ " "
+
+
+ char(0x1D1CA)
+ "𝇊"
+ The character MUSICAL SYMBOL TEMPUS IMPERFECTUM CUM PROLATIONE PERFECTA
+
+
+ char("NotEqualTilde")
+ codepoints-to-string((8770, 824))
+ This HTML5 character reference name expands to multiple codepoints.
+
+
+
+
+
+
Splits the supplied string into a sequence of single-grapheme strings.
+
+
+
The function returns a sequence of strings. Each string in the sequence contains one or
+ more characters that collectively constitute a single
+ extended grapheme cluster, as defined by .
+
If $value is a zero-length string or the empty sequence, the function returns
+ the empty sequence.
+
+
+
+
The resultant sequence of strings are extended graphemes, not legacy graphemes (see
+ ).
Returns those items from a supplied sequence that have the highest value of a sort key, where
+ the sort key can be computed using a caller-supplied function.
+
+
+
The second argument, $collation, defaults to ().
+
Supplying an empty
+ sequence as $collation is equivalent to supplying
+ fn:default-collation(). For more
+ information on collations see .
+
+
The third argument defaults to the function data#1.
+
+
Let $modified-key be the function:
+
+fn($item) {
+ $key($item) => data() ! (
+ if (. instance of xs:untypedAtomic)
+ then xs:double(.)
+ else .
+ )
+}
+
+
That is, the supplied function for computing key values is wrapped in a function that
+ converts any xs:untypedAtomic values in its result to xs:double. This makes
+ the function consistent with the behavior of fn:min and fn:max,
+ but inconsistent with fn:sort, which treats untyped values as strings.
+
+
The result of the function is obtained as follows:
+
+
+
If the input is an empty sequence, the result is an empty sequence.
+
+
+
The input sequence is sorted, by applying the function
+ fn:sort($input, $collation, $modified-key).
+
+
+
Let $C be the selected collation, or the default collation where applicable.
+
+
+
Let $B be the last item in the sorted sequence.
+
+
+
The function returns those items $A from the input sequence such that
+ (fn:deep-equal($key($A), $key($B), $C), retaining their order.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
If the set of computed keys contains xs:untypedAtomic values that are not
+ castable to xs:double then the
+ operation will fail with a dynamic error ().
+
+
If the set of computed keys contains values that are not comparable using
+ the lt operator then the sort
+ operation will fail with a type error ().
+
Returns the positions in an input sequence of items that match a supplied predicate.
+
+
+
+
The result of the function is a sequence of integers, in monotonic ascending order, representing
+ the 1-based positions in the input sequence of those items for which the supplied predicate function
+ returns true. A return value of () from the predicate function
+ is treated as false.
Returns items from the input sequence prior to the first one that fails to match a supplied predicate.
+
+
+
The function returns all items in the sequence prior to the first one where the result of
+ calling the supplied $predicate function, with the current item and its position
+ as arguments, returns the value false or ().
+
If every item in the sequence satisfies the predicate, then $input is returned
+ in its entirety.
+
+
+
+for $item at $pos in $input
+while $predicate($item, $pos)
+return $item
+
+
+
+
There is no analogous drop-while or skip-while function,
+ as found in some functional programming languages. The effect of
+ drop-while($input, $predicate) can be achieved by calling
+ fn:subsequence-where($input, fn { not($predicate(.)) }).
Returns those items from a supplied sequence that have the lowest value of a sort key, where
+ the sort key can be computed using a caller-supplied function.
+
+
+
The second argument, $collation, defaults to ().
+
Supplying an empty
+ sequence as $collation is equivalent to supplying
+ fn:default-collation(). For more
+ information on collations see .
+
+
The third argument defaults to the function data#1.
+
+
Let $modified-key be the function:
+ fn($item) {
+ $key($item) => data() ! (
+ if (. instance of xs:untypedAtomic) then xs:double(.) else .
+ )
+}
+
+
That is, the supplied function for computing key values is wrapped in a function that
+ converts any xs:untypedAtomic values in its result to xs:double. This makes
+ the function consistent with the behavior of fn:min and fn:max,
+ but inconsistent with fn:sort, which treats untyped values as strings.
+
+
The result of the function is obtained as follows:
+
+
+
If the input is an empty sequence, the result is an empty sequence.
+
+
+
The input sequence is sorted, by applying the function
+ fn:sort($input, $collation, $modified-key).
+
+
+
Let $C be the selected collation, or the default collation where applicable.
+
+
+
Let $B be the first item in the sorted sequence.
+
+
+
The function returns those items $A from the input sequence such that
+ (fn:deep-equal($key($A), $key($B), $C), retaining their order.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
If the set of computed keys contains xs:untypedAtomic values that are not
+ castable to xs:double then the
+ operation will fail with a dynamic error ().
+
+
If the set of computed keys contains values that are not comparable using
+ the lt operator then the sort
+ operation will fail with a type error ().
+
Returns true if at least one item in the input sequence matches a supplied predicate.
+
+
+
The function returns true if (and only if) there is an item $item at position $pos
+ in the input sequence such that $predicate($item, $pos) returns true.
+
+
+exists(filter($input, $predicate))
+
+
+
An error is raised if the $predicate function raises an error. In particular,
+ when the default predicate fn:boolean#1 is used, an error is raised if an
+ item has no effective boolean value.
+
+
+
If the second argument is omitted or an empty sequence, the predicate defaults
+ to fn:boolean#1, which takes the effective boolean value of each item.
+
It is possible for the supplied $predicate to be a function whose arity is less than two.
+ The coercion rules mean that the additional parameters are effectively ignored. Frequently a predicate
+ function will only consider the item itself, and disregard its position in the sequence.
+
The predicate is required to return either true, false, or an empty
+ sequence (which is treated as false). A predicate such as fn { self::h1 }
+ results in a type error because it returns a node, not a boolean.
+
The implementation may deliver a result as soon as one item is found for which the predicate
+ returns true; it is not required to evaluate the predicate for every item,
+ nor is it required to examine items sequentially from left to right.
Returns true if all items in a supplied sequence (after atomization) are equal.
+
+
+
+
Omitting the second argument, $collation, is equivalent to supplying
+ fn:default-collation(). For more
+ information on collations see .
+
+
+
The result of the function fn:all-equal($values, $collation) is true if and only if the result
+ of fn:count(fn:distinct-values($values, $collation)) le 1 is true (that is, if the sequence
+ is empty, or if all the items in the sequence are equal under the rules of the
+ fn:distinct-values function).
Returns true if no two items in a supplied sequence are equal.
+
+
+
+
Omitting the second argument, $collation, is equivalent to supplying
+ fn:default-collation(). For more
+ information on collations see .
+
+
+
The result of the function fn:all-different($values, $collation) is true if and only if the result
+ of fn:count(fn:distinct-values($values, $collation)) eq fn:count($values) is true
+ (that is, if the sequence
+ is empty, or if all the items in the sequence are distinct under the rules of the
+ fn:distinct-values function).
Parses the URI provided and returns a map of its parts.
+
+
+
+
If $value is an empty sequence, the result is an empty sequence.
+
+
The function parses the $value provided,
+ returning a map containing its constituent parts: scheme,
+ authority components, path, etc.
+ In addition to parsing URIs as defined by
+ (and ), this function also attempts to
+ account for strings that are not valid URIs but that often appear
+ in URI-adjacent spaces, such as file names. Not all such strings
+ can be successfully parsed as URIs.
+
+
The following options are available:
+
+
+
+ Indicates that deprecated URI
+ features should be returned
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Indicates that a port number that is the same as
+ the default port for a given scheme should be omitted.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Indicates that an input URI that begins
+ with two or more leading slashes should be interprted
+ as a Windows Universal Naming Convention
+ Path. (Specifically: that it has the file: scheme.)
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+
+
This function is described as a series of transformations
+ over the input string to identify the parts of a URI that are
+ present. Some portions of the URI are identified by matching
+ with a regular expression. This approach is designed to make
+ the description clear and unambiguous; it is not implementation
+ advice. Comparison of scheme and authority
+ components is case insensitive.
+
+
Processing begins with a string that is equal
+ to the $value. If the string contains
+ any backslashes (\), replace them with forward
+ slashes (/).
+
+
Strip off the fragment identifier and any query:
+
+
+
+
If the string matches ^(.*?)#(.*)$, the
+ string is the first match group and the
+ fragment is the second match group. Otherwise, the string
+ is unchanged and the fragment is the empty sequence. If a
+ fragment is present, it is URI decoded. If the fragment is the empty
+ string, it is discarded and the fragment is the empty
+ sequence.
+
+
+
If the string matches ^(.*?)\?(.*)$,
+ the string is the first match group and the
+ query is the second match group. Otherwise,
+ the string is unchanged and the query is the empty
+ sequence. If the query is the empty
+ string, it is discarded and the query is the empty
+ sequence.
+
+
+
+
Attempt to identify the scheme:
+
+
+
+
If the string matches
+ ^([a-zA-Z][A-Za-z0-9\+\-\.]+):(.*)$:
+
+
the scheme is the first match group and
+
the string is the second match group.
+
+
+
+
Otherwise, the scheme is the empty sequence and the
+ string is unchanged.
+
+
+
+
If the scheme is not empty and the fragment is empty,
+ absolute is true. Otherwise, absolute is the empty
+ sequence. (But see the discussion of hierarchical URIs, below.)
+
+
If scheme is the empty sequence or file:
+
+
+
If the string matches ^/*([a-zA-Z][:|].*)$:
+
+
the scheme is file and
+
the string is a single slash / followed
+ by the first match group with the
+ second character changed to :, if necessary.
+
+
+
+
Otherwise, if unc-path is true:
+
+
the scheme is file and
+
the string is unchanged.
+
+
+
Finally, if neither of the preceding cases apply:
+
+
the scheme remains the empty sequence and
+
the string is unchanged.
+
+
+
+
+
Now that the scheme, if there is one, has been identified,
+ determine if the URI is hierarchical:
+
+
+
+
If the scheme is known to be hierarchical, or known
+ not to be hierarchical, then hierarchical is set accordingly.
+ If the implementation does not know if a scheme is or is not
+ hierarchical, the hierarchical setting depends on the
+ string: if the string is the empty string,
+ hierarchical is the empty sequence (i.e. not known),
+ otherwise hierarchical is
+ true if string begins with / and
+ false otherwise.
+
+
+
+
If the URI is not hierarchical, absolute
+ is the empty sequence.
+
+
Identify the remaining components according to the scheme and whether
+ or not the URI is hierarchical.
+
+
+
+
If the scheme is file:
+
+
+
The authority is the empty sequence.
+
+
+
If unc-path is true and the string
+ matches ^/*(//[^/].*)$: then filepath,
+ and string are both the first match group.
+
+
+
If the string begins ^//*[A-Za-z]:/ then
+ all but one leading slash is removed from string and the
+ filepath is the string with all leading slashes removed.
+
+
+
Otherwise, the filepath
+ and string are the string
+ with any sequence of leading slashes replaced by a single slash.
+
+
+
+
+
If the scheme is hierarchical:
+
+
+
If the string
+ matches ^//([^/]+)$, the authority
+ is the first match group and the string is empty.
+
+
+
If the string
+ matches ^//([^/]*)(/.*)$, the authority
+ is the first match group and the string is the second
+ match group.
+
+
+
Otherwise,
+ the authority is the empty sequence
+ and the string is unchanged.
+
+
+
+
+
If the scheme is not hierarchical:
+
+
+
The authority is the empty sequence
+ and the string is unchanged.
+
+
+
+
+
+
If the authority matches
+ ^(([^@]*)@)(.*)(:([^:]*))?$,
+ then the userinfo is match group 2, otherwise
+ userinfo is the empty sequence. If
+ userinfo is present and contains a non-empty password, then
+ userinfo is discarded and set to the empty sequence
+ unless the allow-deprecated-features option is true.
+
+
When parsing the authority to find the host,
+ there are four possibilities: the host can be a registered name (e.g.,
+ example.com), an IPv4 address (e.g., 127.0.0.1),
+ an IPv6 (or IPvFuture) address (e.g., [::1]), or an error
+ if there is an open square bracket ([) not matched by a
+ close square bracket (]). In a properly
+ constructed RFC 3986 URI, the only place where square
+ brackets may occur is around the IPv6/IPvFuture IP address.
+
+
+
+
If the authority matches
+ ^(([^@]*)@)?(\[[^\]]*\])(:([^:]*))?$,
+ then the host is match group 3, otherwise
+
+
+
+
If the authority matches
+ ^(([^@]*)@)?\[.*$
+ then is raised, otherwise
+
+
+
+
If the authority matches
+ ^(([^@]*)@)?([^:]+)(:([^:]*))?$,
+ then the host is match group 3, otherwise
+
+
+
+
the host is the empty sequence.
+
+
+
+
This function does not attempt to decode the components of the
+ host.
+
+
Similar care must be taken to match the port because an IPv6/IPvFuture
+ address may contain a colon.
+
+
+
+
If the authority matches
+ ^(([^@]*)@)?(\[[^\]]*\])(:([^:]*))?$,
+ then the port is match group 5.
+
+
+
+
Otherwise, if the authority matches
+ ^(([^@]*)@)?([^:]+)(:([^:]*))?$,
+ then the port is match group 5.
+
+
+
+
Otherwise, the port is the empty sequence.
+
+
+
+
If the omit-default-ports option is true, the port
+ is discarded and set to the empty sequence if the port number is the same
+ as the default port for the given scheme. Implementations should
+ recognize the default ports for http (80), https (443),
+ ftp (21), and ssh (22). Exactly which ports are
+ recognized
+ is implementation-defined.
+
+
+
If the string is the empty string, then
+ path is the empty sequence, otherwise path
+ is the whole string. If the scheme is
+ the empty sequence, filepath is also the whole string.
+
+
A path-segments sequence is constructed by tokenizing
+ the string on / (solidus) and applying
+ uri decoding on each token.
+
+
+
The path and path-segments properties both contain
+ the path portion of the URI. The different formats
+ only become important when the path contains encoded delimiters.
+
Consider /path%2Fsegment. An application may want to decode that,
+ using /path/segment in a database query, for example. At the same
+ time, an application may wish to modify the URI and then reconstruct it.
+
+
In the string form, decoding %2F to / is
+ not reversible. In the path-segments form, the path is
+ broken into discrete segments where the syntactic delimiters occur.
+ This means the encoded delimiters can be decoded without introducing
+ ambiguity: ("", "path/segment"). In this format, the
+ decoding is reversible: escape the non-syntactic delimiters before
+ reconstructing the path with the syntactic ones.
+
+
A consequence of constructing the path-segments this
+ way is that an empty string appears before the first /,
+ if the path begins with a
+ /, after the last
+ /, if the path ends with a
+ /, and between consecutive
+ / characters. (If the path consists of a single /,
+ that / counts as both the first and last /,
+ producing a segment list containing two empty strings.)
+
+
The
+ empty strings may seem unnecessary at first glance, but they assure
+ that the path can be reconstructed by joining the segments together
+ again without having to handle the presence or absence of a leading or
+ trailing / as special cases.
+
+
Applying uri decoding is equivalent to
+ calling fn:decode-from-uri on the string.
+
+
The query-parameters value is constructed as follows.
+ Start with an empty map. Tokenize the query on
+ the & (ampersand). For each token, identify
+ the key and the value. If the token
+ contains an equal sign (=), the key
+ is the string that precedes the first equal sign, uri
+ decoded, and the value is the remainder
+ of the token, after the first equal sign, uri decoded. If the
+ token does not contain an equal sign, key is the
+ empty string and the value is equal to the
+ token, uri decoded. Add the key/value pair
+ to the map. If the key already exists in the map, add the value
+ to a list of values associated with that key. The resulting map, when all
+ tokens have been processed, is the query-parameters map.
+
+
If the filepath is not the empty sequence,
+ it is uri decoded. On a Windows system, any
+ forward slashes in the path may be
+ replaced with backslashes.
+
+
A uri-structure-record is returned.
+ The record should be populated with only those keys that have a non-empty value (keys
+ whose value is the empty sequence should
+ be omitted).
+
+
Implementations may implement additional or different rules for URIs that
+ have a scheme or pattern that they recognize. An implementation might choose
+ to parse jar: URIs with special rules, for example, since they extend the
+ syntax in ways not defined by . Implementations may add
+ additional keys to the map. The meaning of those keys is implementation-defined.
+
+
+
+
A dynamic error is raised if
+ the URI contains an open square bracket in the authority component that
+ is not followed by a close square bracket.
+
+
+
+
Like fn:resolve-uri, this function handles the additional characters
+ allowed in IRIs in the same way that other unreserved
+ characters are handled.
+
Unlike fn:resolve-uri, this function is not attempting to resolve
+ one URI against another and consequently, the errors that can arise under those
+ circumstances do not apply here. The fn:parse-uri function will
+ accept strings that would raise errors if resolution was attempted;
+ see fn:build-uri.
+
+
+
+
+
In the examples that follow, keys with values that are null or an empty sequence
+ are elided for editorial clarity. String literals that include an ampersand character
+ are written as string templates (for example `Barnes&Noble`) to ensure
+ that the examples work in both XPath and XQuery.
This example demonstrates that parsing the URI treats non-URI characters in
+lexical IRIs as “unreserved characters”. The rationale for this is given in the
+description of fn:resolve-uri.
A URI is composed from a scheme, authority, path, query, and fragment.
+
+
The following options are available:
+
+
+
+ Indicates that deprecated URI
+ features should be returned
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Indicates that a port number that is the same as
+ the default port for a given scheme should be omitted.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+ Indicates that the URI represents
+ a Windows Universal Naming Convention
+ Path.
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+
+
The components are derived from the contents of the
+ $parts map. To simplify the description below, a
+ value is considered to be present in the map if the relevant
+ field exists and is non-empty.
+
+
If the scheme key is present in the map,
+ the URI begins with the value of that key. A URI is considered to be
+ non-hierarchical if either the hierarchical key
+ is present in the $parts map with the value
+ false() or if the scheme is known to be
+ non-hierarchical. (In other words, schemes are hierarchical by
+ default.)
+
+
+
If the scheme is
+ known to be non-hierarchical, it is delimited by a trailing
+ :.
+
+
Otherwise, if the scheme is file and the unc-path
+ option is true, the scheme is delimited by a trailing :////.
+
+
Otherwise, the scheme is delimited by
+ a trailing ://.
+
+
+
+
For simplicity of exposition, we take the
+ userinfo, host, and
+ port values from the map and imagine they are
+ stored in variables with the same name. If the key is not
+ present in the map, the value of the variable is set to the
+ empty sequence.
+
+
If $userinfo is non-empty and contains a
+ non-empty password, then $userinfo is set to the
+ empty sequence unless the
+ allow-deprecated-features option is true.
+
+
If the omit-default-ports option is true
+ then the $port is set to the empty sequence if
+ the port number is the same as the default port for the given
+ scheme. Implementations should recognize
+ the default ports for http (80),
+ https (443), ftp (21), and
+ ssh (22). Exactly which ports are recognized is
+ implementation-defined.
+
+
+
If any of $userinfo, $host, or $port
+ exist, the following authority is added to the URI under construction:
+ concat(
+ if (exists($userinfo)) { $userinfo || "@" },
+ $host,
+ if (exists($port)) { ":" || $port }
+)
+
+
If none of userinfo, host, or port
+ is present, and authority is present, the value of the
+ authority key is added to the URI. (In this case, no attempt
+ is made to determine if a password or standard port are present,
+ the authority value is simply added to the string.)
+
+
The fn:parse-uri function removes
+ percent-escaping when it constructs the
+ path-segments, query-parameters, and
+ fragment properties. That’s often the most
+ convenient behavior but, in order to reconstruct a URI from them,
+ special escaping rules apply. These rules protect delimiters
+ without encoding additional characters unnecessarily.
+ The rules for path-segments,
+ query-parameters, and fragment are
+ slightly different because the URI encoding conventions are
+ slightly different in each case.
+
+
An application with more stringent requirements can
+ construct a path or query that
+ satisfies the requirements and leave the
+ path-segments and/or
+ query-parameters keys out of the map.
+
+
+
If the path-segments key exists in
+ the map, then the path is constructed from the segments. To
+ construct the path, the possibly encoded segments are
+ concatentated together, separated by
+ U+002F characters.
+
+
The rules for encoding the path segments are different
+ for hierarchical and non-hierarchical URIs. If the URI is
+ non-hierarchical, no
+ encoding is performed on the segments. Otherwise,
+ each segment is encoded by replacing any control characters (codepoints less than 0x20)
+ and exclusively the following characters with their
+ percent-escaped forms: U+0020, U+0025,
+ U+002F, U+003F,
+ U+0023, U+002B,
+ U+005B, and U+005D.
+ That is “[#0-#20%/\?\#\+\[\]]”.
+
+
+
Encoding is performed unless the URI is known to be non-hierarchical;
+ in other words, encoding is the default. This heuristic improves the
+ reliability of using fn:build-uri() on the output of
+ fn:parse-uri(). (For example,
+ fn:parse-uri('a+b/c') => fn:build-uri() will return
+ a+b/c.)
+
It is necessary to avoid encoding non-hierarchical schemes because there is more
+ variation in them (for example, the tel: scheme
+ uses a “+” that must not be encoded). Users working with
+ non-hierarchical schemes may need to address the encoding issue directly
+ bearing in mind the encoding requirements of the particular schemes in use.
+
+
+
+
Otherwise the value of the path key is used.
+
+
+
If neither are present, the empty string is used for the path.
+
+
+
+
The path is added to the URI.
+
+
If the query-parameters key exists in the map, its value
+ must be a map. A sequence of strings is constructed from the values in the map.
+
+
To construct the string, each key and value
+ is encoded.
+ The encoding performed replaces any control characters (codepoints less than 0x20)
+ and exclusively the following characters with their
+ percent-escaped forms: U+0020, U+0025, U+003D,
+ U+0026,
+ U+0023, U+002B,
+ U+005B, and U+005D. That is “[#0-#20%=&\#\+\[\]]”.
+ (This differs from the path encoding in that it excludes U+002F
+ and U+003F but includes U+003D and U+0026.)
+ For each key and each value associated with
+ that key in turn:
+
+
+
If the key is the empty string, the string constructed
+ is the encoded value.
+
Otherwise, the string constructed is the value of the
+ key, encoded, followed by an equal sign (U+003D),
+ followed by the value, encoded.
+
+
+
The query is constructed by joining the resulting
+ strings into a single string, separated by & (ampersand) characters.
+ If the query-parameters key does not exist in the map, but
+ the query key does, then the query is the value of the
+ query key.
+
If there is a query, it is added to the URI with
+ a preceding U+003F.
+
+
If the fragment key exists in the map, then
+ the value of that key is encoded and added to the URI with a
+ preceding U+0023.
+
+ The encoding performed replaces any control characters (codepoints less than 0x20)
+ and exclusively the following characters with their
+ percent-escaped forms: U+0020, U+0025,
+ U+0023, U+002B,
+ U+005B, and U+005D. That is “[#0-#20%\#\+\[\]]”.
+ (This differs from the path encoding in that it excludes U+002F
+ and U+003F.)
Partitions a sequence of items into a sequence of non-empty arrays containing the same items,
+ starting a new partition when a supplied condition is true.
+
+
+
Informally, the function starts by creating a partition containing the first item in the input sequence,
+ if any. For each remaining item J in the input sequence,
+ other than the first, it calls the supplied $split-when function with three
+ arguments: the contents of the current partition, the item J, and the current
+ position in the input sequence.
+
Each partition is a sequence of items; the function result wraps each partition as an array, and returns
+ the sequence of arrays.
+
If the $split-when function returns true, the current partition is wrapped as an array and added to the result,
+ and a new current partition is created, initially containing the item J only. If the $split-when
+ function returns false or (), the item J is added to the current partition.
The function enables a variety of positional grouping problems to be solved. For example:
+
+
partition($input, fn($a, $b) { count($a) eq 3 }
+ partitions a sequence into fixed size groups of length 3.
+
partition($input, fn($a, $b) { boolean($b/self::h1) }
+ starts a new group whenever an h1 element is encountered.
+
partition($input, fn($a, $b) { $b lt foot($a) }
+ starts a new group whenever an item is encountered whose value is less than
+ the value of the previous item.
+
+
The callback function is not called to process the first item in the input sequence, because this will
+ always start a new partition. The first argument to the callback function (the current partition) is always
+ a non-empty sequence.
Produces the sequence of successive partial results from
+ the evaluation of fn:fold-left with the same arguments.
+
+
+
The function returns a sequence of N+1
+ single-member arrays, where N is the number of
+ items in $input. For values of $n in the range 0 to N,
+ the value of the single member of array $n+1 in the result sequence is the value of the expression
+ fold-left( subsequence($input, 1, $n), $init, $action ).
A practical implementation is likely to compute each array in the result sequence based on the value
+ of the previous item, rather than computing each item independently as implied by the specification.
Produces the sequence of successive partial results from
+ the evaluation of fn:fold-right with the same arguments.
+
+
+
The function returns a sequence of N+1
+ single-member arrays, where N is the number of
+ items in $input. For values of $n in the range 0 to N,
+ the value of the single member of array $n+1 in the result sequence is the value of the expression
+ fold-right( subsequence($input, count($input)-$n+1), $init, $action ).
A practical implementation is likely to compute each array in the result sequence based on the value
+ of the previous item, rather than computing each item independently as implied by the specification.
Conceptually, an processor
+ takes two arguments: a grammar and an input string. The grammar
+ is a description of some format and the parser will attempt to
+ interpret the input string according to that description. The parser
+ returns an XML representation of the input string as parsed
+ by the provided grammar. If parsing fails, it returns an XML
+ representation that indicates an error occurred and may
+ provide additional error information.
+
+
If the function is called twice with the same arguments, it is
+ nondeterministic with respect to node identity.
+
+
+
For example, the following grammar describes a date as consisting
+ of a year, a month, and a day. Each are a sequence of digits and they are
+ separated by hyphens:
+
+ date = year, -'-', month, -'-', day .
+ year = d, d, d, d .
+month = '0', d | '1', ['0'|'1'|'2'] .
+ day = ['0'|'1'|'2'], d | '3', ['0'|'1'] .
+ -d = ['0'-'9'] .
+
+
Using this grammar to parse “2023-10-31” will produce:
+
+ 20231031]]>
+
+
Using this grammar to parse “2023-10-32” will produce something like this:
The exact format of the error output will vary between implementations.
+ The only required part of the output is the ixml:state attribute
+ that contains the value failed.
+
+
Careful readers will observe that the example grammar
+ will parse “2023-00-00” as a date. The grammar could easily be extended to
+ exclude the “00” forms for month and day, but this is only intended to be
+ an illustrative example.
+
+
The fn:invisible-xml function takes a grammar and
+ returns a function that can be used to parse input strings. In practice,
+ constructing a parser from a grammar may be an expensive operation.
+ Returning a parsing function makes it easy to efficiently reuse
+ a parser.
+
+
The provided grammar must be a string conforming to the Invisible XML
+ specification grammar or an XML representation of such a grammar.
+
+
The following options are available. The option parameter conventions apply.
+
+
+
+ Raise an error if the parse function fails
+ xs:boolean
+ false()
+
+
+
+
Additional, implementation-defined options may be available, for example, to control
+ aspects of the XML serialization, to specify the grammar start symbol,
+ or to produce output formats other than XML.
+
+
If $grammar is the empty sequence, a parser is returned
+ for the Invisible XML specification grammar. This should be the same
+ grammar that the implementation uses to parse iXML grammars. If $grammar is not
+ empty, it must be a valid Invisible XML grammar.
+ If it is not, fn:invisible-xml raises
+ err:FOIX0001.
+
+
The parsing function that is returned behaves as follows:
+
+
+
It takes a string as input and returns an item as its result, usually an
+ XML document containing the result of the parse. (The return type is item()
+ to allow implementations to provide other sorts of results.)
+
It is nondeterministic with respect to node identity (that
+ is, if it is called twice with the same input string, it may or may not return the same
+ document node each time).
+
+
+
If the fail-on-error option is
+ true(), the parsing function will raise
+ err:FOIX0002 if the input provided cannot be
+ parsed successfully. Otherwise, it returns an XML representation of the
+ error (rooted at a document node) as described by the
+ specification.
+
+
+
+
+ invisible-xml("S=A. A='a'.")("a")
+ a]]>
+
+
+
+
+ let $parser := invisible-xml("S=A. A='a'.")
+let $result := $parser("b")
+return $result/*/@*:state = 'failed'
+ true()
+ The returned document contains information about the error in the parsed string.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Delivers a root wrapping
+ a map or array, enabling the use of lookup expression
+ to navigate a rooted at that map or array.
+
+
+
The function creates a
+ that wraps the supplied map or array. Specifically, it creates a root JNode
+ whose ·content· property is $input, and whose
+ ·parent·, ·position·, and ·selector·
+ properties are absent.
+
+
This has the effect that lookup expressions starting from this JNode retain
+ information for subsequent navigation.
+
+
A JNode has unique identity. If two maps or arrays M1 and
+ M2 have the same function identity, as determined by the
+ function-identity function, then
+ jtree(M1) is jtree(M2)must
+ return true: that is, the same JNode must be
+ delivered for both.
+
+
+
+
+
It is to some extent
+ whether two maps or arrays have the same function identity. Processors
+ should ensure as a minimum that when
+ a variable $m is bound to a map or array,
+ calling jtree($m) more than once (with the same variable reference)
+ will deliver the same JNode each time.
+
+
The effect of the coercion rules is technically that if an existing JNode is supplied as $input,
+ the wrapped value will be extracted, and then rewrapped as a JNode: in practice,
+ this can be short-circuited by returning the supplied JNode unchanged.
+
+
Although fn:jnode is available as a function for user applications
+ to call explicitly, it is also invoked implicitly by some expressions, notably when
+ a path expression is written in a form such as $map/child::*. Specifically,
+ if the left-hand operand of the / operator is a map or array,
+ then the supplied map or array is implicitly wrapped in a JNode.
+
+
The effect of applying fn:jnode to a map or array is that subsequent retrieval operations
+ within the wrapped map or array return results that retain useful information about
+ where the results were found. For example, consider an expression such as json-doc($source)//name.
+
+ This expression returns a set of JNodes representing all entries in the JTree having the key "name";
+ each of these JNodes contains not only the value of the relevant "name" entry,
+ but also the key (which in this simple example is always "name"
+ and the containing map. This means, for example, if $result
+ is the result of the expression json-doc($source) // name, then:
+
+
+
$result / .. / ssn locates the map that contained each
+ name, and returns the value of the ssn entry in that map.
+
$result / ancestor::course returns any
+ course entries in containing maps.
+
$result / ancestor::* => jnode-selector() returns a sequence of map keys and array index
+ values representing the location of the found entries within the JSON structure.
+
+
+
+
An alternative way of wrapping a map or array, rather than calling jtree($X),
+ is to use the path expression $X/..
+
+
There are two situations where a map or array is implicitly wrapped in a JNode:
+
+
+
When the value of the left-hand operand of the / operator
+ includes a map or array;
+
When the context value for evaluation of an AxisStep
+ includes a map or array.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.).
+
If $input is an empty sequence, the function returns an empty sequence.
+
If $input is a root JNode (one in which the ·selector· property is
+ absent), the function returns an empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the ·selector· property of $input.
+ In the case where the parent JNode wraps a map, this will be the key of the relevant entry
+ within that map; in the case where the parent JNode wraps an array, it will be the 1-based
+ index of the relevant member of the array.
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error .
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type jnode()?,
+ type error .
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.).
+
If $input is an empty sequence, the function returns an empty sequence.
+
If $input is a root JNode (one in which the ·position· property is
+ absent), the function returns an empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the ·position· property of $input.
+ The value of this property will be 1 (one) except in cases where
+ the value of an entry in a map, or a member in an array, is a sequence that contains
+ multiple items including maps and/or arrays; in such cases
+ the position will be the 1-based position of the relevant map or array.
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error .
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type jnode()?,
+ type error .
+
+
+
+
+
This function is relevant only when there are maps whose entries are multi-item
+ sequences that include maps and arrays, or arrays whose members include
+ such multi-item sequences.
+ Such structures are uncommon, and never arise from parsing of JSON source text.
+ It is generally best to avoid such structures by using arrays rather than sequences
+ within array and map content; apart from other considerations, this allows the
+ data to be serialized in JSON format.
+
If an entry within a map, or a member of an array, contains a sequence of items
+ that mixes arrays and maps with other content (for example the array
+ [1, 2, ([1,2], [3,4], 5)), then a lookup using the
+ child axis will only construct JNodes in respect of those items that are
+ non-empty maps or arrays. This may leave gaps in the position numbering sequence,
+ as illustrated in the examples below.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context value (.).
+
If $input is an empty sequence, the function returns an empty sequence.
+
Otherwise, the function returns the ·content· property of $input.
+
+
+
The following errors may be raised when $node is omitted:
+
+
+
If the context value is absent,
+ type error .
+
+
+
If the context value is not an instance of the sequence type jnode()?,
+ type error .
+
+
+
+
+
In many cases it is unnecessary to make an explicit call on jnode-content, because
+ the coercion rules will take care of this automatically. For example, in an expression
+ such as $X / descendant::name [matches(., '^J')], the call on
+ matches is supplied with a JNode as its first argument; atomization
+ ensures that the actual value being passed to the first argument of matches
+ is the atomized value of the
+ ·content· property.
+
Other examples where the ·content· of a JNode is extracted automatically
+ include:
+
+
+
Any context where the required type is an atomic value, for example
+ arithmetic operations, value comparisons and general comparisons, and calls
+ on functions that expect an atomic value.
+
Any context where the required type is a map or array, for example
+ the first argument of functions such as map:size
+ or array:size, a free-standing expression within a map
+ constructor such as map{ $jnode }, the constructs
+ for member and for key/value, the left-hand
+ operand of the lookup operator ? (or the context value
+ in the case of a unary lookup operator), and the operand of a map/array
+ filter expression $jnode?[predicate].
+
+
Notable places where the ·content· is not
+ automatically extracted include:
+
+
When computing the effective boolean
+ value. As with XNodes, writing if ($array/child::*[1]) ... tests for the existence
+ of a child, it does not test its value. To test its value, write if (jnode-content($array/child::*[1])) ...,
+ or equivalently if (xs:boolean($array/child::*[1])) ....
+
When calling functions that accept arbitrary sequences, such as
+ count or deep-equal.
+
+
It is possible (though probably unwise) to construct a JNode whose ·content·
+ property itself contains another JNode. For example, the expression
+ jtree([jtree([]), jtree([])]) creates a JNode whose ·content·
+ is an array of JNodes, and applying the child axis to this JNode will
+ return a sequence of two JNodes that themselves have further JNodes as their content.
+ The jnode-content returns these contained JNodes, it does not
+ recursively extract their content.
Lorem ipsum dolor, sit amet consectetur adipisicing elit. Dignissimos laborum cumque incidunt,
- enim ipsa dicta? Porro illo doloribus, consectetur eum exercitationem sit ipsam, est nesciunt
- maxime, eius animi dolor? Harum.
-
Commodi culpa deserunt dolor sed, ipsam tempore ullam architecto fuga voluptas, quis veniam.
- Vitae veniam, odit adipisci, quas similique debitis excepturi quisquam minima facere temporibus,
- porro optio perferendis iusto fuga.
-
Illo numquam, sapiente neque repellendus facere amet doloribus asperiores quia eum? Sunt vero
- amet neque vel? Tempora, nulla voluptatum amet autem culpa magnam debitis! Dolores esse quam
- amet nobis ut.
-
Sunt excepturi in nostrum, fugiat veritatis ab sit sequi nemo aperiam deserunt temporibus,
- dolorem ex adipisci autem. Quasi, iure fugiat! Nulla amet doloribus velit nam tempora, soluta
- consequatur doloremque omnis?
-
Officia ea repellat ad, sapiente eligendi modi magni quos temporibus totam culpa corporis,
- dignissimos quibusdam mollitia dolore eaque suscipit soluta beatae ipsam! Aperiam doloremque
- vero soluta pariatur possimus. Cupiditate, fuga.
-
Beatae deserunt veritatis magni quis quae enim ad est dignissimos iste, quidem, dolores
- temporibus asperiores natus inventore, nobis eius facere adipisci doloremque eligendi autem
- magnam excepturi? Inventore, iusto soluta. Maiores.
-
Enim facilis aspernatur, maiores unde at inventore temporibus minima possimus eveniet? Cum alias,
- asperiores quibusdam doloribus, vel ullam qui in dicta recusandae eaque atque dolor perspiciatis
- tenetur, fugit vero reprehenderit.
-
Reiciendis, deleniti eius nostrum fugit commodi quasi esse molestias non voluptates, corrupti
- excepturi voluptatibus, consequatur ipsa animi placeat quia corporis ut itaque quos pariatur
- inventore. Quasi incidunt sapiente quisquam soluta?
-
Laboriosam eos atque possimus assumenda quia voluptatem saepe optio, eveniet laborum. Sit esse
- doloremque laboriosam? Ullam inventore ut facilis accusamus, ipsum, autem labore incidunt
- consequatur eos dolorem, sit aperiam odit.
-
Consequuntur pariatur illum doloremque, necessitatibus praesentium quis cumque officiis non
- commodi reprehenderit quaerat velit saepe impedit vitae dolores, veritatis reiciendis ducimus
- nobis totam, itaque porro temporibus excepturi error iste! Sunt.
-
Commodi culpa deserunt dolor sed, ipsam tempore ullam architecto fuga voluptas, quis veniam.
- Vitae veniam, odit adipisci, quas similique debitis excepturi quisquam minima facere temporibus,
- porro optio perferendis iusto fuga.
-
Illo numquam, sapiente neque repellendus facere amet doloribus asperiores quia eum? Sunt vero
- amet neque vel? Tempora, nulla voluptatum amet autem culpa magnam debitis! Dolores esse quam
- amet nobis ut.
-
Sunt excepturi in nostrum, fugiat veritatis ab sit sequi nemo aperiam deserunt temporibus,
- dolorem ex adipisci autem. Quasi, iure fugiat! Nulla amet doloribus velit nam tempora, soluta
- consequatur doloremque omnis?
-
Officia ea repellat ad, sapiente eligendi modi magni quos temporibus totam culpa corporis,
- dignissimos quibusdam mollitia dolore eaque suscipit soluta beatae ipsam! Aperiam doloremque
- vero soluta pariatur possimus. Cupiditate, fuga.